CTM400 - 19 - 02JUN05 Rep 9 0

P R O O F
PowerTech Plus 9.0 L

Tier 3/Stage IIIA OEM
Diesel Engines
Base Engine
TECHNICAL MANUAL
PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Tier
3/Stage IIIA OEM Diesel Engines
Base Engine
CTM400 02JUN05 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see:
P R O O F
PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines

Level 14 Diagnostics - Electronic Fuel
Systems with Denso HPCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternators and Starting Motors . . . . . . . . . .
OEM Engine Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CTM385
CTM77
CTM67
John Deere Power Systems

LITHO IN U.S.A.
P R O O F
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician.
Essential tools required in performing certain service
work are identified in this manual and are
recommended for use.
This manual (CTM400) covers only the base engine. It
is one of three volumes on 9.0 L engines. The
following two companion manuals cover fuel system
repair and diagnostics:
CTM385Level 14 Diagnostics & Electronic Fuel
Systems for Denso HPCR
CTM77Alternators & Starting Motors
Other manuals will be added in the future to provide
additional information on electronic fuel systems as
needed.
This manual covers the base engine for all 9.0 L
engines.
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented
throughout the text of the manual.
Use this component technical manual in conjunction

with the machine technical manual. An application
listing in the introduction identifies
engine-models/applications. See the machine technical
manual for information on engine removal and
installation, and gaining access to engine components.
Information is organized in sections and groups for the
various components requiring service instruction. At
the end of the book are summary listings of all
applicable essential tools, service equipment, and
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Before beginning repair on an engine, clean the engine

and mount on a repair stand. (See CLEAN ENGINE in
Group 010 and see MOUNT ENGINE ON REPAIR
STAND in Group 010..)
This manual contains SI Metric units of measure
followed immediately by the U.S. Customary units of
measure. Most hardware on these engines is metric
sized.
Some components of this engine may be serviced
without removing the engine from the machine. Refer
to the specific machine technical manual for
information on components that can be serviced
without removing the engine from the machine and for
engine removal and installation procedures.
Read each block of material completely before
performing service to check for differences in
procedures that apply to the engine model number you
are working on. If only one procedure is given, that
procedure applies to all the engines in the manual.
Component Technical Manuals are concise service
guides for specific components. Component technical
manuals are written as stand-alone manuals covering
multiple machine applications.
P R O O F
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this

symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to
the potential for personal injury.
other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,

specifications, wear tolerance, and torque values.
Fundamental service information is available from

other sources covering basic theory of operation,
fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance,
and basic types of failures and their causes.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: Diesel
engine exhaust and some of its constituents are
known to the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
RE38635,0000075 1915MAR051/1
PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Introduction
John Deere Dealers

Future changes to this manual will be documented
below. For diagnostics and fuel system repair, and for
electrical system repair, reference the following
manuals.
CTM400Base Engine
CTM385Level 14 Electronic Fuel Systems
CTM77Electrical (Starter & Alternator) Systems
SECTION 01, GROUP 001 (Engine Identification)
SECTION 01, GROUP 002 (Fuels, Lubricants, and
Coolants)
SECTION 02, GROUP 010 (Engine Rebuild)
SECTION 02, GROUP 020 (Cylinder Head and
Valves Repair and Adjustment Serial Number
SECTION 03, GROUP 120 (Base Engine Operation)

Base engine theory of operation is covered in this
new group.
SECTION 04, GROUP 150 (Observable Diagnostics
and Tests)
Base engine observable diagnostics and tests are
covered in this new section/group.
SECTION 05 (Tools and Other Materials)
All essential tools, service tools, dealer fabricated
tools, and other materials listed throughout this
manual are consolidated in this section for ease of
reference.
SECTION 06 (Specifications)
SECTION 02, GROUP 050 (Camshaft and Timing

Gear Train Repair and Adjustment)
SECTION 02, GROUP 060 (Lubrication System
Repair and Adjustment)
SECTION 02, GROUP 070 (Cooling System Repair
and Adjustment)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
SECTION 02, GROUP 080 (Air Intake and Exhaust

System Repair and Adjustments)
All repair, test, and diagnostic specifications listed

throughout this manual are consolidated in this
section for ease of reference.
Updated bolt and cap screw torque values.
Updated General OEM specifications.
Updated dynamometer specifications.
DPSG,OUO1004,898 1919MAY991/1

082005
PN=3
P R O O F
Introduction
About this Manual
This component technical manual (CTM) covers the base

engine for POWERTECH 9.0 L diesel engines produced in
Waterloo, Iowa. This manuals coverage includes repair
and basic diagnostic information for 9.0 L engines
Direction of engine crankshaft rotation in this manual is
referenced as clockwise, as viewed from the rear of the
engine. Front of engine is fan drive end.
Read each procedure completely before performing any

service.
IMPORTANT: For repair, diagnostics, and testing

procedures on the fuel system, refer to
the companion manuals:
CTM385 8.1 L Diesel Engines

Level 14Electronic Fuel Systems with
Denso High Pressure Common Rail
POWERTECH is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
RE38635,0000076 1915MAR051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=4
P R O O F
Introduction
UN24JAN05
RG13849
UN17JAN05
RG13850
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN24JAN05
9.0 L Diesel Engine Left Front View
9.0 L Diesel Engine Right Front View
9.0 L Diesel Engine Front View
RG13847
RG13848
UN24JAN05
Identification Views - 6090 Tier 3 / Stage IIIA Emissions Certified Engines
9.0 L Diesel Engine Rear View
RE38635,0000077 1915MAR051/1

082005
PN=5
P R O O F
Introduction
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=6
P R O O F
Contents
SECTION 01General
Group 000Safety
Group 001Engine Identification
Group 002Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant
SECTION 02Repair and Adjustments
Group 010Engine Rebuild
Group 021Cylinder Head and Valves Repair and
Adjustment
Group 030Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons, and
Rods Repair and Adjustment
Group 040Crankshaft, Main Bearings and
Flywheel Repair and Adjustment
Group 050Camshaft and Timing Gear Train
Repair and Adjustment
Group 060Lubrication System Repair and
Adjustment
Group 070Cooling System Repair and Adjustment
Group 080Air Intake and Exhaust System Repair
and Adjustment
Group 100OEM Starting and Charging Systems
01
02
03
04
05
SECTION 03Theory of Operation

Group 120Base Engine Operation
06
SECTION 04Diagnostics
Group Observable Diagnostics and Tests
SECTION 06Specifications
Group 200Repair and General OEM
Specifications
Group 210Diagnostic Specifications
P R O O F
SECTION 05Tools and Other Materials

Group 170Repair Tools and Other Materials
Group 180Diagnostic Service Tools
Group 190Dealer Fabricated Service Tools
INDX
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
COPYRIGHT 2005
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright 1994,1997,1999, 2001

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
01
02
03
04
05
06
P R O O F
INDX
CTM400 (02JUN05)
ii

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
01
Section 01
General
Contents
Page
Group 000Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-000-1

Group 001Engine Identification
Engine Model Designation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-1
Engine Serial Number Plate Information . . . . .01-001-2
Engine Option Code Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-3
Engine Application Chart (OEM) (Outside
Equipment Manufacturers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-3
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Group 002Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant

Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-1
Bio-Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-2
Lubricity of Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-3
Dieselscan Fuel Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-3
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-4
Extended Diesel Engine Oil Service
Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-4
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . .01-002-5
Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-6
Oilscan and Coolscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-6
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-7
Diesel Engine Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-8
Diesel Engine Coolants, Supplemental
Additive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-10
Testing Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-11
Replenishing Supplemental Coolant
Additives (SCAs) Between Coolant
Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-12
Operating in Warm Temperature Climates . .01-002-13
Flush and Service Cooling System . . . . . . . .01-002-14
Disposing of Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-15
01-1 PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
01
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires
Group 000
Safety
01
000
1
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
Handle Starting Fluid Safely
TS227
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
UN23AUG88
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

heaters or other fire hazards.
DX,FLAME 1929SEP981/1
Starting fluid is highly flammable.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
TS1356
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
P R O O F
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the

pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
UN18MAR92
Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.
DX,FIRE3 1916APR921/1
01-000-1
082005
PN=11
P R O O F
Safety
Handling Batteries Safely
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first

and replace it last.
TS204
Never check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
UN23AUG88
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is

poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat
holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
P R O O F
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
UN23AUG88
If you spill acid on yourself:
TS203
01
000
2
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUO1004,2758 1911MAY001/1
01-000-2
082005
PN=12
P R O O F
Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

and body from high pressure fluids.
UN23AUG88
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
TS291
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
DX,FIRE2 1903MAR931/1
UN23AUG88
Be prepared if a fire starts.
01
000
3
X9811
Prepare for Emergencies
P R O O F
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,FLUID 1903MAR931/1
01-000-3
082005
PN=13
P R O O F
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
TS206
Wear Protective Clothing
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of

the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
Service Machines Safely
DX,WEAR 1910SEP901/1
Work In Ventilated Area
TS228
P R O O F
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical

shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
UN23AUG88
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.
DX,LOOSE 1904JUN901/1
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the

doors and get outside air into the area
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN23AUG88
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.
TS220
01
000
4
UN23AUG88
Safety
DX,AIR 1917FEB991/1
01-000-4
082005
PN=14
P R O O F
Safety
Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job:
Install Fan Guards

Rotating cooling system fans can cause serious injury.
UN18OCT88
Clean work area and machine.

Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
Have the right parts on hand.
Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.
T6642EJ
01
000
5
DX,CLEAN 1904JUN901/1
TS677
UN21SEP89
Keep fan guards in place at all times during engine

operation. Wear close fitting clothes. Stop the engine and
be sure fan is stopped before making adjustments or
connections, or cleaning near the front of the engine.
Rotating Fan
P R O O F
Avoid Hot Parts
OUOD006,000009D 1904DEC021/1
CTM400 (02JUN05)
TS271
External dry exhaust parts become very hot during

operation. Turbochargers may reach temperatures as high
as 500C (932F) under full load, and naturally aspired
exhaust manifolds may reach 600C (1112F) under full
load. This may ignite paper, cloth or wooden materials.
Parts on engines that have been at full load and reduced
to no load idle will maintain approximately 150C (302F).
UN23AUG88
Avoid skin contact with exhaust manifolds, turbochargers

and mufflers. Keep flammable materials clear of the
turbocharger.
Hot Surface
OUOD006,000009E 1904DEC021/1
01-000-5
082005
PN=15
P R O O F
Safety
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
TS220
Remove paint before heating:
UN23AUG88
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
P R O O F
DX,PAINT 1924JUL021/1
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can
accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN15MAY90
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
TS953
01
000
6
DX,TORCH 1910DEC041/1
01-000-6
082005
PN=16
P R O O F
Safety
Illuminate Work Area Safely
01
000
7
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe

injury or machine damage.
TS223
TS226
Follow recommended procedure for removal and

installation of components in the manual.
DX,LIGHT 1904JUN901/1
UN23AUG88
Use Proper Lifting Equipment
UN23AUG88
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a

portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.
DX,LIFT 1904JUN901/1
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely
P R O O F
UN01JUL97
Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When

constructing tools, use proper, quality materials and good
workmanship.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
LX1016749
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment

and experience to perform the job.
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely
DPSG,OUO1004,899 1919MAY991/1
01-000-7
082005
PN=17
P R O O F
Safety
Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep
area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be
raised for service work.
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and

procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and
fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct
size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
wrenches.
P R O O F
Use Proper Tools
TS218
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or
welding on machine.
DX,SERV 1917FEB991/1
UN08NOV89
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
or welding on machine.
UN23AUG88
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
TS779
01
000
8
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,REPAIR 1917FEB991/1
01-000-8
082005
PN=18
P R O O F
Safety
Dispose of Waste Properly
01
000
9
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into

any water source.
TS1133
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use

food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
UN26NOV90
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earths atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN 1903MAR931/1
CTM400 (02JUN05)
TS231
P R O O F
Before returning machine to customer, make sure

machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.
1907OCT88
Live With Safety
DX,LIVE 1925SEP921/1
01-000-9
082005
PN=19
P R O O F
Safety
01
000
10
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-000-10
082005
PN=20
Engine Identification
01
001
1
UN11JAN05
JOHN DEERE ENGINE MODEL6090
P R O O F
Engine Model Designation
Group 001
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN11JAN05
Engine Serial Number Plate
RG13813
6090 HF485 Engine

6 ............................................................................ Number of cylinders
9.0 ............................................................................... Liter designation
H .................................................................................... Aspiration code
F ................................................................................ User code (OEM)
485 ...................................................... Application Code (OEM Model)
Aspiration Code
H ............................................. Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled
User Code
CQ ................................................................ S.L.C. Horizontina (Brazil)
DW ........................................................................................ Davenport
F ............................................ OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer)
FF ........................................ Kernersvill Deere-Hitachi (North Carolina)
FM ..................................................................................... OEM Marine
H ............................................................................................. Harvester
N ......................................................................................... Des Moines
RW ......................................................................... Waterloo (Tractors)
T ................................. Dubuque, and Cameco (Thibodaux, Louisiana)
TJ ......................................................... Ontario (Canada) - Timberjack
Z ...................................................................... Zweibrucken (Germany)
Application Code
001, etc. ..... See ENGINE APPLICATION CHART, later in this Group
RG13814
John Deere engine model designation includes number of

cylinders, displacement in liters, aspiration, user code, and
application code. For example:
Serial Number Plate Location

AEngine Serial Number
BEngine Model Number
CSerial Number Plate Location
RE38635,00000B5 1911APR051/1
01-001-1
082005
PN=21
P R O O F
Engine Serial Number Plate Information
Engine Serial Number (A)

Each engine has a 13-digit John Deere engine serial
number identifying the producing factory, engine model
designation, and a 6-digit sequential number. The
following is an example:
UN11JAN05
IMPORTANT: The engine serial number plate can be

easily destroyed. Remove the plate or
record the information elsewhere,
before hot tank cleaning the block.
RG13814
01
001
2
Engine Serial Number Plate

AEngine Serial Number
BEngine Model Number
RG6090H000000
RG ........................................................ Factory code producing engine
6090H ........................................................... Engine model designation
000000 .......................................................... Sequential serial number
Factory Code
RG .............................................................. Waterloo Engine Works
Engine Model Designation
6090H .................................... (See ENGINE MODEL DESIGNATION.)
Sequential Number
000000 .......................................................... 6-digit sequential number
The engine serial number plate is located either on the

right-hand side of engine between the oil filter base and
fuel pump (viewed from flywheel end) or on the left-hand
side of the engine directly above the starter motor.
Engine Application Data (B)
P R O O F
The second line of information on the engine serial

number plate identifies the engine/Deere machine or OEM
relationship. SeeENGINE APPLICATION CHART later in
this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B6 1911APR051/1
01-001-2
082005
PN=22
P R O O F
UN11JAN05
01
001
3
RG13820
Engine Option Code Label
Option Code Label
AEngine Base Code (Shown

on Engine Option Code
Label)
In addition to the serial number plate, later OEM

engines have an engine option code label affixed to
the rocker arm cover. These codes indicate which of
the engine options were installed on your engine at the
factory. When in need of parts or service, furnish your

authorized servicing dealer or engine distributor with
these numbers.
RE38635,0000016 1931MAY051/1
P R O O F
Engine Application Chart (OEM) (Outside

Equipment Manufacturers)
Application
Engine Model
OEM Engine (Tier 3 / Stage IIIA) ....................................... 6090HF485
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B9 1911APR051/1
01-001-3
082005
PN=23
P R O O F
01
001
4
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-001-4
082005
PN=24
P R O O F
Group 002
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are
recommended.
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following
properties:
Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane number
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for
temperatures below -20C (-4F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft).
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5C (9F) below the expected low temperature.
01
002
1
Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gram

load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.
Sulfur content:
Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for
engine oil and filter by 50%.
DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 1.0%.
DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of
lubricant with diesel fuel.
RG41165,0000071 1913MAR011/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-002-1
082005
PN=25
P R O O F

01
002
2
Bio-Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
bio-diesel fuel available in your area.
Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the bio-diesel
fuel properties meet the latest edition of ASTM PS121,
DIN 51606 or equivalent specification.
It has been found that bio-diesel fuels may improve
lubricity in concentrations up to a 5% blend in
petroleum diesel fuel.
When using a blend of bio-diesel fuel, the engine oil
level must be checked daily when the air temperature
is -10C (14F) or lower. If the oil becomes diluted with
fuel, shorten oil change intervals accordingly.
IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils are NOT
acceptable for use for fuel in any
concentration in John Deere
engines.
These oils do not burn completely,
and will cause engine failure by
leaving deposits on injectors and in
the combustion chamber.
A major environmental benefit of bio-diesel fuel is its

ability to biodegrade. This makes proper storage and
handling of bio-diesel fuel especially important. Areas
of concern include:
Quality of new fuel
Water content of the fuel
Problems due to aging of the fuel
Potential problems resulting from deficiencies in the
above areas when using bio-diesel fuel in
concentrations above 5% may lead to the following
symptoms:
Power loss and deterioration of performance

Fuel leakage
Corrosion of fuel injection equipment
Coked and/or blocked injector nozzles, resulting in
engine misfire
Filter plugging
Lacquering and/or seizure of internal components
Sludge and sediments
Reduced service life of engine components
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG41183,0000046 1918DEC011/1
01-002-2
082005
PN=26
P R O O F
Lubricity of Diesel Fuel

Diesel fuel must have adequate lubricity to ensure
proper operation and durability of fuel injection system
components.
ASTM D975 specifications do not require fuels to pass
a fuel lubricity test.
Sulfur content of diesel fuel for highway use is less
than 0.05% (500 ppm) in the United States and
Canada, and less than 0.035% (350 ppm) in the
European Union.
01
002
3
these fuels also adversely affects injection pump seals

and may result in leaks.
Use of low lubricity diesel fuels may also cause
accelerated wear, injection nozzle erosion or corrosion,
engine speed instability, hard starting, low power, and
engine smoke.
Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum load level of
3100 grams as measured by ASTM D6078 or a
maximum scar diameter of 0.45 mm as measured by
ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.
Experience shows that some low sulfur diesel fuels

may have inadequate lubricity and their use may
reduce performance in fuel injection systems due to
inadequate lubrication of injection pump components.
The lower concentration of aromatic compounds in
If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add John

Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER (or
equivalent) at the specified concentration.
DX,FUEL5 1906FEB041/1
Dieselscan Fuel Analysis
P R O O F
DIESELSCAN is a John Deere fuel analysis program

that can be used to help monitor the quality of diesel fuel.
The DIESELSCAN analysis verifies fuel type, cleanliness,
water content, suitability for cold weather operation, and
whether the fuel meets specifications.
Check with your John Deere dealer for availability of
DIESELSCAN kits.
DIESELSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,FUEL6 1906FEB041/1
01-002-3
082005
PN=27
P R O O F

01
002
4
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil

New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period,
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed to
maintain the specified oil level.
Change the oil and filter after the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL.
If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available,
use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the following
during the first 100 hours of operation:
API Service Classification CE

API Service Classification CD
API Service Classification CC
ACEA Oil Sequence E2
ACEA Oil Sequence E1

After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50
or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
manual.
IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engine
oils meeting any of the following
during the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine:
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.
API
API
API
API
API
CI-4
CH-4
CG-4
CF-4
CF-2
API CF
ACEA E5
ACEA E4
ACEA E3
These oils will not allow the engine

to break-in properly.
DX,ENOIL4 1903NOV031/1
Extended Diesel Engine Oil Service Intervals
If John Deere PLUS-50, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4 oils

are used with other than the specified John Deere
filter, change the engine oil and filter at the normal
service interval.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
When John Deere PLUS-50, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4

oils are used with specified John Deere filter, the
service interval for engine oil and filter changes may
be increased by 50% but not to exceed a maximum of
500 hours.
If John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME, API CI-4,

API CH-4, or ACEA E3 oils are used, change the
engine oil and filter at the normal service interval.
If API CG-4, API CF-4, or ACEA E2 oils are used,
change the engine oil and filter at 50% of the normal
service interval.
01-002-4
082005
PN=28
P R O O F

01
002
5
Extended Diesel Engine Oil Service Intervals

When John Deere PLUS-50, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4
oils are used with the specified John Deere filter, the
service interval for engine oil and filter changes may
be increased by 50% but not to exceed a maximum of
500 hours.
If John Deere PLUS-50, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4 oils
are used with other than the specified John Deere
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants
filter, change the engine oil and filter at the normal

service interval.
If John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME, API CI-4,
API CH-4, or ACEA E3 oils are used, change the
engine oil and filter at the normal service interval.
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require

lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual.
Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not
be available in your location.
P R O O F
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and

recommendations.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
performance requirements as shown in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this

manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the
finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,ALTER 1915JUN001/1
01-002-5
082005
PN=29
P R O O F
OILSCAN and CoolScan
OILSCAN and CoolScan are John Deere sampling

programs to help you monitor machine performance and
identify potential problems before they cause serious
damage.
Oil and coolant samples should be taken from each
system prior to its recommended change interval.
Check with your John Deere dealer for the availability of

OILSCAN and CoolScan kits.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
OILSCAN is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.

CoolScan is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
DX,LUBMIX 1918MAR961/1
UN15JUN89
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper

functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific

information and recommendations.
T6828AB
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil.

Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet
certain specifications and performance requirements.
UN18OCT88
Mixing of Lubricants
T6829AB
01
002
6
DPSG,OUOD002,1824 1902AUG001/1
01-002-6
082005
PN=30
P R O O F
Grease
01
002
7
The following greases are also recommended

John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE
John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
John Deere GREASE-GARD
Other greases may be used if they meet the following:
NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are
not compatible with others. Consult
your grease supplier before mixing
different types of grease
GREASE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
TS1673
John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE is preferred.
UN31OCT03
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.
DX,GREA1 1907NOV031/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-002-7
082005
PN=31
P R O O F

01
002
8
Diesel Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system is filled to provide
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37C
(-34F). If protection at lower temperatures is required,
consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
preferred for service.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
available in a concentration of either 50% ethylene
glycol or 55% propylene glycol.
The following engine coolant is also recommended:

John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality
water.
John Deere COOL-GARD coolants do not require use
of supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Other fully formulated coolants
ASTM D6210 prediluted (50%) coolant

ASTM D6210 coolant concentrate in a 40% to 60%
mixture of concentrate with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D6210 do not require use of
supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Coolants requiring supplemental coolant additives
Other coolants
If a coolant known to meet the requirements of coolant
specifications shown in this manual is not available,
use either:
ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted
(40% to 60%) coolant
ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
P R O O F
Other fully formulated low silicate ethylene or

propylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines
may be used if they meet one of the following
specifications:
CTM400 (02JUN05)
ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base prediluted (50%)

coolant
ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D4985 require an initial
charge of supplemental coolant additives, formulated
for protection of heavy duty diesel engines against
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. They
also require periodic replenishment of additives during
the drain interval.
Additional recommended coolants
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for

heavy-duty engines may also be used if they meet one
of the following specifications:
The coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant shall be

of a quality that provides cavitation protection to cast
iron and aluminum parts in the cooling system.
Water quality
Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
Continued on next page
DX,COOL3 1919DEC031/2
01-002-8
082005
PN=32
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
01
002
9
IMPORTANT: Do not mix ethylene glycol and

propylene glycol base coolants.
DX,COOL3 1919DEC032/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-002-9
082005
PN=33
P R O O F

01
002
10
Diesel Engine Coolants, Supplemental Additive Information

Engine coolants are a combination of three chemical
components: ethylene glycol (antifreeze), inhibiting
coolant additives, and quality water.
This film acts as a barrier against the harmful effects

of collapsing vapor bubbles.
Avoid Automotive-Type Coolants
Coolant Specifications
Some products, including John Deere COOL-GARD
Prediluted Coolant, are fully formulated coolants that
contain all three components in their correct
concentrations. Do not add an initial charge of
supplemental coolant additives to these fully
formulated products.
Never use automotive-type coolants (such as those

meeting ASTM D3306 or ASTM D4656). These
coolants do not contain the correct additives to protect
heavy-duty diesel engines. They often contain a high
concentration of silicates and may damage the engine
or cooling system.
Non-Aqueous Propylene Glycol
Some coolant concentrates, including John Deere

COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate, contain both
ethylene glycol antifreeze and inhibiting coolant
additives. Mix these products and quality water, but do
not add an initial charge of supplemental coolant
additives.
Coolants meeting ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) or
ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) require an initial
charge of supplemental coolant additives.
Non-aqueous propylene glycol should not be used with

John Deere diesel engines. This coolant works best
with coolant temperatures above the acceptable
engine operating range. This could decrease engine
life due to lower engine oil viscosity. In addition,
electronically controlled engines could experience
premature power de-rate due to high coolant
temperature.
Water Quality
Replenish Coolant Additives
Why Use Supplemental Coolant Additives?

Operating without proper coolant additives will result in
increased corrosion, cylinder liner erosion and pitting,
and other damage to the engine and cooling system. A
simple mixture of ethylene glycol and water will not
give adequate protection.
Use of supplemental coolant additives reduces
corrosion, erosion, and pitting. These chemicals
reduce the number of vapor bubbles in the coolant and
help form a protective film on cylinder liner surfaces.
P R O O F
Water quality is important to the performance of the

cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate. All water used in the
cooling system should meet the following minimum
specifications for quality:
The concentration of coolant additives is gradually

depleted during engine operation. Periodic
replenishment of inhibitors is required, even when
John Deere COOL-GARD is used. Follow the
recommendations in this manual for the use of
supplemental coolant additives.
Chlorides
40 mg/L or less
Sulfates
100 mg/L or less
Total Dissolved Solids
340 mg/L or less
Total Hardness
170 mg/L or less
pH Level
5.5 to 9.0
Freeze Protection
The relative concentrations of ethylene glycol and
water in the engine coolant determine its freeze
protection limit. Refer to the chart on the following
page.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUOD002,1835 1903AUG001/2
01-002-10
082005
PN=34
P R O O F

Ethylene Glycol
Freeze Protection Limit
40%
-24C (-12F)
50%
-37C (-34F)
60%
-52C (-62F)
Testing Diesel Engine Coolant
01
002
11
DO NOT use a coolant-water mixture greater than

60% ethylene glycol.
DPSG,OUOD002,1835 1903AUG002/2
Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol and

inhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect the
engine and cooling system against freezing, corrosion,
and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
Test the coolant solution at intervals of 12 months or less

and whenever excessive coolant is lost through leaks or
overheating.
Coolant Test Strips
Coolant test strips are available from your John Deere
dealer. These test strips provide a simple, effective
method to check the freeze point and additive levels of
your engine coolant.
Compare the results to the supplemental coolant additive

(SCA) chart to determine the amount of inhibiting
additives in your coolant and whether more John Deere
COOLANT CONDITIONER should be added.
P R O O F
CoolScan
For a more thorough evaluation of your coolant, perform a

CoolScan analysis. See your John Deere dealer for
information about CoolScan.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUOD002,1825 1902AUG001/1
01-002-11
082005
PN=35
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Do not add supplemental coolant

additives when the cooling system is
drained and refilled with John Deere
ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT or
John Deere COOL-GARD.
Through time and use, the concentration of coolant

additives is gradually depleted during engine operation.
Periodic replenishment of inhibitors is required, even
when John Deere ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT
is used. The cooling system must be recharged with
additional supplemental coolant additives available in
the form of liquid coolant conditioner.
COOL-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

COOLSCAN is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Maintaining the correct coolant conditioner

concentration (SCAs) and freeze point is essential in
your cooling system to protect against rust, liner pitting
and corrosion, and freeze-ups due to incorrect coolant
dilution.
John Deere LIQUID COOLANT CONDITIONER is
recommended as a supplemental coolant additive
in John Deere engines.
DO NOT mix one brand of SCA with a different
brand.
P R O O F
NOTE: If a system is to be filled with coolant that does

not contain SCAs, the coolant must be
precharged. Determine the total system
capacity and premix with 3% John Deere
Coolant Conditioner.
RG6262
UN08DEC97
Replenishing Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCAs) Between Coolant Changes
RG6261
01
002
12
Test the coolant solution at 600 hours or 12 months of

operation using either John Deere coolant test strips or
a COOLSCAN analysis. If a COOLSCAN analysis is
not available, recharge system per instructions printed
on label of John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner.
RG,01,DT7035 1914NOV001/2
01-002-12
082005
PN=36
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: ALWAYS maintain coolant at correct
level and concentration. DO NOT
operate engine without coolant for
even a few minutes.
If frequent coolant makeup is
required, the glycol concentration
should be checked with JT07298
Coolant/Battery Tester to ensure that
the desired freeze point is
maintained. Follow manufacturers
instructions provided with
Coolant/Battery Tester.
Add the manufacturers recommended concentration of
supplemental coolant additive. DO NOT add more than
the recommended amount.
01
002
13
The use of non-recommended supplemental coolant

additives may result in additive drop-out and gelation
of the coolant.
If other coolants are used, consult the coolant supplier
and follow the manufacturers recommendation for use
of supplemental coolant additives.
See DIESEL ENGINE COOLANTS, SUPPLEMENTAL
ADDITIVE INFORMATION earlier in this group for
proper mixing of coolant ingredients before adding to
the cooling system.
RG,01,DT7035 1914NOV002/2
Operating in Warm Temperature Climates
P R O O F
John Deere engines are designed to operate using glycol

base engine coolants.
Always use a recommended glycol base engine coolant,
even when operating in geographical areas where freeze
protection is not required.
IMPORTANT: Water may be used as coolant in
emergency situations only.
Foaming, hot surface aluminum and

iron corrosion, scaling, and cavitation
will occur when water is used as the
coolant, even when coolant
conditioners are added.
Drain cooling system and refill with
recommended glycol base engine
coolant as soon as possible.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,COOL6 1918MAR961/1
01-002-13
082005
PN=37
P R O O F
Flush and Service Cooling System
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve
pressure before removing cap completely.
IMPORTANT: Air must be expelled from cooling
system when system is refilled. See
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM in
operators manual.
TS281
01
002
14
UN23AUG88
The ethylene glycol base (antifreeze) can become

depleted of SCAs allowing various acids to form that will
damage engine components. In addition, heavy metals,
such as lead, copper and zinc, accumulate in the ethylene
glycol base. The heavy metals come from corrosion that
occurs to some degree with in a cooling system. When a
coolant is saturated to the point where it can no longer
hold heavy metals and other dissolved solids, they settle
out and act as abrasives on engine parts.
NOTE: Refer to your operators manual for a specific

service interval. See LUBRICATION AND
MAINTENANCE SERVICE INTERVAL CHART in
operators manual.
FLEETGUARD is a registered trademark of the Cummins Engine

Company.
RESTORE is a trademark of FLEETGUARD.
RESTORE PLUS is a trademark of FLEETGUARD.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Flush cooling system as described in your operators

manual. See FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM in
operators manual. Clean cooling system with clean water
and TY15979 John Deere Heavy-Duty Cooling System
Cleaner or an equivalent cleaner such as FLEETGUARD
RESTOREor RESTORE PLUS. Follow the instructions
provided with the cleaner. Refill cooling system with the
appropriate coolant solution. See DIESEL ENGINE
COOLANT, earlier in this group.
RG,01,DT7033 1929OCT971/2
01-002-14
082005
PN=38
P R O O F

01
002
15
IMPORTANT: NEVER overfill the system. A

pressurized system needs space for
heat expansion without overflowing at
the top of the radiator. Coolant level
should be at bottom of radiator filler
neck.
Air must be expelled from cooling

system when system is refilled. Loosen
plug in side of thermostat housing to
allow air to escape when filling system.
Retighten plug when all the air has
been expelled.
After adding new coolant solution, run engine until it
reaches operating temperature. This mixes the coolant
solution uniformly and circulates it through the entire
system. After running engine, check coolant level and
entire cooling system for leaks.
Contact your engine servicing dealer, if there are further

questions.
RG,01,DT7033 1929OCT972/2
Disposing of Coolant
P R O O F
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into

any water source.
TS1133
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use

food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
UN26NOV90
Improperly disposing of engine coolant can threaten the

environment and ecology.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your engine servicing dealer.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,01,DT7032 1929OCT971/1
01-002-15
082005
PN=39
P R O O F

01
002
16
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
01-002-16
082005
PN=40
P R O O F
Section 02
Repair and Adjustments

Contents
Page
Group 021Cylinder Head and Valves Repair and

Adjustment
Adjust Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-1
Check Valve Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-5
Remove Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-6
Diagnosing Head Gasket Joint Failures. . . . . .02-021-9
Head Gasket Diagnostic Charts . . . . . . . . . .02-021-11
Head Gasket Inspection and Repair
Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-12
Inspect Rocker Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-14
Disassemble and Assemble Rocker Arm
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Measure Valve Recess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Preliminary Cylinder Head and Valve
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-16
Remove Valve Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-17
Inspect and Measure Valve Springs . . . . . . .02-021-18
Inspect Valve Spring Caps, Wear Caps, and
Retainer Locks Serial Number
(200,000 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-18
Clean Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-19
Inspect and Measure Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-19
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Page
Grind (Reface) Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-20

Inspect and Clean Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . .02-021-21
Check Cylinder Head Combustion Face
Flatness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-21
Measure Cylinder Head Thickness . . . . . . . .02-021-22
Clean Valve Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-22
Measure Valve Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-23
Knurl Valve Guides - Serial Number . . . . . . .02-021-23
Clean and Inspect Valve Seats . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-24
Measure Valve Seats - Serial Number . . . . .02-021-24
Grind Valve Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-25
Remove Valve Seat Inserts and Measure
Bores in Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-26
Install Valve Seat Inserts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-26
Inspect and Clean Cylinder Head Nozzle
Bore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-27
Clean and Inspect Push Rods . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-27
Clean and Inspect Top Deck of Cylinder
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-28
Measure Cylinder Liner Standout (Height
Above Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-29
Assemble Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-30
Install Cylinder Head and Cap Screws . . . . .02-021-32
Torque-to-Yield Flanged-Head Cap
ScrewsGrade 180 Marked NO
REUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-34
Install Intake Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-36
Install Rocker Arm Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-37
Inspect and Clean Ventilator Outlet Hose . . .02-021-38
Complete Final Assembly of Fuel Pump Side
of Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-39
Complete Final Assembly on Exhaust
Manifold Side of Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-40
Perform Engine Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-46
P R O O F
Group 010Engine Rebuild

Engine Overhaul Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-1
Engine Repair Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-1
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-2
Install Adapters on Engine Repair Stand . . . . .02-010-2
Engine Lifting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-3
Clean Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-4
Disconnect Turbocharger Oil Inlet Line . . . . . .02-010-5
Mount Engine on Repair Stand . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-6
Engine Disassembly Sequence for
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-8
Sealant Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-10
Engine Assembly Sequence After
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-12
Engine Break-In Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-13
Perform Engine Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-14
Check Crankcase Ventilation System . . . . . .02-010-16
Check Air Intake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-16
Check Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-17
Check and Service Cooling System . . . . . . .02-010-17
Check Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-19
General Tune-Up Recommendations . . . . . .02-010-20
02
Group 030Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons, and

Rods Repair and Adjustment
Preliminary Liner, Piston, and Rod Checks . . .02-030-1
Remove Pistons and Connecting Rod
Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-2
Above Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-6
Remove Cylinder Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-7
Deglaze Cylinder Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-8

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
Page
02
Group 040Crankshaft, Main Bearings and

Flywheel Repair and Adjustment
Crankshaft and Main Bearing Failure
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-1
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Wear Sleeve
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-2
Remove Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Wear
Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-3
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-4
Install Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing. . . . .02-040-5
Install Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Wear
Sleeve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-7
Inspect Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-8
Check Crankshaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-9
Remove Crankshaft Vibration Damper . . . . .02-040-10
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Remove Crankshaft Front Oil Seal and Wear

Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-11
Remove Timing Gear CoverEngine
Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-13
Inspect and Measure Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-14
Check Flywheel Housing Face Runout . . . . .02-040-14
Check Flywheel Face Flatness . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-15
Check Pilot Bearing Bore Concentricity . . . . .02-040-15
Remove Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-16
Remove SAE 1 Flywheel Housing. . . . . . . . .02-040-16
Remove SAE 2 and 3 Flywheel Housing. . . .02-040-17
Replace Flywheel Ring Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-17
Remove Rear Oil Seal HousingEngine
Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-18
Remove Main Bearing Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-19
Check Main Bearing Oil Clearance . . . . . . . .02-040-21
Remove Connecting Rod Caps and Remove
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-22
Inspect Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-23
Measure Assembled I.D. of Bearings and
O.D. of Crankshaft Journals. . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-25
Main Bearing Cap Line Bore
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-26
Thrust Bearing New Part Specifications . . . .02-040-28
Replace (Crankshaft) Oil Pump Drive
Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-29
Replace Crankshaft Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-30
Inspect Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-31
Install Main Bearings and Crankshaft . . . . . .02-040-31
Check Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing
Runout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-34
Install Thrust Washer and Timing Gear
Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-35
Install Front Wear Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-37
Install Crankshaft Front Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . .02-040-38
Install Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-39
Install SAE 2 and 3 Flywheel Housing. . . . . .02-040-40
Install Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-42
Install SAE 1 Flywheel Housing. . . . . . . . . . .02-040-43
Complete Final Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-43
P R O O F
Clean Cylinder Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-9

Disassemble Piston and Rod Assembly . . . .02-030-10
Clean Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-11
Visually Inspect Pistons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-12
Check Piston Ring Groove Wear. . . . . . . . . .02-030-13
Inspect Piston Pin and Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-14
Visually Inspect Cylinder Liners. . . . . . . . . . .02-030-15
Cylinder Liner Manufacturing Date Code
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-16
Determine Piston-to-Liner Clearance. . . . . . .02-030-17
Inspect Rod and Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-19
Inspect Piston Pins and Bushings . . . . . . . . .02-030-21
Remove Piston Pin Bushing, Clean and
Inspect Pin Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-22
Measure Liner Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-23
Inspect and Measure Connecting Rod
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-24
Install Piston Pin Bushing in Connecting
Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-26
Complete Disassembly of Cylinder Block (If
Required). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Remove and Clean Piston Cooling
Orifices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Inspect and Clean Cylinder Block . . . . . . . . .02-030-28
Measure Cylinder Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-30
Install Piston Cooling Orifices . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-31
Recheck Cylinder Liner Standout . . . . . . . . .02-030-32
Install Packing on Cylinder Liner and O-Rings
in Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-32
Install Cylinder Liner in Block . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-33
Install Piston and Connecting Rod. . . . . . . . .02-030-35
Torque-Turn Connecting Rod Cap
Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-41
Check Engine Rotation for Excessive
Tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-42
Page
Group 050Camshaft and Timing Gear Train

Check Camshaft End Play and Measure Gear
Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-1
Remove Vibration Damper and Timing
Gear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-2
Remove, Inspect, and Install Crankshaft
Gear-Driven Auxiliary DriveIf Equipped . .02-050-3
Remove Camshaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-8
Remove Camshaft Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-10

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Contents
Page
Measure Thrust Washer Thickness . . . . . . . .02-050-10

Inspect and Measure Camshaft Followers. . .02-050-11
Visually Inspect Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-11
Measure Camshaft Journal O.D. and
Bushing I.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-12
Measure Camshaft Lobe Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-12
Install Camshaft Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-13
Service Camshaft Bushings Using JDG602
Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-14
Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-16
Install Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-18
Install Thrust Washer and Timing Gear
Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-20
Group 070Cooling System Repair and

Adjustment
Inspect Fan Hub & Replace Bearings in
Heavy-Duty, Adjustable Fan Drive
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-1
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Replace Bearings in Coolant

Manifold-Mounted, Fixed Fan Drive
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-4
Fan Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-6
Checking Belt Tensioner Spring Tension and
Belt Wear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-10
Inspect and Install Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . .02-070-12
Visually Inspect Coolant Pump . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-13
Remove Coolant Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . .02-070-15
Install Coolant Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-17
Replace Bypass Tube & O-Rings in
Thermostat Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-19
Remove and Test Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-20
Remove Thermostat Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-21
Install Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-21
Install Thermostat Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-22
Remove and Install Coolant Temperature
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-22
Servicing of Engine Coolant Heater. . . . . . . .02-070-23
Group 080Air Intake and Exhaust System Repair
and Adjustment
Extending Turbocharger Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-1
Remove Turbocharger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-3
Remove Turbocharger Oil Drain Line . . . . . . .02-080-4
Remove Turbocharger Oil Supply Line . . . . . .02-080-5
Turbocharger Failure Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-6
Turbocharger Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-8
Repair Turbocharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-14
Prelube Turbocharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-14
Install Turbocharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-15
Install Turbocharger Oil Supply Line
Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-17
Install Turbocharger Oil Supply Line . . . . . . .02-080-18
Install Turbocharger Oil Drain Line . . . . . . . .02-080-19
Install Heat Shield & Turbocharger Oil Supply
Line Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-20
Remove and Install Turbocharger
Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-21
Install Actuator Coolant Line Fittings . . . . . . .02-080-22
Install Turbocharger Actuator Coolant
Return Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-23
Install Turbocharger Actuator Coolant
Supply Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-24
Remove and Install Actuator Linkage . . . . . .02-080-25
Remove Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR)
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-28
Remove & Install EGR Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-29
Remove and Install EGR Coolant
Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-30
P R O O F
Group 060Lubrication System Repair and

Adjustment
Diagnosing Lubrication System
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-1
Top-Load Oil Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-2
Top Load Oil Filter - Theory of Operation . . . .02-060-3
Changing Top-Load Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-4
Engine Oil Cooler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-5
Remove, Inspect, and Install Engine Oil
Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-6
Remove Engine from Tractors for Access
to Engine Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-7
Remove Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-8
Check Crankshaft Gear-to-Oil Pump Drive
Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-8
Remove Engine Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-9
Inspect and Clean Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-10
Check Drive Shaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-10
Check Drive Shaft Side Movement . . . . . . . .02-060-11
Check Pumping Gear Backlash. . . . . . . . . . .02-060-11
Inspect Oil Pump Drive Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Install Engine Oil Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Remove and Install Oil Pump Outlet Tube
and Oil Cooler Crossover Tube
Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-14
Remove, Inspect, and Install Oil Pump
Pickup Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-15
Install Engine Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-16
Tighten Cap Screws on Front Frame/Oil
Sump - Tractors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-18
Page

082005
PN=3
02
P R O O F
Contents
Page
02
Remove and Install EGR Cooler Coolant

Supply Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-31
Remove and Install EGR Cooler Return
Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-32
Remove, Inspect, and Install Exhaust
Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-33
Remove, Inspect, and Install Intake
Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-35
Install EGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-39
Remove and Install Air Inlet/Heater . . . . . . . .02-080-40
Group 100OEM Starting and Charging Systems
Remove and Install Alternator (OEM
Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-100-1
Remove and Install Starter Motor (OEM
Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-100-2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=4
P R O O F
Engine Overhaul Guidelines
Group 010
Engine Rebuild
Engine life and performance will vary depending on

operating conditions and the level of regular engine
maintenance. Engines can be brought back to original
performance standards through proper overhaul procedure
and replacement of parts with genuine John Deere service
parts. Overhauling the engine prior to failure can avoid
costly repairs and downtime.
Consider installing a John Deere overhaul kit when:
02
010
1
The engine begins to experience power loss and there

are no known engine component failures.
The engine is hard to start due to low cranking
compression.
The engine begins to smoke and there are no known
engine component failures.
The engine begins to use oil. Refer to Section 04 for
acceptable oil consumption.
The engine has high usage hours and the owner wants
to take preventive measure to avoid high-cost repairs
and costly downtime.
John Deere overhaul kits have a 1500-hour or 12-month
warranty, whichever comes first. Installation labor is
covered by warranty if an authorized John Deere dealer
installed the overhaul kit and the replacement parts.
P R O O F
Engine Repair Stand
DPSG,OUO1032,3410 1915JUN001/1
NOTE: Only the 2722 kg (6000 lb) heavy-duty engine

repair stand (A) No. D05223ST manufactured by
Owatonna Tool Co., Owatonna, Minnesota is
referenced in this manual. When any other repair
stand is used, consult the manufacturers
instructions for mounting the engine.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG4929
AEngine Repair Stand
UN05DEC97
Refer to machine technical manual for steps to remove

engine from machine before installing it on repair stand.
Engine Repair Stand
RG,RG34710,1043 1923OCT971/1
02-010-1
082005
PN=43
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Safety Precautions
To maintain shear strength specifications, alloy steel

SAE Grade 8 or higher socket head cap screws must
be used to mount adapters or engine. Use LOCTITE
242 Thread Lock and Sealer on cap screws when
installing lifting straps on engine. Tighten cap screws
to 170 Nm (125 lb-ft).
For full thread engagement, be certain that tapped
holes in adapters and engine blocks are clean and not
damaged. A thread length engagement equal to 1-1/2
screw diameters minimum is required to maintain
strength requirements.
To avoid structural or personal injury, do not exceed
the maximum capacity rating of 2722 kg (6000 lb).
Maximum capacity is determined with the center of the
engine located not more than 330 mm (13 in.) from the
mounting hub surface of the engine stand.
To prevent possible personal injury due to engine

slippage, recheck to make sure engine is solidly
mounted before releasing support from engine lifting
device.
Never permit any part of the body to be positioned
under a load being lifted or suspended. Accidental
slippage may result in personal injury.
The lifting jack is to be used when it is necessary to lift
the engine for rotation. When working on the engine,
the jack should be at its lowest position to keep the
center of gravity low and the possibility of tipping low.
To prevent possible personal injury due to sudden
engine movement, lower engine by operating jack
release valve slowly. Do not unscrew release valve
knob more than two turns from its closed position.
To avoid an unsafe off-balance load condition, the

center of balance of an engine must be located within
Attach the No. 205466 Engine Adapter (A) to mounting

hub of the engine repair stand using SAE Grade 8
socket-head screws. Tighten screws to 135 Nm (100
lb-ft).
AEngine Adapter
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1044 1923OCT971/1
UN08DEC00
Install Adapters on Engine Repair Stand
P R O O F
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.
RG8183A
02
010
2
51 mm (2 in.) of the engine stand rotating shaft.

Engine center of balance is generally located a few
millimeters above the crankshaft.
The engine repair stand should be used only by

qualified service technicians familiar with this
equipment.
Adapter for Engine Repair Stand
RG,RG34710,1045 1923OCT971/1
02-010-2
082005
PN=44
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Engine Lifting Procedure
CAUTION: The only recommended method for

lifting the 6090 engine is with JDG23 Engine
Lifting Sling and safety approved lifting straps
that come with engine. Use extreme caution
when lifting and NEVER permit any part of the
body to be positioned under an engine being
lifted or suspended.
UN23JUN99
02
010
3
1. Install lift straps provided with engine and torque to the

following specifications.
RG10053
Lift engine with longitudinal loading on lift sling

and lifting brackets only. Angular loading
greatly reduces lifting capacity of sling and
brackets.
Engine Lifting Sling and Straps

AEngine Lifting Sling
BEngine Lifting Straps
Specification
Engine Lift Straps (Provided with
engine from factory)Torque ...................................... 122 Nm (90 lb-ft)
2. Attach JDG23 Engine Lifting Sling (A) to engine lifting

straps (B) and to overhead hoist or floor crane.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000013 1921OCT041/2
02-010-3
082005
PN=45
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
02
010
4
NOTE: If engine lifting straps are misplaced, they should

be procured through service parts or
SERVICEGARD. Use of an engine lifting sling
(as shown) is the ONLY APPROVED method for
lifting engine.
IMPORTANT: Lifting straps are designed to lift the

engine and small accessories such as
hydraulic pumps and air compressors
mounted to the engine auxiliary gear
drive, or belt-driven components, such
as air conditioning compressors and
alternators. If larger components, such
as PTOs, transmissions, generators or
air compressors, are attached to other
locations on the engine, the lift straps
provided with the engine are not
intended for this purpose. Technician is
responsible for providing adequate
lifting devices under these situations.
See machine technical manual for
additional information on removing
engine from machine.
3. Carefully lift engine to desired location.
Clean Engine
P R O O F
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
RE38635,0000013 1921OCT042/2
1. Cap or plug all openings on engine. If electrical

components (starter, alternator, etc.) are not removed
prior to cleaning, cover with plastic and tape securely
to prevent moisture from entering.
2. Steam-clean engine thoroughly.
IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold water

on the high pressure fuel pump while it
is still warm. To do so may cause
seizure of pump parts. Also, avoid
electrical components, wiring, the ECU,
and sensors.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000014 1921OCT041/1
02-010-4
082005
PN=46
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Disconnect Turbocharger Oil Inlet Line
1. Drain all engine oil and coolant, if not previously done.
Hydraulic lock occurs when trapped oil

in the oil filter housing drains through
the turbocharger, the exhaust and
intake manifolds, and then into the
cylinder head.
UN31MAY05
02
010
5
RG14232
IMPORTANT: When servicing turbocharged engines

on a rollover stand, disconnect
turbocharger oil inlet line (A) from oil
filter housing or turbocharger before
rolling engine over. Failure to do so
may cause a hydraulic lock upon
starting engine. Hydraulic lock may
cause possible engine failure.
Turbocharger Oil Supply Line

AOil Supply Line
After starting the engine, the trapped oil

in the manifold and head is released
into the cylinder(s) filling them with oil
causing hydraulic lock and possible
engine failure.
2. Disconnect turbocharger oil inlet line at turbocharger or
oil filter base.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1048 1923OCT971/1
02-010-5
082005
PN=47
P R O O F
02
010
6
P R O O F
RG8770
Mount Engine on Repair Stand
UN08DEC97
Engine Rebuild
Mounting Engine on Repair Stand
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000025 1915DEC041/2
02-010-6
082005
PN=48
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
CAUTION: NEVER remove the overhead lifting

equipment until the engine is securely mounted
onto the repair stand and all mounting
hardware is tightened to specified torque.
Always release the overhead lifting equipment
slowly.
02
010
7
UN23JUN99
NOTE: If starter motor or crankshaft driven auxiliary drive

accessory is to be removed from engine, remove
before mounting engine onto repair stand.
Engine-to-Stand Cap Screws (use

6090HRW01 ................................
6090HRW02 ................................
6090HRW04 ................................
6090HZ003 ..................................
6090HT001R ...............................
6090HH001 .................................
6090HDW01 ................................
6090HF485 ..................................
All Other 6090 Engines ...............
w/2 large
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
M16-2 X
diameter washers)
110mm.
110mm
110mm
110mm.
110mm.
110mm
110mm
110mm
110mm
RG10054
1. Mount the starter side of the engine to the engine

adapter with four SAE Grade 8 (or higher grade) cap
screws in the following sizes:
Engine on Repair Stand
2. Tighten cap screws to 203 Nm (150 lb-ft).

3. Carefully remove lift sling from engine.
P R O O F
To remove engine from repair stand, reverse the

installation procedure.
To install engine in vehicle, refer to machine technical

manual.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000025 1915DEC042/2
02-010-7
082005
PN=49
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Engine Disassembly Sequence for Overhaul
02
010
8
The following sequence is suggested when complete

disassembly for overhaul is required. Refer to the
appropriate repair group when removing individual
engine components.
1. Drain all coolant and engine oil. Check engine oil
for metal contaminates.
2. Remove turbocharger oil inlet line and oil return
line. Remove turbocharger and air pipe to EGR
cooler assembly.
14. Remove front and rear exhaust manifolds and

EGR cooler and valve assembly.
15. Remove air intake manifold.
NOTE: ALWAYS bolt down liners when rotating

engine flywheel with cylinder head removed.
16. Remove cylinder head with assembly. Remove
head gasket.
17. Revolve engine on repair stand and remove
engine oil pump assembly.
3. Remove fan pulley and thermostat housing

assembly.
18. Remove front timing gear cover.
4. Remove coolant pump assembly from timing gear

cover.
NOTE: DO NOT damage option code label (if

equipped), when removing rocker arm cover.
19. Revolve engine to vertical position. Remove

pistons and connecting rods. Identify for
reassembly. Perform bearing-to-journal wear
checks with PLASTIGAGE.
5. Remove breather hose from rocker arm cover.

Remove rocker arm cover.
20. On SAE No. 3 flywheel housings, remove flywheel

housing and then remove flywheel.
6. Remove electronic injector wiring harness.
21. On SAE No. 1 and 2 flywheel housings, remove

flywheel and then remove flywheel housing.
8. Remove front crankshaft pulley and damper

assembly.
23. Remove camshaft and cam followers. Identify for

reassembly.
9. Remove fuel injection lines, fuel connectors, and

injection nozzles.
24. Revolve engine to horizontal position, remove

liners, O-rings, and packings. Mark liners for
reassembly in same bore from which removed.
10. Remove engine oil filter, filter base, and valve

housing.
11. Remove fuel filter and mounting base. Remove
high pressure fuel pump gear cover and remove
injection pump.
12. Remove high pressure common rail.
13. Remove engine oil cooler assembly.
PLASTIGAGE is a registered trademark of DANA Corp.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
22. Remove main bearing caps and remove

crankshaft. Perform bearing-to-journal wear
checks with PLASTIGAGE.
P R O O F
7. Remove rocker arm assembly(ies) and push rods.

Identify parts for reassembly.
25. Remove piston cooling orifices from cylinder block.

26. Remove any sensors/gauges, cylinder block plugs
and engine serial number plate, if block is to be
put in a hot tank.
RE38635,0000026 1915DEC041/2
02-010-8
082005
PN=50
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
27. Refer to appropriate group for inspection and
repair of engine components.
RE38635,0000026 1915DEC042/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-010-9
082005
PN=51
02
010
9
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Sealant Application Guidelines
02
010
10
Listed below are sealants which have been tested and

are used by the John Deere factory to control leakage
and assure hardware retention. ALWAYS use the
following recommended sealants when assembling
your John Deere Diesel Engine to assure quality
performance.
Pipe plugs: cylinder block (coolant manifold),

thermostat housing, air intake manifold, and coolant
pump.
Coolant pump and block coolant drain valves
Fuel filter drain and bleed plugs
LOCTITE thread sealants are designed to perform to

sealing standards with machine oil residue present. If
excessive machine oil or poor cleanliness quality
exists, clean with solvent. Refer to John Deere
Merchandise and Parts Sales Manual for ordering
information.
AR31790 SCOTCH-GRIP EC1099 Plastic Adhesive:
AR31790 118 ml (4 oz)
Temperature sending unit and switch

Oil pan (drain hose, drain valve and elbow)
Connectors: turbo line and turbo drain
Adapter fitting for turbo oil inlet line
LOCTITE 680 Retaining Compound (Green):
TY15969 50 ml. (1.7 oz) bottle
LOCTITE 242Thread Lock & Sealer (Medium

Strength) (Blue):
Expansion (frost) plugs in cylinder block
TY9370 6 ml (0.2 oz) tube

T43512 50 ml (1.7 oz) bottle
PERMATEX Aviation (Form-A-Gasket No. 3):

TY6299 227 g (8oz) container
Plugs and fittings: fuel filter base, intake manifold,

cylinder block (oil galley).
Rear camshaft bore steel cap plug
P R O O F
Injection pump timing hole plug.
Oil pan gasket surfaces
Cap screws: injection pump access cover, electronic

tachometer cover, oil filler inlet, oil filter adapter,
flywheel, thermostat housing.
Oil pressure sending unit.
LOCTITE 592 Pipe Sealant with TEFLON (White):
TY9374 6 ml. (0.2 oz) tube
TY9375 50 ml. (1.7 oz) bottle

SCOTCH-GRIP is a registered trademark of 3M Co.
TEFLON is a registered trademark of Du Pont Co.
NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
PT569 NEVER-SEEZ Compound:
PT569 227 g (8 oz) Brush

PT506 453 g (16 oz) Spray
Cap Screws: turbocharger mounting and aftercooler
cover.
RG,RG34710,1051 1923OCT971/2
02-010-10
082005
PN=52
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Cap Screws: reinstallation of special 12-point flange
head cap screws on exhaust manifold of tractors.1
LOCTITE 51048 Moly Paste
Camshaft nose (gear installation)

1
Special 12-point flange head cap screws have pre-applied
anti-sieze compound. Apply additional compound for reuse only.
02
010
11
RG,RG34710,1051 1923OCT972/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-010-11
082005
PN=53
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Engine Assembly Sequence After Overhaul
02
010
12
The following assembly sequence is suggested when

engine has been completely disassembled. Be sure to
check run-out specifications, clearance tolerances,
torques, etc. as engine is assembled. Refer to the
appropriate repair group when assembling engine
components.
9. Install camshaft. Align timing marks

(camshaft-to-crankshaft gears) with No. 1 piston at
TDC compression stroke.
10. Install engine oil pump assembly.
11. Install high pressure common rail.
6081 Engine Assembly Sequence After Overhaul
12. Install fuel pump and drive gear.
1. Install all plugs in cylinder block that were removed

to service block. Install engine serial number plate.
13. Install engine oil cooler assembly.

14. Install fuel filter base, supply lines, and filter.
2. Install piston cooling orifices.

3. Install cylinder liners without O-rings and measure
liner stand-out. Install liner O-rings in block and
packings on liners. Install liners.
15. Install oil filter base, valve housing, and new oil
filter.
16. Install cylinder head and intake manifold.
NOTE: If new piston and liner kit assemblies are being

installed, install the crankshaft first.
4. Install main bearings and crankshaft. Rotate
crankshaft to assure correct assembly. Check
crankshaft end play.
17. Install push rods, rocker arm assemblies,

electronic injectors, and fuel connectors.
18. Install electronic injector wiring harness.
19. Install rocker arm cover, and breather hose.
NOTE: ALWAYS bolt liners down before rotating

engine with cylinder head removed.
If installing new piston/liner kits, assemble kits onto
the respective connecting rods using NEW snap
rings. Bolt liners down as each kit is installed.
5. Install engine flywheel and housing, if applicable:
SAE 3: Flywheel goes on before housing.
SAE 1 and SAE 2: Housing goes on before
flywheel.
P R O O F
20. Install front and rear exhaust manifolds, EGR

cooler and valve assembly.
21. Install timing gear cover. Install front crankshaft
wear sleeve and oil seal.
22. Install coolant pump assembly and coolant
manifold.
23. Install turbocharger. Install turbocharger oil inlet
line and oil return line.
6. Install piston and rod assemblies. Bolt liners down

after each piston assembly is installed.
7. Install crankshaft rear oil seal housing and check
runout. Install rear oil seal and wear sleeve.
8. Install cam followers in hole from which originally
removed.
24. Install fuel leak-off lines and high pressure fuel

delivery lines.
25. Install front pulley and new damper as an
assembly.
26. Install fan pulley assembly. Install starter motor.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000027 1915DEC041/2
02-010-12
082005
PN=54
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
27. Fill engine with clean oil. Install dipstick.
28. Flush cooling system and refill with proper coolant.
Engine Break-In Guidelines

Engine break-in should be performed after overhaul or
when the following repairs have been made:
Main bearings, rod bearings, crankshaft, or any
combination of these parts have been replaced.
Pistons, rings, or liners have been replaced.
29. Perform engine break-in and normal standard

performance checks. See ENGINE BREAK-IN
GUIDELINES later in this group.
RE38635,0000027 1915DEC042/2
Rear crankshaft oil seal and wear sleeve have been

replaced. (Primary objective is to see if oil seal still leaks).
Cylinder head has been removed. (Check and reset valve
clearance.)
RE38635,0000029 1915DEC041/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-010-13
082005
PN=55
02
010
13
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Perform Engine Break-In
UN20JUN00
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use John Deere PLUS-50 oil or

engine oils meeting API CG4, API CF4,
ACEA E3 or ACEA E2, performance
levels during break-in period of an
engine that has had a major overhaul.
These oils will not allow an overhauled
engine to properly wear during the
break-in period.
RG7359
Check Engine Oil Level
Do not add makeup oil until the oil level

is BELOW the add mark. John Deere
Break-In Oil should be used to make up
any oil consumed during break-in
period.
DO NOT fill above the crosshatch
pattern or FULL mark. Oil levels
anywhere within the crosshatch are
acceptable.
UN13AUG91
P R O O F
1. Fill engine crankcase to proper level with John Deere

ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL during break-in operation. Use
break-in oil regardless of ambient temperature. This oil
is specifically formulated to enhance break-in of John
Deere diesel engines. Under normal conditions, do not
exceed 250hours with break-in oil.
RG5895
02
010
14
Use a dynamometer to perform the following preliminary

break-in procedure. If necessary, preliminary engine
break-in can be performed without a dynamometer if
under controlled operating conditions.
Engine Oil Level Dipstick
If John Deere Engine Break-In Oil is not available, use

diesel engine oil meeting API Service Classification CE
or ACEA Specification E1.
IMPORTANT: During preliminary break-in, periodically

check engine oil pressure and coolant
temperature. Also check for signs of
fuel, oil, or coolant leaks.
2. Start engine, run at loads and speeds shown in
following chart for time limits given.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000028 1915DEC041/3
02-010-14
082005
PN=56
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
PRELIMINARY ENGINE BREAK-IN AFTER MAJOR OVERHAUL
Time
Load
Engine Speed
1 minute
No load
850 rpm
2 minutes
No load
Fast Idle
15 minutes
1/23/4 load
2000 rpm to rated
speed
10 Minutes
Full load
Rated speed
02
010
15
3. After preliminary break-in, run engine 12 minutes at

1500 rpm, with no load before shut-down.
4. Check and readjust valve clearance as necessary.
Cylinder head retorque is not required.
NOTE: During the first 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods

of engine idling or sustained maximum load
operation. If engine will idle longer than 5 minutes,
stop engine.
5. Operate the engine at heavy loads with minimal idling
during the break-in period.
If the engine has significant operating time at idle,
constant speeds, and/or light load usage, an additional
250hour break-in period is recommended using a new
change of John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL and new
John Deere oil filter.
P R O O F
Check engine oil level more frequently during engine

break-in period. As a general rule, makeup oil should not
need to be added during 250-hour break-in period.
However, if makeup oil is required in the first 250-hour
break-in, an additional 250-hour break-in period is
required. Use a new change of John Deere ENGINE
BREAK-IN OIL and a new John Deere oil filter.
After 250 hours maximum, drain break-in oil and change
oil filter. Fill crankcase with John Deere TORQ-GARD
SUPREME OR PLUS-50 or other heavy-duty diesel
engine oil within the same service classification as
recommended in this manual. See DIESEL ENGINE OIL
in Group 002, Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant.
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere &

Company.
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000028 1915DEC042/3
02-010-15
082005
PN=57
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
NOTE: Some increase in oil consumption may be
expected when low viscosity oils are used. Check
oil levels more frequently.
If air temperature is below -10 C (14 F), use an
engine block heater.
Check Crankcase Ventilation System
RE38635,0000028 1915DEC043/3
1. Inspect crankcase ventilation system for restrictions.

Lack of ventilation causes sludge to form in crankcase.
This can lead to clogging of oil passages, filters, and
screens, resulting in serious engine damage.
UN18APR05
2. Clean crankcase vent tube (A) with solvent and

compressed air if restricted. Install and tighten hose
clamps securely.
ACrankcase Breather Tube
Crankcase Breather Tube
RG,RG34710,1055 1923OCT971/1
UN20DEC88
1. Replace air cleaner primary filter element. (See

operators manual.) Replace secondary element if
primary element has holes in it.
P R O O F
Check Air Intake System
RG14156
2. Check condition of air intake hose(s). Replace hoses

that are cracked, split, or otherwise in poor condition.
3. Check hose clamps (A) for tightness. Replace clamps

that cannot be properly tightened. This will help
prevent dust from entering the air intake system which
could cause serious engine damage.
AHose Clamps
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG4689
02
010
16
Air Intake Hose Clamps
RG,RG34710,1056 1923OCT971/1
02-010-16
082005
PN=58
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Check Exhaust System
1. Inspect exhaust system for leaks or restrictions. Check

manifold for cracks. Repair or replace as necessary.
02
010
17
2. Check that turbocharger-to-exhaust gas recirculator

(EGR), cooler, etc, clamps are securely tightened and
do not leak.
3. Check exhaust stack for evidence of oil leakage past
valve stem seals.
Oil in exhaust stack may be caused by excessive valve

stem-to-guide clearance or excessive light load engine
idling.
Check and Service Cooling System
RE38635,0000016 1921OCT041/1
1. Remove trash that has accumulated on or near

radiator.
P R O O F
UN26NOV97
2. Visually inspect entire cooling system and all

components for leaks or damage. Repair or replace as
necessary.
4. Insert a heavy gauge wire deep into weep hole to

make sure hole is open.
5. Install new foam filter flush with timing gear cover.
RG7061
3. Remove the foam filter from weep hole (A, shown

removed) located on the side of timing gear cover and
discard filter. Inspect the weep hole for any restrictions.
Cooling System Weep Hole with Foam Filter

AWeep Hole
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1058 1923OCT971/2
02-010-17
082005
PN=59
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
6. Remove and check thermostat(s). See REMOVE AND

TEST THERMOSTATS in Group 070.
7. Drain and flush cooling system. See FLUSH AND
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM in Group 002.
UN23AUG88
TS281
IMPORTANT: Both coolant pump drain valve and

block drain valve must be opened to
completely drain the engine.
Service Cooling System Safely

temperature sending unit fitting at rear
of cylinder head, bleed plug at top front
of cylinder head, or plug in thermostat
housing to allow air to escape when
filling system. Retighten fitting or plug
when all the air has been expelled.
10. After engine cools, check coolant level.
NOTE: Coolant level should be even with bottom of

radiator filler neck.
P R O O F
9. Run engine until it reaches operating temperature.

Check entire cooling system for leaks.
UN12APR05
8. Fill cooling system with coolant. See DIESEL ENGINE

COOLANT in Group 002.
RG14158
Coolant Pump Drain Valve
ACoolant Pump Drain Valve

BBlock Drain Valve
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN26NOV97
11. Check system for holding pressure. See PRESSURE

TEST COOLING SYSTEM AND RADIATOR CAP in
Group 150.
RG7143
02
010
18
CAUTION: Do not drain coolant until the coolant

temperature is below operating temperature.
Always loosen coolant pump drain valve (A)
and block drain valve (B) slowly to relieve any
excess pressure.
Cylinder Block Coolant Drain Valve
RG,RG34710,1058 1923OCT972/2
02-010-18
082005
PN=60
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
Check Electrical System
UN23AUG88
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first

and replace it last.
TS204
Never check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
Prevent Battery Explosions
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
1. Clean batteries and cables with damp cloth. If

corrosion is present, remove it and wash terminals with
a solution of ammonia or baking soda in water. Then
flush area with clean water.
2. Coat battery terminals and connectors with petroleum
jelly mixed with baking soda to retard corrosion.
3. Test batteries. If batteries are not near full charge, try
to find out why.
If water must be added to batteries more often than

every 250 hours, alternator may be overcharging.
NOTE: Water cannot be added to maintenance-free

batteries.
5. If batteries appear to be either undercharged or
overcharged, check alternator and charging circuit.
P R O O F
4. On low-maintenance batteries, check level of

electrolyte in each cell of each battery. Level should be
to bottom of filler neck. If water is needed, use clean,
mineral-free water.
6. Check tension of drive belts. See CHECKING BELT

TENSIONER SPRING TENSION AND BELT WEAR in
Group 070.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1059 1923OCT971/2
02-010-19
082005
PN=61
02
010
19
P R O O F
Engine Rebuild
7. Check operation of starter motor and instruments.
02
010
20
NOTE: For test and repair of alternators and starter

motors, see CTM77, Alternators and Starting
Motors.
General Tune-Up Recommendations
RG,RG34710,1059 1923OCT972/2
As a general rule, an engine tune-up is not necessary if

ALL recommended operators manual hourly service
procedures are performed on schedule. If your engine
performance is not within the rated application guidelines,
the following service procedures are recommended to
help restore engine to normal operating efficiency.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: 6090 engines are equipped with

electronically-controlled fuel systems
that have a diagnostic feature that will
display detailed codes to alert operator
of specific performance problems. Refer
to CTM385 for diagnostic code
troubleshooting procedures on
electronically controlled fuel systems.
Operation
Change engine oil and filters. ...............................................................................................
Lubricate PTO clutch internal levers and linkage, if equipped. ............................................
Replace fuel filter. ..................................................................................................................
Clean crankcase vent tube. ...................................................................................................
Check air intake system. Replace air cleaner elements. ......................................................
Check exhaust system. .........................................................................................................
Check and service engine cooling system. ...........................................................................
Check and adjust fan and alternator belts. ...........................................................................
Check electrical system. ........................................................................................................
Check crankshaft vibration damper. ......................................................................................
Inspect turbocharger and check turbocharger boost pressure. ............................................
Check fuel injection system ...................................................................................................
Check engine oil pressure. Correct as necessary. ...............................................................
Check engine valve clearance. Adjust if necessary. ............................................................
Check engine speeds. Correct as necessary. ......................................................................
Check engine performance on dynamometer. ......................................................................
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Detailed Reference
Operators Manual
Operators Manual
This Group/Operators Manual
This Group
Operators Manual
This Group
Group 040/Operators Manual
Group 150
This group
Group 150
Group 020/Group 021
Authorized Servicing Dealer
This Group
RE38635,0000017 1921OCT041/1
02-010-20
082005
PN=62
P R O O F
Group 021
Cylinder Head and Valves Repair and Adjustment

Adjust Valve Clearance
Too little valve clearance throws valves out of time.

Valves open too early and close too late. This causes the
valves to overheat due to hot combustion gases rushing
past valves when out of time. Overheating lengthens valve
stems which prevents proper seating of valves. The
valves seat so briefly or poorly that normal heat transfer
into the cooling system does not have time to take place,
causing burned valves and low power.
02
021
1
Too much valve clearance causes a lag in valve timing,

causing engine valve train imbalance. The fuel-air mixture
enters the cylinders late during intake stroke. The exhaust
valve closes early and prevents waste gases from being
completely removed from cylinders. Also, the valves close
with a great deal of impact, which may crack or break the
valves and scuff the camshaft and followers.
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB051/6
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-1
082005
PN=63
P R O O F
CAUTION: To prevent accidental starting of

engine while performing valve adjustments,
always disconnect NEGATIVE () battery
terminal.
1. Disconnect main wiring harness (B) from right side of

intake manifold.
2. Remove rocker arm cover with vent tube (A).
RG13925
IMPORTANT: Valve clearance MUST BE checked and

adjusted with engine COLD.
Rocker Arm Cover & Wiring Harness Attach
Rocker arms that exhibit excessive

valve clearance should be inspected
more thoroughly to identify damaged
parts.
NOTE: Use a flexible socket extension when rotating

engine to avid interference with fuel filter
assembly, as shown.
UN04FEB05
IMPORTANT: Visually inspect contact surfaces of

valve tips and rocker arm wear pads.
Check all parts for excessive wear,
breakage, or cracks. Replace parts that
show visible damage.
RG13945
02
021
2
UN29JAN05
JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool

ARocker Arm Cover
BWiring Harness Attachment
P R O O F
3. Remove plastic plug from cylinder block bores and

install JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool and Timing Pin .
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB052/6
02-021-2
082005
PN=64
P R O O F

4. Rotate engine with the flywheel turning tool until timing
pin engages timing hole in flywheel.
5. If the rocker arms for No. 1 (front) cylinder are loose,
the engine is at No. 1 TDC-Compression.
02
021
3
UN07JAN05
6. If the rocker arms for No. 6 (rear) cylinder are loose,

the engine is at No. 6 TDC-Compression. Rotate the
engine one full revolution (360 degrees) to No. 1
TDC-Compression.
RG13842
NOTE: To assist in adjusting valve clearance, push the

rocker arm foot forward (A) for easier feeler gauge
access (B)
Valve Clearance Setting Procedure
RG13946
RG13840
Specification
Intake Valve Clearance Checking
(Rocker Arm-to-Valve Tip With
Engine Cold)Clearance .................................................. 0.130.23 mm
(0.0050.009 in.)
Exhaust Valve Clearance
Checking (Rocker Arm-to-Valve
Tip With Engine Cold)
Clearance .......................................................................... 0.580.69 mm
(0.0230.027 in.)
Valve Adjusting Screw Lock
NutTorque .................................................................... 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
UN23FEB05
Checking Valve Clearance with Feeler Gauge
P R O O F
7. With engine lock-pinned at TDC of No. 1 pistons

compression stroke, use a bent feeler gauge to check
valve clearance on Nos. 1, 3, and 5 exhaust valves
and Nos. 1, 2, and 4 intake valves. If out of
specification, loosen lock nut on rocker arm adjusting
screw. Turn adjusting screw until feeler gauge slips
with a slight drag. Hold the adjusting screw from
turning with screwdriver and tighten lock nut to
specifications.
UN04FEB05
IMPORTANT: If engine has been overhauled where

the roller camshaft followers have been
removed and/or replaced, BE CERTAIN
to apply a firm downward pressure over
the rocker arm adjusting screw, using
push rod to seat roller follower on
camshaft. Loose valve clearance
settings can result if this step is not
completed. If the valve clearance is
being checked or reset, this step is not
necessary.
Valve Checking Sequence - #1 TDC

CFront of Engine
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB053/6
02-021-3
082005
PN=65
P R O O F

Recheck clearance again after tightening lock nut.
Readjust clearance as necessary.
02
021
4
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB054/6
UN29JAN05
8. Rotate flywheel 360 until No. 6 piston is at TDC of

its compression stroke. Rocker arms for No. 6 piston
should be loose.
IMPORTANT: When reinstalling rocker arm cover, DO

NOT reuse gasket. Install cover using a
new gasket.
10. Install rocker arm cover gasket.
RG13839
9. Check and adjust valve clearance to the same

specifications on Nos. 2, 4, and 6 exhaust and Nos. 3,
5, and 6 intake valves.
Valve Checking Sequence - #6 TDC

AFront of Engine
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB055/6
RG13907 UN14JAN05
A
P R O O F
11. Install rocker arm cover with vent tube and tighten
cap screws in sequence shown to specification.
14
10
11
15
Specification
Rocker Arm Cover Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
13
12. Connect main engine wiring harness.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
12
Rocker Arm Cover Torque Sequence

AFront of Engine
RE38635,0000030 1907FEB056/6
02-021-4
082005
PN=66
P R O O F
Check Valve Lift
UN27NOV00
IMPORTANT: For a more accurate measurement, it is

recommended that valve lift be
measured at 0.00 mm (in.) valve
clearance and with engine COLD.
1. Remove turbocharger oil inlet clamp and rocker arm

cover. Loosen lock nut on rocker arm. Set valve
clearance at 0.00 mm (in.) on valve being checked.
Tighten lock nut.
RG11584
NOTE: Measuring valve lift can give an indication of wear

on camshaft lobes and cam followers or bent
push rods.
Checking Valve Lift
2. Put dial indicator tip on valve spring cap. Be sure that

valve is fully closed.
3. Check preset on dial indicator. Set dial indicator pointer

at zero.
4. Manually turn engine in running direction, using the
engine rotation tools previously mentioned for checking
valve clearance.
5. Observe dial indicator reading as valve is moved to
fully open position. Record reading and valve number.
6. Repeat procedure on all remaining valves.
P R O O F
Specification
Intake ValveLift ........................................................................... 6.7 mm
(0.264 in.)
at 0.00 mm (in.) clearance
WearTolerance................................................................................... N A
Exhaust ValveLift ...................................................................... 12.1 mm
(0.476 in.)
WearTolerance................................................................................... N A
7. Reset valve clearance to specification after measuring

lift. (See ADJUST VALVE CLEARANCE earlier in this
group.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000018 1931MAY051/1
02-021-5
082005
PN=67
02
021
5
P R O O F
Remove Cylinder Head
CAUTION: After operating engine, allow exhaust

system to cool before working on engine.
DO NOT drain coolant until the coolant
Always loosen drain valve slowly to relieve any
excess pressure.
TS218
NOTE: If cylinder head is being removed for piston and

liner repairs or any other service that does not
require disassembly of head, cylinder head can be
removed with thermostat housing, turbocharger,
exhaust gas recirculator (EGR) assembly, intake
manifold, and exhaust manifold installed. Coolant
supply and return lines for the turbocharger
actuator and EGR must me disconnected.
UN23AUG88
1. Drain engine oil and coolant. Disconnect turbo inlet line

at turbocharger or at oil filter base. (See
DISCONNECT TURBOCHARGER OIL INLET LINE in
Group 010.)
Service Cooling System Safely
4. Remove EGR assembly. See REMOVE EGR

ASSEMBLY in Group 080.
5. Remove front and rear exhaust manifold. See
REMOVE, INSPECT AND INSTALL EXHAUST
MANIFOLD in Group 080.
6. Remove air intake manifold. See REMOVE, INSPECT

AND INSTALL INTAKE MANIFOLD in Group 080.
UN29MAR05
3. Remove turbocharger. See REMOVE

TURBOCHARGER in Group 080.
P R O O F
2. Remove thermostat housing and all coolant piping. See

REMOVE THERMOSTAT HOUSING in Group 070.
RG14121
02
021
6
It is not necessary to remove engine from machine to

service cylinder head on all applications. Refer to your
Machine Technical Manual for engine removal procedure,
if required.
Removing Cylinder Head

ACylinder Head
BIntake Manifold Gasket
CIntake Manifold
7. Remove fuel injection delivery lines, and fuel leak-off

lines.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000031 1907JAN051/3
02-021-6
082005
PN=68
P R O O F

8. Remove rocker arm cover.
RE38635,0000031 1907JAN052/3
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-7
082005
PN=69
02
021
7
P R O O F

NOTE: The wiring harness can be left on the intake
manifold if no repair to the harness is required.
Disconnect leads from injectors and lift harness
off engine with intake manifold.
9. Disconnect fuel injector wiring harness nuts and
harness hold down cap screws (A).
11. Remove fuel inlet connectors, fuel leak-off

connectors, and electronic injectors. See REMOVE
ELECTRONIC INJECTORS in Group 090 of CTM
385.
12. Remove push rods and identify for reassembly.
NOTE: Clean and inspect push rods. See CLEAN AND

INSPECT PUSH RODS SERIAL NUMBER later in
this group.
UN19MAR05
10. Loosen all rocker arm adjusting screws before

loosening rocker arm pedestals. Remove rocker arm
assemblies.
RG13916
02
021
8
Injector Wiring Harness
13. Remove all cylinder head cap screws. Discard cap

screws, they are not reusable.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use screwdrivers or pry bars

between cylinder block and cylinder
head to loosen head-to-block gasket
seal.
14. Lift cylinder head from block. If cylinder head sticks,

use a soft hammer to tap the cylinder head.
15. Remove cylinder head gasket. Inspect for possible oil,

coolant, or combustion chamber leaks. Also, check for
evidence of incorrect or defective head gasket being
used.
NOTE: Do not rotate crankshaft with cylinder head

removed unless all cylinder liners are secured
with cap screws and large flat washers as
described in Group 10. See REMOVE PISTONS
AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES in Group
030.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000031 1907JAN053/3
02-021-8
082005
PN=70
P R O O F
Diagnosing Head Gasket Joint Failures
Head gasket failures generally fall into three categories:

Combustion seal failures.
Coolant seal failures.
Oil seal failures.
02
021
9
RG14155
Coolant or oil seal failures occur when oil or coolant

escapes between cylinder head and gasket body, or
between cylinder block and gasket body. The oil or
coolant may leak to an adjacent coolant or oil passage, or
externally. Since oil and coolant passages are primarily on
right hand (camshaft) side of engine, fluid leaks are most
likely to occur in that area.
UN18APR05
Combustion seal failures occur when combustion gases

escape between cylinder head and head gasket
combustion flange, or between combustion flange and
cylinder liner. Leaking combustion gases may vent to an
adjacent cylinder, to a coolant or oil passage, or
externally.
6090 Cylinder Head Gasket
Follow these diagnostic procedures when a head gasket

joint failure occurs, or is suspected.
ACylinder Head Bolts

BCoolant Passages
COil Passage (supply)
DPush Rod and Oil Drain
1. Before starting or disassembling engine, conduct a

visual inspection of machine, and note any of the
following:
P R O O F
Oil or coolant in head gasket seam, or on adjacent

surfaces. Especially right rear corner of gasket joint.
Displacement of gasket from normal position.
Discoloration or soot from combustion gas leakage.
Leaking radiator, overflow tank, or hoses.
Leaking coolant from coolant pump weep hole.
Damaged or incorrect radiator, fan, or shroud.
Obstructed air flow or coolant flow.
Worn or slipping belts.
Damaged or incorrect radiator pressure cap.
Presence of oil in coolant.
Low coolant levels.
Improper coolant.
Unusually high or low oil levels.
Unburned fuel or coolant in exhaust system.
Oil degradation, dilution, or contamination.
Incorrectly specified injection pump.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000032 1907JAN051/2
02-021-9
082005
PN=71
P R O O F

Indications of fuel or timing adjustments.
2. Obtain coolant and oil samples for further analysis.
02
021
10
3. Start and warm up engine if it can be safely operated.

Examine all potential leakage areas again as outlined
previously. Using appropriate test and measuring
equipment, check for the following:
White smoke, excessive raw fuel, or moisture in

exhaust system.
Rough, irregular exhaust sound, or misfiring.
Air bubbles, gas trapped in radiator or overflow tank.
Loss of coolant from overflow.
Excessive cooling system pressure.
Coolant overheating.
Low coolant flow.
Loss of cab heating due to air lock (vehicle engines).
4. Shut engine down. Recheck crankcase, radiator, and
overflow tank for any significant differences in fluid
levels, viscosity, or appearance.
5. Compare your observations from above steps with the

following diagnostic charts.
P R O O F
If diagnostic evaluations and observations provide

conclusive evidence of combustion gas, coolant, or oil
leakage from head gasket joint, the cylinder head must
be removed for inspection and repair of gasket joint
components.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000032 1907JAN052/2
02-021-10
082005
PN=72
P R O O F
Head Gasket Diagnostic Charts
COMBUSTION SEAL LEAKAGE

Symptoms
Exhaust from head gasket crevice
Air bubbles in radiator/overflow tank
Coolant discharge from overflow tube
Engine overheating
Power loss
Engine runs rough
White exhaust smoke
Loss of cab heat (vehicle engines)
Gasket section dislodged, missing (blown)
Coolant in cylinder
Coolant in crankcase oil
Low coolant level
Possible Causes
Insufficient liner standout
Excessive liner standout differential between cylinders
Low head bolt clamping loads
Rough/damaged liner flange surface
Cracked/deformed gasket combustion flange
Out-of-flat/damaged/rough cylinder head surface
Missing/mislocated gasket fire ring
Block cracked in liner support area
Excessive fuel delivery
Advanced injection pump timing
Hydraulic or mechanical disturbance of combustion seal
Leaks in cooling system or engine overheating
Cracked cylinder head or liners may also allow combustion gas
leakage into coolant.
02
021
11
COOLANT SEAL LEAKAGE

Symptoms
Coolant discharge from head gasket crevice
Coolant in crankcase oil
Low coolant level
High oil level
Coolant discharge from crankcase vent
Possible Causes
Excessive liner standout
Out-of-flat/damaged/rough block surface
Oil or coolant overheating
Cracks/creases in gasket body surfaces
Damage/voids in elastomer beading of gasket
Cracked cylinder head, liners, liner packings, defective oil cooler
or aftercooler may also allow coolant leakage into crankcase.
OIL SEAL LEAKAGE
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Possible Causes
Out-of-flat/damaged/rough block surface
Oil or coolant overheating
Cracks/creases in gasket body surfaces
Damage/voids in elastomer beading of gasket
Damaged/missing O-ring seal at oil port to rocker arms
Defective oil cooler may also allow oil leakage into coolant.
P R O O F
Symptoms
Oil discharge from head gasket crevice
Oil in coolant
Low crankcase oil level
Reduced oil to rocker arms (noisy)
RE38635,0000033 1907JAN051/1
02-021-11
082005
PN=73
P R O O F
Head Gasket Inspection and Repair Sequence
UN18APR05
RG14159
02
021
12
Inspecting Cylinder Head Gasket

AFront of Engine
BCylinder Combustion
Flange
The following inspection procedures are recommended

whenever a head gasket joint failure occurs, or when
joint disassembly takes place.
2. Remove rocker arm cover and check for presence

of coolant in the oil.
3. Record head cap screw torques prior to removal.
4. Remove cylinder head using appropriate lifting
devices to prevent handling damage to head
gasket. See REMOVE CYLINDER HEAD earlier in
this group.
5. Observe surfaces of removed head gasket.
Examine gasket body for the following:

Combustion gas erosion paths or soot deposits
originating at combustion seals.
Extreme discoloration/hardening/embrittlement in
localized areas.
Oil or coolant paths from port areas.
Localized areas of low compression.
6. Before cleaning components, inspect head, block,

and liners for evidence of combustion gas and fluid
leakage. Inspect cylinders and valve ports for
unusual deposits.
7. Clean block, head, liners, and cap screws. (This
group and Group 030.)
Examine cylinder head combustion flange (B) for

the following:
Flange severed/expanded/cracked/deformed.
Adjacent body area burned/eroded.
Fire ring severed/displaced/missing.

Flange sealing pattern eccentric/contains voids.
Discoloration of flange and adjacent body areas.
Flange surfaces rough/abraded/channelled.
P R O O F
1. Review historical data relating to machine

operation, maintenance and repair, along with
diagnostic observations. Note all areas requiring
further inspection and analysis.
COil Supply Passage
8. Proceed with the following dimensional checks and

visual inspections:
Cylinder Head (This group.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000BB 1918APR051/2
02-021-12
082005
PN=74
P R O O F

Check surface flatness/finish.
Inspect for surface damage.
Check cylinder head thickness.
Check liner flange flatness/finish.

Check liner flange thickness (if liner is removed).
Inspect flange for damage.
Cylinder Block and Liners (assembled and

clamped) (This group, Group 030.)
Cylinder Head Cap Screws (This group.)
Check liner standout at four places on each liner.

Check liner standout difference between
cylinders.
Cylinder Block (Group 030.)
Check surface flatness/finish.
Inspect for surface damage.
Check liner counterbore depth (if liner is
removed).
Check top deck to crankshaft centerline
dimension.
Inspect cap screw bosses, must be clean/intact.
Cylinder Liner (Group 030.)
02
021
13
Inspect for corrosion damage.

Inspect condition of threads.
Inspect for straightness.
9. When inspections and measurements have been

completed, determine most probable causes of joint
failure. Make all necessary repairs to joint
components, cooling system, and fuel injection
system.
10. Reassemble the engine according to procedures
and specifications in the repair groups of this
manual.
RE38635,00000BB 1918APR052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-13
082005
PN=75
P R O O F
Inspect Rocker Arm Assembly
Loose, bent, twisted, or worn snap rings.
Rotation of rocker arm on shaft. Rocker arms should

rotate freely on shaft, but there should not be
noticeable space between rocker bore and shaft.
RG13906
02
021
14
UN28MAY05
1. Inspect rocker arms, snap rings, pedestal, and shaft for

damage. Look for:
NOTE: Wear could indicate weak valve springs, bent

push rods, or loose rocker pedestal cap screws.
Rocker Arm Assembly
2. If rocker arms, snap rings, pedestal, or shaft are

damaged, rocker arm assembly MUST BE replaced as
an assembly.
3. Check rocker arm adjusting nut and screw for damage.

Visually inspect rocker arm for hairline cracks. Replace
if necessary.
4. Clean rocker arm assembly with clean solvent. Dry
with compressed air.
NOTE: If the rocker arm has been damaged by a valve

failure, replace it and the push rods when
replacing valves.
P R O O F
5. Roll push rods on a flat surface to check for bends or

distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000034 1907JAN051/1
02-021-14
082005
PN=76
P R O O F
Disassemble and Assemble Rocker Arm

Assembly
Rocker arm assembly cannot be disassembled and
assembled.
UN28MAY05
Rocker arm assembly is NOT serviceable, and MUST BE

replaced as a unit.
RG13906
Rocker arm mountng screws cannot be re-used. Replace

rocker arm mounting screws removed from engine with
new screws.
Measure Valve Recess
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
RE38635,0000098 1929MAR051/1
UN28MAY05
Measure and record valve recess dimensions for all

valves using JDG451 Gauge with D17526CI (English, in.)
or D17527CI (Metric, mm) Dial Indicator or KJD10123
Gauge. Compare measurements to specifications given
below.
RG14170
P R O O F
Specification
Exhaust ValveRecess ...................... 1.201.80 mm (0.0470.071 in.)
below cylinder head
Intake ValveRecess ......................... 1.201.80 mm (0.0470.071 in.)
below cylinder head
NOTE: Thoroughly clean all gasket material from cylinder

head combustion face before measuring.
02
021
15
Measuring Valve Recess
If measurement does not meet specifications,

check valve face angle and valve seat angle. If
valve is recessed beyond the maximum
specification, install either new valves, valve seat
inserts, or both to obtain proper valve recess. See
REMOVE VALVE SEAT INSERTS AND
MEASURE BORES IN CYLINDER HEAD later in
this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000001 1926APR051/1
02-021-15
082005
PN=77
P R O O F
Preliminary Cylinder Head and Valve Checks

Make preliminary inspection of cylinder head and valve
assembly during disassembly.
02
021
16
Look for the following conditions:

Sticking Valves:
Carbon deposits on valve stem.

Worn valve guides.
Scored valve stems.
Warped valve stems.
Misaligned or broken valve springs.
Worn or distorted valve seats.
Insufficient lubrication.
Warped, Worn, or Distorted Valve Guides:
Lack of lubrication.
Cylinder head distortion.
Excessive heat.
Unevenly tightened cylinder head cap screws.
Distorted Cylinder Head and Gasket Leakage:
Loss of cylinder head cap screw torque.

Broken cylinder head cap screw.
Overheating from low coolant level operation.
Insufficient liner standout.
Coolant leakage into cylinder causing hydraulic
failure of gasket.
Leaking aftercooler.
Cracked cylinder head.
Cracked cylinder liner.
Damaged or incorrect gasket.
Overpowering or overfueling.
Damaged cylinder head or block surfaces.
Improper surface finish on cylinder head.
Improperly tightened cylinder head cap screws.
Faulty gasket installation (misaligned)
Worn or Broken Valve Seats:

Misaligned valves.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Burned, Pitted, Worn, or Broken Valves:
Worn or distorted valve seats.

Loose valve seats.
Worn valve guides.
Insufficient cooling.
Cocked or broken valve springs.
Improper engine operation.
Improper valve train timing.
Faulty valve rotators.
Warped or distorted valve stems.
Stretched valves due to excessive spring tension.
Warped cylinder head.
Bent push rods.
Carbon build-up on valve seats.
Rocker arm failure.
Incorrect valve or seat installed.
Incorrect piston-to-valve clearance.
P R O O F
Distorted cylinder head.

Carbon deposits on seats due to incomplete
combustion.
Valve spring tension too weak.
Excessive heat.
Improper valve clearance.
Improper valve timing.
Incorrect valve or seat installed.
Improper Valve Clearance:
Inefficient use of fuel.

Engine starts harder.
Maximum engine power will not be achieved.
Shorter service life of valve train.
Greater chance for engine to overheat.
Excessive Valve Recession:

Worn valve guides.
Bent valves.
Debris passed through valve train.
RE38635,0000035 1907JAN051/1
02-021-16
082005
PN=78
P R O O F
Remove Valve Assembly
Refer to PRELIMINARY CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE

CHECKS, earlier in this group as valves are removed
from head.
2. Remove retaining locks (B) using a small magnet.

3. Remove valve spring compressor from head.
4. Remove valve spring retainer (C) and valve spring (D).

5. Repeat procedure on remaining valves.
Removing Valve Assemblies
UN28MAY05
6. Remove oil seal (F) from valves. Remove valve (E)

from cylinder head. Identify valve for reassembly, if
valve is to be reused.
UN28MAY05
1. Compress valve spring using JDE138 Valve Spring

Compressor (A) as shown.
RG14171
IMPORTANT: Identify all usable parts for correct

reassembly in same location as
removed.
02
021
17
NOTE: On 9 L engines, all valves have oil seals.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
AJDE138 Valve Spring Compressor

BRetainer Locks
CValve Retainer
DValve Spring
EValve Stem
FValve Stem Oil Seal
RG14172
7. Repeat procedure on remaining valves.
Valve Assemblies
RE38635,0000099 1929MAR051/1
02-021-17
082005
PN=79
P R O O F
Inspect and Measure Valve Springs
2. Put springs on a flat surface to see that they are

square and parallel.
3. Check valve spring tension using D01168A Spring

Compression Tester.
RG2732
NOTE: Free spring length of 54.5 mm (2.15 in.) springs

differ slightly, but compressed height must be the
same.
Valve Spring
T82054
Specification
Exhaust Valve SpringHeight ............ 32.91 mm (1.30 in.)@728804 N
(160177 lb-force) with valve
open
Height .................................................. 45.00 mm (1.77 in.)@320353 N
closed
UN08NOV88
Specification
Intake Valve SpringHeight ................. 38.3 mm (1.51 in.)@728804 N
open
Height .................................................. 45.00 mm (1.77 in.)@320353 N
closed
Checking Valve Spring Tension
P R O O F
RE38635,000009A 1929MAR051/1
1. Inspect valve spring caps (A) in area where valve

springs and retaining locks seat for excessive wear.
Replace as needed.
UN05DEC97
Inspect Valve Spring Caps, Wear Caps, and

Retainer Locks
2. Inspect retainer locks (C) for excessive wear. Replace

as needed.
3. Inspect valve wear cap (B) contact surfaces. Replace
wear caps if pitted or worn.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG7230
02
021
18
UN04DEC97
1. Inspect valve springs for alignment, wear, and damage.
Inspecting Valve Parts

AValve Spring Caps
BValve Wear Cap
CRetainer Locks
RE38635,0000036 1907JAN051/1
02-021-18
082005
PN=80
P R O O F
Clean Valves
1. Hold each valve firmly against a soft wire wheel on a

bench grinder.
02
021
19
2. Make sure all carbon is removed from valve head, face

and stem. Polish valve stem with steel wool or crocus
cloth to remove scratch marks left by wire brush.
IMPORTANT: Any carbon left on valve stem will affect

alignment in refacer if valves need to be
refaced.
Inspect and Measure Valves
RE38635,0000037 1907JAN051/1
1. Thoroughly clean and inspect valves to help determine

if they can be restored to a serviceable condition.
Replace valves that are burned, cracked, eroded, or
chipped.
Specification
Intake Valve StemOD ................................................ 7.9677.993 mm
(0.31370.3147 in.)
Exhaust Valve StemOD ............................................. 7.9677.993 mm
(0.31370.3147 in.)
Intake Valve HeadOD ................................................ 39.8740.13 mm
(1.56971.5799 in.)
Exhaust Valve HeadOD ............................................. 39.8740.13 mm
(1.56971.5799 in.)
UN05DEC97
RG5795
3. Measure valve head O.D. (A). Compare valve stem

O.D. (B) with guide I.D. to determine clearance, as
outlined later in this group.
P R O O F
2. Inspect valve retainer lock groove (C) on valve stem

for damage. Also inspect stems for signs of scuffing,
which may indicate insufficient valve guide-to-valve
stem clearance. Replace if defects are evident.
Measuring Valves
AValve Head OD
BValve Stem OD
CValve Retainer Lock Groove
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000009B 1929MAR051/2
02-021-19
082005
PN=81
P R O O F

4. Use D05058ST Valve Inspection Center to determine if
valves are out of round, bent or warped.
Grind (Reface) Valves
UN05DEC97
RG4234
Valve Stem Roundness Check
RE38635,000009B 1929MAR052/2
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: Valve grinding should only be done by

experienced personnel familiar with
equipment and capable of maintaining
required specifications.
P R O O F
If necessary to reface valve, grind valve face angle (A) to

following specification.
Specification
Valve Face (Intake and
Exhaust)Angle .................................................................. 29.25 0.25
IMPORTANT: When valve faces are ground, it is

important not to nick valve
head-to-stem radius with facing stone.
A nick could cause the valve to break.
Radius all sharp edges after grinding.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5247
02
021
20
Specification
Valve StemRoundness ......................... 0.008 mm / 85 mm (0.0003 in.)
maximum permissible
Valve Face Angle

AValve Face Angle
RE38635,000009C 1929MAR051/1
02-021-20
082005
PN=82
P R O O F
Inspect and Clean Cylinder Head

1. Inspect combustion face for evidence of physical
damage, oil or coolant leakage, or gasket failure
prior to cleaning the cylinder head. Repair or
replace cylinder head if there is evidence of
physical damage; such as cracking, abrasion,
distortion, or valve seat torching. Inspect all
cylinder head passages for restrictions.
2. Scrape gasket material, oil, carbon, and rust from
head. Use a powered brass or copper wire brush to
clean sealing surfaces.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to remove all plugs before
cleaning head, as parts can be
Check Cylinder Head Combustion Face

Flatness
damaged or destroyed by hot tank

solutions.
3. Clean cylinder head in a chemical hot tank, or with

solvent and a brush.
4. Dry with compressed air and blow out all passages.
5. Reinstall plugs removed from cylinder head and
tighten to the following specifications.
Specification
Cylinder Head PlugsTorque .................................. 60 Nm (44 lb-ft)
RE38635,0000038 1907JAN051/1
RG14173
If any measurement exceeds specification, the cylinder

head must be replaced. See MEASURE CYLINDER
HEAD THICKNESS later in this group.
P R O O F
NOTE: At this time, cylinder head resurfacing

specifications have not been released.
UN28MAY05
Check cylinder head flatness using D05012ST Precision

Straightedge and feeler gauge. Check lengthwise,
crosswise, and diagonally in several places.
Check Cylinder Head Flatness (1)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14174
UN28MAY05
Specification
Cylinder HeadMaximum
Acceptable Out-of-Flat Over
Entire Length or Width ................................................. 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)
Straightness Per Any 305 mm (12
in.) Length ..................................................... Within 0.025 mm (0.001 in.)
Check Cylinder Head Flatness (2)
RE38635,0000002 1926APR051/1
02-021-21
082005
PN=83
02
021
21
P R O O F
Measure Cylinder Head Thickness
AHead Thickness
Clean Valve Guides
RG14180
Specification
Cylinder HeadThickness ........................................ 104.80105.20 mm
(4.1264.4.142 in.)
Flatness ........................................................................ 0.1 mm (0.040 in.)
Combustion Face Surface Finish ............................. 0.83.2 micrometers
(32125 micro-in.)
Waviness ................................................................ 0.02 (.0008 in.) Height
3.0 (.120 in.) Width
Cylinder Head Thickness
RE38635,0000008 1929APR051/1
Use an End Brush to clean valve guides before inspection

or repair.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN28MAY05
NOTE: A few drops of light oil or kerosene will help to

fully clean the guide.
RG14176
02
021
22
UN05MAY05
Measure head thickness (A) from intake manifold face to

combustion face.
Clean Valve Guides
RE38635,0000003 1927APR051/1
02-021-22
082005
PN=84
P R O O F
Measure Valve Guides
Measure valve guides for wear using a telescope gauge

and micrometer.
02
021
23
RG14177
NOTE: Worn guides can allow a clearance of 0.15 mm

(0.006 in.) and still be acceptable. Worn guides
may be knurled to return them to specified
clearance if valve-to-guide clearance is 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.) or less.
UN28MAY05
Specification
Valve GuideID ............................................................ 8.0178.043 mm
(0.31560.3167 in.) in new head
New Guide to Valve Stem
Clearance ...................................................................... 0.0240.076 mm
(0.0010.003 in.)
Measure Valve Guide ID
IMPORTANT: ALWAYS knurl exhaust valve guides

before reaming to assure proper valve
guide-to-stem clearance.
RE38635,0000004 1927APR051/1
Knurl Valve Guides - Serial Number
P R O O F
2. After knurling, ream valve guide to finished size to

provide specified stem-to-guide clearance.
ASpeed Reducer
BLubricant
CKnurl Tool
DReamer
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14179
NOTE: Use tool set exactly as directed by the

manufacturer.
UN28MAY05
1. Use JT05949 (formerly D20002) Valve Guide Knurler

Kit to knurl valve guides.
Knurl & Ream Valve Guides
RE38635,0000006 1927APR051/1
02-021-23
082005
PN=85
P R O O F
Clean and Inspect Valve Seats
2. Check seats for cracks, pits, or excessive wear.
Measure Valve Seats - Serial Number
UN28MAY05
3. Check entire combustion face for rust, scoring, pitting,

or cracks.
RG14178
Cleaning Valve Seats
RE38635,0000005 1927APR051/1
1. Measure valve seats for proper specifications listed

below.
2. Using D11010KW Eccentrimeter, measure valve seat
runout (D).
UN05DEC97
P R O O F
3. If valve seat is not within specification, recondition

valve seat by grinding or replace valve seat inserts (A)
if reconditioning is not possible. See GRIND VALVE
SEATS, or see INSTALL VALVE SEAT INSERTS, later
in this group.
Specification
Valve SeatAngle ................................................................... 30 0.25
Maximum Runout ................................................... 0.065 mm (0.0025 in.)
Specification
Valve SeatWidth .............................. 1.982.61 mm (0.0780.102 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5248
02
021
24
1. Use an electric hand drill with D17024BR Wire

Cleaning Brush or equivalent brush to remove all
carbon on valve seats.
Measuring Valve Seats

AValve
BValve
CValve
DValve
Seat
Seat
Seat
Seat
Insert
Angle
Width
Runout
RE38635,0000007 1927APR051/1
02-021-24
082005
PN=86
P R O O F
Grind Valve Seats
IMPORTANT: Valve seat grinding should only be

done by experienced personnel familiar
with equipment and capable of
maintaining required specifications.
ALWAYS keep work area clean when
grinding valve seats. A 120-grit stone
MUST BE used for grinding both intake
and exhaust valve seat inserts (A).
If valve seats need grinding, only a few seconds are

required to recondition the average valve seat. Avoid the
tendency to grind off too much. Do not use excessive
pressure on the grinding stone.
UN05DEC97
RG5248
Using JT05893 Heavy-Duty Seat Grinder

Set, grind valve seats to obtain correct
valve recess in cylinder head. See
MEASURE VALVE RECESS SERIAL
earlier in this group. Be sure valve
guide bores are clean before grinding
valve seats. See CLEAN VALVE GUIDES
earlier in this group.)
02
021
25
Measuring Valve Seats

AValve
BValve
CValve
DValve
Seat
Seat
Seat
Seat
Insert
Angle
Width
Runout
P R O O F
1. Check the seat width (C) and contact pattern between

the seat and valve with bluing. Seat width MUST BE
maintained within specification. Use a vernier caliper or
scale to measure seat width. Thoroughly clean seat
area after grinding and replace valves and valve seat
inserts as necessary.
NOTE: Valve seat width can be reduced with a narrowing

stone. This will change the angle (B) at the top of
the seat and increase the diameter. If valve seat
width is too narrow, valve may burn or erode.
Varying the width changes the fine contact
between valve face and seat.
2. ALWAYS measure valve seat runout after grinding
using D11010KW Eccentrimeter and check recess in
cylinder head after grinding as described later.
Specification
Valve Seat GrindingAngle ........................... 30 0.25 from horizontal
Valve Seat Width ................................. 1.982.61 mm (0.0780.102 in.)
Maximum Seat Runout ............................................. 0.050 mm (0.002 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000009 1929APR051/1
02-021-25
082005
PN=87
P R O O F
Remove Valve Seat Inserts and Measure

Bores in Cylinder Head
1. Remove valve seat insert (if necessary) with JDE41296

Valve Seat Puller. Adjusting screw on puller may need
to be retightened during removal of inserts.
Valve seat inserts may be also removed using the
following method:
UN05DEC97
RG5605
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage cylinder head

when removing seats.
Heating Valve Seat Inserts
Carefully heat insert at four points around face until

insert becomes red hot. Allow seat to cool and
carefully pry out the insert(s) with a screwdriver.
2. After removal of inserts, thoroughly clean area around

valve seat bore and inspect for damage or cracks.
P R O O F
Install Valve Seat Inserts
RE38635,000000A 1929APR051/1
1. Use the JDE7 Driver (A) along with JDG10057 Valve

Seat Installer (B) to drive inserts into place. Both intake
and exhaust valve seats on the 9 L engine are the
same size.
UN28MAY05
2. Install new or refaced valves and check valve recess.

See MEASURE VALVE RECESS earlier in this group.
3. Grind valve seats as required to maintain correct valve

recess and valve-to-seat seal. See GRIND VALVE
SEATS earlier in this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14181
02
021
26
In some cases the valve seat bore in the cylinder head

may become damaged or oversized and will require
machining. In this case, oversize inserts are available in
0.25 mm (0.010 in.) oversize only.
Install Valve Seat Inserts
RE38635,000000B 1929APR051/1
02-021-26
082005
PN=88
P R O O F
Inspect and Clean Cylinder Head Nozzle Bore

1. Inspect condition of nozzle seating surface and bore in
cylinder head.
02
021
27
Cylinder head nozzle seating surface and bore must be

free of debris and carbon deposits.
2. Clean bore of light foreign deposits using a drill and
the D17030BR Thread Cleaning Brush. Work brush up
and down several times to clean threads.
3. Blow out debris with compressed air and thoroughly
clean all nozzle bores.
Clean and Inspect Push Rods
RE38635,000000C 1929APR051/1
1. Clean push rods with solvent and compressed air.
UN01NOV88
2. Check push rods for straightness by rolling on a flat

surface.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
4. Replace defective push rods.
T81233
3. Inspect contact ends for wear and damage.
Checking Valve Push Rods for Straightness
RE38635,0000039 1907JAN051/1
02-021-27
082005
PN=89
P R O O F
Clean and Inspect Top Deck of Cylinder

Block
02
021
28
1. Remove gasket material, rust, carbon, and other

foreign material from top deck. Gasket surface must be
clean.
2. Use compressed air to remove all loose foreign
material from cylinders and top deck.
3. Clean all cylinder head mounting cap screw holes

using JDG681 or an equivalent 9/16-12 UNC-2A tap
about 88.9 mm (3.5 in.) long. Use compressed air to
remove debris and any fluids which may be present in
the cap screw holes.
4. Measure top deck flatness. See MEASURE CYLINDER

BLOCK in Group 030.
RE38635,000009D 1929MAR051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-28
082005
PN=90
P R O O F

Above Block)
Bolting Down Cylinder Liners
UN19FEB05
NOTE: Variations in measurement readings may occur

within one cylinder and/or between adjacent
cylinders.
RG13983
NOTE: Liners having obvious defects must be replaced.
2. Using JDG451 Gauge (A) along with D17526CI

(English) or D17527CI (Metric scale) Dial Indicator (B)
or KJD10123 Gauge, measure the height of bolted
down liners that are not obviously defective before
removal from block.
RG13984
3. Measure each liner in four places, approximately at 1,

5, 7 and 11 Oclock positions as viewed from the rear
of the engine (flywheel end). Record all measurements
by cylinder number and compare to the following
specifications.
Specification
LinerHeight Above Block ........................................... 0.0510.127 mm
(0.0020.005 in.) above block
02
021
29
UN19FEB05
1. Bolt down liners using cap screws and flat washers as

shown. Flat washers should be at least 3.18 mm (1/8
in.) thick. Tighten cap screws to 68 Nm (50 lb-ft) to
achieve an accurate standout reading.
Checking Cylinder Liner Height Above Block

BJDG451 Gauge
P R O O F
4. Remove any liner that does not meet standout

specification at any location and install new piston/liner
kit.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000009E 1929MAR051/1
02-021-29
082005
PN=91
P R O O F
Assemble Valve Assembly
1. Apply AR44402 Valve Stem Lubricant or clean engine

oil to valve stems and guides.
2. Lubricate valve stem seal bore prior to installation over

valve guide.
NOTE: Valve stem seals are to be in place before

installation of valves in guides.
RG13901
AValve Stem Seal

BValve
CValve Retainer
DSpring Retainer
EValve Spring
FCylinder Head Assembly
UN07JAN05
3. Install 24 valve stem seals (A) over guides in cylinder

head (F).
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN08JAN05
Cylinder Head and Valve Assembly
RG13902
02
021
30
Valve Assembly
RE38635,000003C 1907JAN051/2
02-021-30
082005
PN=92
P R O O F
I
02
021
31
UN21MAR05
RG13903
Intake and Exhaust Valve Position

AFront of Engine
NOTE: Exhaust valves are identified with a white mark

in small cast depression in valve face. Intake
valves are identified with a blue mark in a
large cast depression as shown. Intake valves
are also magnetic; exhaust valves are not.
NOTE: Valve stems must move freely in guide bore

and seat properly with insert.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
5. Install 24 valve springs (E) over valve spring seals

on cylinder head.
6. Install valve spring retainers (D) to each valve.
P R O O F
4. Install 12 intake and 12 exhaust valves in head, two

of each per cylinder. Position as shown, with the
exhaust valves towards front of engine for each
cylinder.
NOTE: There is no top or bottom to valve springs (E):

they may be installed either way.
7. Install 2 valve retainers (C) to each valve.

8. Measure valve recess in head as directed earlier in
this group.
RE38635,000003C 1907JAN052/2
02-021-31
082005
PN=93
P R O O F
Install Cylinder Head and Cap Screws
Be sure cylinder head and block gasket

surfaces are clean, dry, and free of any
oil.
RG14127
02
021
32
IMPORTANT: ALWAYS thoroughly inspect new

cylinder head gasket for possible
manufacturing imperfections. Return
any gasket that does not pass
inspection.
UN30MAR05
1. Put a new head gasket on cylinder block. Do not use

sealant on gasket; install dry.
Cylinder Head Assembly

AFront Face of Cylinder Head
IMPORTANT: If cylinder head is lowered onto cylinder

block and the head is not positioned
correctly on locating dowels, remove
cylinder head and install a new gasket.
DO NOT try to reposition cylinder head
on the same gasket again since the fire
ring may possibly be damaged.
2. Lower cylinder head evenly to correct position on block
using appropriate lifting equipment. Make sure that
head is positioned correctly over dowels and sits flat
on cylinder block top deck.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000009F 1930MAR051/2
02-021-32
082005
PN=94
P R O O F
14
19
13
21
UN09MAY05
RG13904
26
12
P R O O F
18
22
20
17
11
24
10
UN14JAN05
15
Special Cap Screws for Cylinder Head
25
6
23
RG13911
16
02
021
33
Head Cap Screw Locations

AFront of Engine
IMPORTANT: Only ASTM Grade 180 Flanged-Head

cap screws marked NO REUSE
(upper illustration) are recommended
for use on 6090 engines. ALWAYS
use NEW cap screws when installing
cylinder head. Cap screws may be
used only one time.
DO NOT use multi-viscosity oils to
lubricate cap screws, SAE30 is
recommended.
3. Dip entire cap screw in clean SAE30 engine oil.
Allow excess oil to drip off.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
NOTE: All cylinder head cap screws for the 6090

engine are same length.
4. Install 26 special cap screws marked NO REUSE
and tighten using the TORQUE-TO-YIELD
tightening procedure, described next in this group.
See TORQUE-TO-YIELD FLANGE-HEAD CAP
SCREWSGRADE 180 MARKED NO REUSE in
this group.
Arrow (A) points toward front of engine.
RE38635,000009F 1930MAR052/2
02-021-33
082005
PN=95
P R O O F
Torque-to-Yield Flanged-Head Cap ScrewsGrade 180 Marked NO REUSE
14
02
021
34
19
18
22
20
13
21
26
12
17
11
24
10
UN14JAN05
15
25
6
23
RG13911
16
Head Cap Screw Locations

AFront of Engine
Arrow (A) points toward front of engine.
to specifications.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use multi-viscosity oils to

lubricate cap screws.
2. Tighten cap screw No. 17 to 80 Nm (60 lb-ft), then

sequentially start at cap screw No. 1 and proceed
through cap screw No. 26, tightening all cap screws
3. Using an oil-proof pen, pencil, or marker, draw a

line parallel to the crankshaft across the entire top
of each cap screw head. This line will be used as a
reference mark.
P R O O F
1. Lubricate cap screws with clean SAE30 engine oil

and install in their proper locations as outlined
previously.
Specification
Cylinder Head Flanged-Head
SPECIAL Cap Screws (No
Washers)Initial Torque ......................................... 80 Nm (60 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A0 1930MAR051/2
02-021-34
082005
PN=96
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: If a cap screw is accidentally tightened
more than 90 in any one sequence, DO
NOT loosen cap screw but make
adjustments in the next tightening
sequence.
6. Finally, sequentially (start at cap screw No. 1 and

proceed through cap screw No. 26). Turn each cap
screw 90, SO THAT LINE ON TOP OF CAP SCREW
IS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO BEING
PERPENDICULAR TO THE CRANKSHAFT. It is not
necessary to obtain the final turn in one swing of the
wrench. TOTAL AMOUNT OF TURN FROM STEPS 4,
5, AND 6 IS 270 5.
IMPORTANT: Cap screws MUST NOT be tightened
more than a total of 270 5.
Torque-to-Yield Cylinder Head Cap Screws

AFront of Engine
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
90
UN29MAR05
5. Again, sequentially (start at cap screw No. 1 and

proceed through cap screw No. 26) turn each cap
screw 90. Line on top of cap screw will now be
parallel to crankshaft.
RG14067
4. Sequentially (start at cap screw No. 1 and proceed

through cap screw No. 26) turn each cap screw 90.
Line on top of cap screw will be perpendicular to
crankshaft.
02
021
35
RE38635,00000A0 1930MAR052/2
02-021-35
082005
PN=97
P R O O F
Install Intake Manifold
UN07JAN05
Intake manifold hose and cap screw connections should

be inspected periodically for tightness.
RG13843
1. Install 2 guide pins in cylinder head (A) to align intake

manifold gasket.
2. Install new intake manifold gasket (B) over guide pins
3. Install intake manifold (C) over guide pins and place on

gasket and cylinder head.
4. Remove guide pins.
5. Install 7 short flange head cap screws (D) in right side

of intake manifold to cylinder head.
Intake Manifold Assembly

ACylinder Head Assembly
CIntake Manifold
DShort Flange Head Cap Screws
ELong Flange Head Cap Screws with Sealing
Washer
6. Lubricate 7 sealing washers with SAE 30 diesel engine

oil and install on 7 long flange head cap screws (E).
7. Install 7 long flange head cap screws with lubricated
washers in left side of intake manifold to cylinder head.
UN07JAN05
P R O O F
RE38635,00000A1 1930MAR051/2
RG13844
02
021
36
IMPORTANT: All intake manifold connections must be

tight to prevent loss of power resulting
from lack of intake manifold pressure.
Intake Manifold Torque Sequence
8. Torque all intake manifold to cylinder head cap

screws to specification in the sequence shown.
Specification
Intake Manifold to Cylinder
HeadTorque .......................................................... 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A1 1930MAR052/2
02-021-36
082005
PN=98
P R O O F
UN07JAN05
02
021
37
RG13841
Install Rocker Arm Assembly
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly Torque Sequence

AFront of Engine
IMPORTANT: When possible, install rocker arm

assembly PRIOR to installing fuel
injectors. It is easier to adjust valve
clearances, and it eliminates the
chance of damaging the injectors
when installing rocker arm
assembly.
IMPORTANT: Rocker arm mounting screws cannot

be re-used. Replace rocker arm
mounting screws removed from
engine with new screws.
8. In the sequence shown, tighten rocker

pedestal-to-cylinder head capscrews to
specifications below:
1. Install push rods in holes from which removed.

2. Install wear caps on valve stem tips, make certain
caps rotate freely on valve stems.
3. Lubricate rocker arm pedestal cap screws in
cylinder head with SAE 30 diesel engine oil.
5. Assemble rocker arm assembly to head by guiding

6 flange head cap screws located in rocker arm
pedestals into threads in cylinder head.
7. Align rocker arms centered on wear pads.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
9. Loosen cap screw out 75% of thread engagement.
4. Lubricate rocker arm pedestal cap screws under

head with SAE 30 diesel engine oil.
6. Seat rocker arm balls in push rod seats before

tightening of rocker arm pedestal cap screws.
Specification
Initial Rocker
Pedestal-to-Cylinder Head Cap
ScrewTorque ........................................................ 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
10. In the sequence shown, tighten cap screw to

following specification:
Specification
Final Rocker
ScrewTorque Turn ........................... 40 Nm + 75 (29 lb-ft + 60)
11. Adjust engine valve clearance. See CHECK &

ADJUST VALVE CLEARANCE earlier in this
group.
RE38635,000003B 1907JAN051/1
02-021-37
082005
PN=99
P R O O F
Inspect and Clean Ventilator Outlet Hose

1. Check ventilator outlet hose on rocker arm cover for
bent or damaged condition. Replace if necessary.
02
021
38
2. Clean ventilator hose if restricted.
RE38635,000003A 1907JAN051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-38
082005
PN=100
P R O O F

RG13907 UN14JAN05
Complete Final Assembly of Fuel Pump Side

of Engine
1. Adjust valve clearance, if not previously done.
2. Install electronic injectors, wiring harness, fuel inlet

connectors, fuel leak-off connectors, fuel delivery lines,
and fuel leak-off lines. See INSTALL ELECTRONIC
INJECTORS, in Group 090 of CTM385.
NOTE: Use of guide pins in intake manifold will ease

assembly of rocker arm cover and gasket.
IMPORTANT: Install new rocker arm cover gasket
each time rocker arm cover is
reinstalled.
3. Install rocker arm cover gasket over guide pins.
14
13
10
11
15
02
021
39
12

AFront of Engine
4. Install rocker arm cover assembly over guide pins and

gasket.
5. Remove guide pins and finger start 15 cap screws
through cover and gasket into intake manifold.
6. Tighten cap screws to specifications in the sequence
shown.
P R O O F
Specification
Rocker Arm Cover-to-Intake
Manifold Cap ScrewsTorque ...................................... 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
NOTE: Make sure ventilator outlet hose is open and

adapter is clean. A restriction could cause high oil
pressure and possible loss of oil.
7. Connect ventilator outlet hose to adapter on rocker arm

cover and tighten clamp securely.
8. Install thermostat housing. See INSTALL
THERMOSTAT HOUSING in Group 070.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A2 1930MAR051/1
02-021-39
082005
PN=101
P R O O F
Complete Final Assembly on Exhaust

Manifold Side of Engine
Assemble Exhaust Manifold
1. Install 6 port liners (A) to cylinder head.
UN24JAN05
NOTE: Guide pins and port liners will keep gaskets from
rotating during assembly.
3. Install gaskets (B), with tab pointing down, over guide

pins and port liners.
RG13913
2. Install 6 guide pins to cylinder head in top cap screw

hole of each port.
Exhaust Manifold Assembly
NOTE: Position one sealing ring joint at 3:00 position and

the other at 9:00 position as viewed when
mounted on engine.
4. Install two new sealing rings (C) to front manifold. (D)
UN24JAN05
5. If necessary, install pressure port fitting (E) into front

manifold.
Specification
Pressure Port Fitting to Front
Exhaust ManifoldTorque .............................................. 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
Exhaust Manifold Hardware
P R O O F
6. Install rear exhaust manifold (F) to front exhaust

manifold (D).
RG13914
02
021
40
7. Install exhaust manifold assembly over guide pins and

port liners in cylinder head.
NOTE: It is not necessary to use an anti-seize compound

on new stainless steel exhaust manifold cap
screws.
APort Liner
BExhaust Manifold Gasket
CSealing Rings
DFront Exhaust Manifold
EPressure Port Fitting
FRear Exhaust Manifold
GExhaust Manifold to Cylinder Head Cap
Screws
HLong Bolt - Manifold to Cylinder Head
8. Apply PT569 NEVER-SEEZ Compound, only to cap

screws being reused. Install 6 cap screws (G)
through spacers and into bottom holes of exhaust
manifold and into cylinder head. Tighten finger tight.
9. Remove guide pins. Install 5 cap screws through
spacers and into top holes finger tight in exhaust
manifold and cylinder head.
NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR051/7
02-021-40
082005
PN=102
P R O O F
UN28MAY05
10. Install one long bolt (H) into hole through thick portion
of exhaust manifold into cylinder head finger tight.
11. Tighten 12 exhaust manifold capscrews in the order

shown to specification.
RG13915
NOTE: Be certain exhaust manifold gasket tab is facing

down, under bottom cap screws, as shown.
02
021
41
Exhaust Manifold Torque Sequence
Specification
Exhaust Manifold to Cylinder
Head Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................ 70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR052/7
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-41
082005
PN=103
P R O O F
2. Assemble spring washers to shoulder bolts.

3. Install shoulder bolts through holes in rear of EGR
cooler and into exhaust manifold.
4. Tighten cap screws to specification.
EGR Cooler
Specification
EGR Cooler to Intake Manifold
Torque ............................................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
EGR Cooler to Exhaust Manifold
Shoulder BoltsTorque .................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
B
D
UN26MAY05
5. Install EGR coolant return line to EGR cooler

assembly. Tighten screw securing line to cooler to
specification.
RG14182
Specification
EGR Coolant Return Line to
Cooler Cap ScrewTorque .............................................. 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
6. Install constant tension hose clamp to end of EGR

coolant return line. Install hose end of coolant return
line over fitting on coolant pump.
EGR Coolant Return Line & EGR Tube
P R O O F
7. Reposition constant tension clamp to secure hose to

coolant pump fitting.
UN26MAY05
8. Install P clamp support for EGR coolant return line with

loop toward engine. Tighten cap screw to specification.
Specification
P Clamp Cap ScrewTorque ......................................... 30 Nm (22 lb-ft)
9. Install EGR tube and 2 new gaskets to exhaust

manifold and EGR cooler. Tighten cap screws to
specification.
Specification
EGR Tube to Exhaust Manifold &
EGR Cooler Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
10. Install EGR coolant supply line (short end) into

coolant manifold.
EGR Coolant Supply Line

AEGR Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
BEGR Tube
CEGR Coolant Return Line to Coolant Pump
DCoolant Return Line to Cooler
EEGR Coolant Return Line
FEGR Coolant Supply Line to Cooler
GCoolant Supply Line to Coolant Manifold
HEGR Cooler to Intake Manifold
ICooler Shoulder Bolts
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14200
02
021
42
I
UN26MAY05
1. Install EGR cooler assembly to intake manifold by

starting 2 cap screws finger tight. Do not tighten.
RG14201
Assemble Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR)
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR053/7
02-021-42
082005
PN=104
P R O O F

11. Orient opposite end of coolant supply line into EGR
cooler. Install cap screw and tighten to specification.
Specification
EGR Coolant Supply Line to
Cooler & Coolant Manifold
Torque ............................................................................... 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
02
021
43
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR054/7
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-43
082005
PN=105
P R O O F

Assemble Turbocharger
UN28MAY05
RG13926
Visually inspect the charge air cooler

and piping for residual oil and clean if
necessary. Oil may have accumulated
from the failed turbo. Failure to clean
residual oil from the intake system may
result in engine failure.
6090 Turbocharger
If not previously done, prime (prelube) turbocharger

rotating assembly prior to installing turbocharger on
engine. Prelube center housing with clean engine oil
through oil return (drain) hole.. Turn rotating assembly by
hand to lubricate bearings.
NOTE: Two threaded guide studs may be used to hold

turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold gasket in place
and aid in turbocharger installation. Place guide
pins in threaded manifold mounting holes.
1. Install new gasket (A) over guide pins.
UN28MAY05
P R O O F
2. Position turbocharger on exhaust manifold over guide

pins, with compressor inlet (B) facing front of engine.
ATurbocharger Gasket
BTurbocharger Compressor Inlet
COil Supply Line
DOil Drain Line
EOil Drain Line-to-Hose Joint
FActuator Coolant Drain Line
GActuator Coolant Supply Line
HSensor Connections
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Turbocharger Oil Line Installation
UN28MAY05
4. Remove guide pins and install remaining 2 cap screws

through turbocharger into exhaust manifold finger tight.
RG13928
3. Apply PT569 NEVER-SEEZ Compound to all

turbocharger mounting cap screws. Install 2 cap
screws through exhaust manifold into threaded holes of
turbocharger finger tight.
RG13929
02
021
44
IMPORTANT: If turbocharger failed because of foreign

material entering the air intake system,
be sure to examine the system and
clean as required to prevent a repeat
failure.
Turbocharger Actuator Coolant Lines
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR055/7
02-021-44
082005
PN=106
P R O O F

5. Tighten 4 cap screws to specification.
Specification
Turbocharger-to-Exhaust Manifold
Cap ScrewsTorque ...................................................... 40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
02
021
45
6. Install turbocharger oil supply line (C) to oil filter base

and turbocharger. Tighten securely.
7. Install oil drain line (D) behind exhaust manifold with
flange end toward turbocharger.
8. Install 2 serrated cap screws through flange.
9. Install new gasket over cap screws and install flange

end of drain line to turbocharger bearing housing.
tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Turbocharger Oil Return Line
Torque ............................................................................ 35 Nm (25 lb-ft)
10. Apply soap lubricant to inside diameter of turbo drain

hose.
11. Install drain hose over end of drain line (E) . Position
tension clamp over hose and line joint.
12. Connect coolant supply line (G) to turbocharger
actuator and tighten securely.
14. Connect both sensors to wiring harness (H).
P R O O F
13. Connect coolant drain line to turbocharger actuator

(F) and tighten securely.
15. Connect air intake and exhaust piping to

turbocharger. Tighten all connections securely. (For
vehicle engines, refer to machine Technical Manual.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR056/7
02-021-45
082005
PN=107
P R O O F
02
021
46
IMPORTANT: BEFORE STARTING an engine with a

new or repaired turbocharger, crank the
engine over (but do not start) for
several seconds to allow engine oil to
reach turbocharger bearings. DO NOT
crank engine longer than 30 seconds at
a time to avoid damaging starting
motor.
16. Start and run engine at low idle while checking oil
inlet and air piping connections for leaks.
Perform Engine Break-In
RE38635,00000A3 1930MAR057/7
1. Run engine at slow idle no load for 2 minutes. Check

for liquid leaks.
2. Increase RPM to fast idle, then load down to 50 rpm
above rated speed for 20 minutes.
P R O O F
NOTE: Dynamometer is the preferred load control, but

engine can be loaded by matching drag loads to
gear selection.
3. Recheck valve clearance and adjust as necessary. See

CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE earlier in this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A5 1930MAR051/2
02-021-46
082005
PN=108
P R O O F

RG13907 UN14JAN05
IMPORTANT: Always use a new rocker arm cover

gasket when reinstalling cover.
4. Install rocker arm cover gasket and cover. Tighten
rocker arm cover cap screws to specifications.
14
Specification
Rocker Arm Cover-to-Cylinder
Head Cap ScrewTorque ............................................. 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
Retorque of cylinder head cap screws after engine

break-in is not required.
13
10
11
15
02
021
47
12
IMPORTANT: After engine break-in, follow ALL

recommended hourly service intervals
outlined in your Operators Manual.
RE38635,00000A5 1930MAR052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-47
082005
PN=109
P R O O F
02
021
48
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-021-48
082005
PN=110
P R O O F
Group 030
Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons, and Rods Repair and Adjustment

Preliminary Liner, Piston, and Rod Checks
Scuffed or Scored Pistons:
Overheating.
Overfueling.
Improper piston-to-liner clearance.
Coolant leakage into crankcase.
Misaligned or bent connecting rod.
Improperly installed piston.
Low oil level.
Improper operation.
Incorrect connecting rod bearing clearance.
Carbon build-up in ring groove.
Improper engine break-in.
Worn piston.
Contaminated oil.
Distorted cylinder liner.
Plugged piston cooling orifice.
Ingestion of dust through air intake.
Improper periodic service.

Poor operating conditions.
Coolant leakage into crankcase.
Excessive cylinder liner taper.
02
030
1
Mottled, Grayish or Pitted Compression Rings:

Internal coolant leaks.
Dull Satin Finish and Fine Vertical Scratches on
Rings:
Dirt and abrasives in air intake system.
Piston Pin and Snap Ring Failure:
Misaligned connecting rod.
Excessive crankshaft end play.
Incorrect snap rings.
Broken Connecting Rod:
Worn or Broken Compression Rings:

Improper ring installation.
Improper timing.
Abrasives in combustion chamber.
Clogged Oil Control Ring:
Improper oil.
Excessive blow-by.
Contaminated oil.
Improper periodic service.
Low operating temperature.
Stuck Rings:
Improper oil classification.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Inadequate piston-to-liner clearance.

Worn connecting rod bearing.
Distorted cylinder line.
Piston pin failure.
Cylinder Liner Wear and Distortion:
P R O O F
Incorrectly installed compression rings.

Uneven cooling around liner.
Inadequate piston-to-liner clearance.
Liner bore damage.
Warped Cylinder Block:

RG,RG34710,1112 1906MAY991/1
02-030-1
082005
PN=111
P R O O F
Remove Pistons and Connecting Rod

Assemblies
IMPORTANT: Both drain valves must be opened to

completely drain engine block.
1. Drain all engine coolant and engine oil.
UN12APR05
CAUTION: Do not drain engine coolant until it

cools below operating temperature. Then slowly
loosen coolant pump cover drain valve (A) and
block drain valve (B) to relieve any pressure.
Drain coolant and engine oil.
NOTE: If engine is to be completely disassembled, see

ENGINE DISASSEMBLY SEQUENCE in Group
010.
2. Remove cylinder head. See REMOVE CYLINDER
HEAD in Group 020.
RG14158
3. Remove oil pan and oil pump. See REMOVE ENGINE

OIL PUMP in Group 060.
UN26NOV97

BCylinder Block Drain Valve
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG7143
02
030
2
Cylinder Block Drain Valve

RE38635,000003F 1911JAN051/5
02-030-2
082005
PN=112
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: Do not rotate crankshaft with cylinder
head removed unless liners are bolted
down. Bolt liners down before removing
piston.
02
030
3
RG13983
UN19FEB05
Cap screws and washers must be

tightened to the following specifications
to achieve an accurate reading when
measuring liner standout (height above
block). See MEASURE CYLINDER LINER
STANDOUT (HEIGHT ABOVE BLOCK),
later in this group.
Bolt Down Cylinder Liners
4. Use 9/16-18 cap screws, approximately 51 mm

(2.0 in.) long and 5/8 in. I.D. 1-3/4 in. O.D. x 3.18 mm
(1/8 in.) thick washers to bolt down cylinder liners in
the locations as shown. Tighten cap screws to
specifications.
Specification
Cylinder Liner Cap Screws (For
Checking Standout)Torque .......................................... 68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
As the cylinder liner wears, a ridge is formed at the top of

piston ring travel zone. If this ridge gets too high, pistons
and rings can be damaged when they are removed.
Remove any ridges from liner bores with a scraper or
ridge reamer before removing pistons.
P R O O F
5. Before removing pistons, visually inspect condition of

cylinder liners with pistons at bottom dead center
BDC. Liners will require replacement if:
The crosshatch honing pattern is not visible
immediately below the top ring turn around area.
Liners are pitted or contain deep vertical scratches
that can be detected by the fingernail.
No further inspection is required if any one of the
above conditions are found.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000003F 1911JAN052/5
02-030-3
082005
PN=113
P R O O F

NOTE: Connecting rod bearing-to-journal oil clearance
should be measured before removing piston/rod
assembly.
Use PLASTIGAGE as directed by the

manufactured. Remember, the use of
PLASTIGAGE will determine bearing-to-journal
oil clearance, but will not indicate the condition of
either surface.
6. Rod bearing-to-journal oil clearance can be checked

with PLASTIGAGE if rod is connected to crankshaft. If
rod is out of engine, measure I.D. of assembled
connecting rod bearings and compare with O.D. of
crankshaft journal.
RE38635,000003F 1911JAN053/5
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use pneumatic wrenches to

tighten or loosen rod cap screws. Using
pneumatic wrenches may cause thread
damage.
7. Remove rod cap screws and rod caps (A) with

bearings (B).
ARod Caps
BBearings
UN18JUN99
P R O O F
Keep bearing inserts with their

respective rods and caps. Mark rods,
pistons, and caps to insure correct
assembly in same location as removed.
RG10209
02
030
4
Removing Connecting Rod Caps
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000003F 1911JAN054/5
02-030-4
082005
PN=114
P R O O F

Crankshaft is shown removed, but piston and rod
assembly can be removed with crankshaft installed.
UN07DEC88
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to let rod nick crankshaft

bearing surface as piston and rod
assembly is removed.
If liners are to be reused, be extremely

careful not to let connecting rod hit
liner bore when removing piston and
rod assembly.
RG3821
Be extremely careful to not damage

piston spray orifice. 6090 pistons are
direct oil cooled, so correct orientation
of orifice is critical.
Removing Pistons
APiston
Piston and liners are selectively fitted to

maintain piston-to-liners clearance.
Always keep matched pistons and
liners together as a set and each set
MUST BE installed in the same cylinder
as removed.
8. Gently tap piston (A) through top of cylinder block from
the bottom. Once piston rings have cleared cylinder
liner bore, hold on to piston to prevent piston from
dropping.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000003F 1911JAN055/5
02-030-5
082005
PN=115
02
030
5
P R O O F

Above Block)
UN19FEB05
RG13983
NOTE: Liners having obvious defects must be replaced

as a matched piston and liner set.
Bolt Down Cylinder Liners
1. Bolt liners down using cap screws and flat washers.

Flat washers should be at least 3.18 mm (1/8 in.) thick.
Tighten cap screws to specifications.
2. Use JDG451 Gauge Block (C) along with D17526CI

(English, in.) or D17527CI (Metric, mm) Dial Indicator
(B) or KJD10123 Gauge to measure the height (A) of
bolted down liners that are not obviously defective
before removal from block.
P R O O F
NOTE: Variations in measurement readings may occur

within one cylinder and/or between adjacent
cylinders.
UN03NOV97
Specification
Checking Liner Standout)
Torque ............................................................................ 68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
RG6439
Liner Height
UN19FEB05
3. Measure each liner in four places, approximately at 1,

5, 7, and 11 Oclock positions as viewed from the rear
of the engine (flywheel end). Record all measurements.
4. Remove any liner that does not meet standout
specification at any location and measure liner flange
thickness, as explained later in this group. Replace
piston/liner sets as necessary.
Specification
Cylinder LinersStandout (Height
Above Block) ......................................... 0.0510.127 mm (0.0020.005
in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG13984
02
030
6
IMPORTANT: Remove all old gasket material, rust,

carbon, and other foreign material from
top deck of block. Gasket surface MUST
BE CLEAN. Use compressed air to
remove all loose foreign material from
cylinder and top deck.
Measure Cylinder Liner Height Above Block

ALiner Height
BJDG451 Gauge Block
RE38635,0000068 1919FEB051/1
02-030-6
082005
PN=116
P R O O F
Remove Cylinder Liners

1. Remove cap screws and washers securing liners to
cylinder block.
2. Number cylinder liners and mark fronts to assure
correct assembly.
UN05DEC97
3. Use D1062AA or D01073AA Cylinder Liner Puller (B)

to remove cylinder liner (A).
RG5809
IMPORTANT: Keep matched pistons and liners

together. Liners must be reinstalled in
same cylinder bore.
Removing Cylinder Liners

ACylinder Liner
BCylinder Liner Puller
RE38635,0000040 1911JAN051/3
RG1179
P R O O F
DO NOT over-tighten liner puller to

remove liners. Doing so could easily
break liners.
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: When using D01062AA (or D01073AA)

Cylinder Liner Puller (B) to remove
liners (A), be sure jaw (C) of puller is
correctly positioned before attempting
to remove liner.
D01062AA or D017073AA Cylinder Liner Puller
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000040 1911JAN052/3
02-030-7
082005
PN=117
02
030
7
P R O O F
RG6668
ASquare Packing (Neoprene)

BOrange O-Ring (Silicone)
CBlack O-Ring (Viton)
DCylinder Block
ECylinder Liner
FCoolant Passage
Cylinder Liner and Seals
P R O O F
Deglaze Cylinder Liners
RE38635,0000040 1911JAN053/3
2. Use D17005BR Flexible Cylinder Hone to deglaze

cylinder liner.
NOTE: Use honing oil along with flex hone when

deglazing liners.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN13DEC88
1. Secure cylinder liner in a holding fixture. See DFRG3

CYLINDER LINER HOLDING FIXTURE, Group 190,
for assembly of holding fixture.
R26164
02
030
8
5. Remove red O-ring (B) and black O-ring (C) from

cylinder block (D).
UN05DEC97
4. Remove the cylinder liner square packing (A) from liner

(E).
Deglazing Cylinder Liners

RG,RG34710,1116 1911MAY991/2
02-030-8
082005
PN=118
P R O O F

3. Use D17006BR Hone according to instructions
supplied with tool to obtain a 45 cross-hatch pattern.
Clean Cylinder Liners
UN13DEC88
02
030
9
R26165
Thoroughly clean liners after deglazing. See CLEAN

CYLINDER LINERS, later in this group.
Honing Pattern on Cylinder Liners
RG,RG34710,1116 1911MAY992/2
1. Use a stiff bristle brush to remove all debris, rust, and

scale from O.D. of liners, under liner flange, and in
O-ring packing areas. Make certain there are no nicks
or burrs in areas where packings will seat.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Do not use gasoline, kerosene, or

commercial solvent to clean liners.
Solvents will not remove all the
abrasives from liner walls.
2. Thoroughly clean liner I.D. with a 50 percent solution of

hot water and liquid detergent.
3. Rinse thoroughly and wipe dry with a clean rag.
4. Swab out liner as many times as necessary with clean

SAE 10W oil.
5. Clean liner until a white rag shows no discoloration.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1117 1923OCT971/1
02-030-9
082005
PN=119
P R O O F
Disassemble Piston and Rod Assembly
1. Remove piston snap rings (A). Remove piston pin (B)

and connecting rod from piston.
NOTE: Discard snap rings, DO NOT reuse.
If checking rings to determine cause of engine trouble,

ring gap should be as follows:
ASnap Rings
BPiston Pin
UN09FEB05
Specification
No. 1 Piston Compression Ring
End Gap .............................................. 0.350.55 mm (0.0140.021 in.)
End Gap .............................................. 0.730.99 mm (0.0300.039 in.)
RG13951
Disassemble Piston and Rod
RE38635,0000056 1909FEB051/2
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
APiston Ring Expander

BPiston Ring
P R O O F
2. Remove piston rings (B) using the JDE93 Piston Ring

Expander (A). Discard all rings.
RG5229
02
030
10
Removing Piston Rings
RE38635,0000056 1909FEB052/2
02-030-10
082005
PN=120
P R O O F
CAUTION: Always follow manufacturers

instructions, and safety steps exactly.
1. Clean piston ring grooves using a piston ring groove
cleaning tool.
IMPORTANT: When washing pistons, always use a
stiff bristle brushNOT A WIRE
BRUSHto loosen carbon residue.
02
030
11
UN05DEC97
Clean Pistons
2. Clean pistons by any of the following methods:

Immersion-Solvent D-Part.
Hydra-Jet Rinse Gun.
Hot water with liquid detergent soap.
If cleaning with hot water and liquid detergent, soak
pistons in a 50 percent solution of liquid household
detergent and hot water for 30 to 60 minutes. Use a
stiff bristle brushNOT A WIRE BRUSHto loosen
carbon residue. Dry with compressed air.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG6088
DO NOT bead blast ring groove areas.
Cleaning Piston Ring Grooves
RG,RG34710,1119 1923OCT971/1
02-030-11
082005
PN=121
P R O O F
Visually Inspect Pistons
Carefully inspect pistons under magnification. Check for:
If any imperfections are found, replace the piston.

APiston Head
BRing Lands
CSkirt
UN04DEC97
Signs of fatigue
Fine cracks in the piston head (A)
Bent or broken ring lands (B)
Cracks in the skirt (C) at inner and outer ends of piston
pin bore
Excessive piston skirt wear. (Original machining marks
must be visible.)
RG3326
02
030
12
Piston Defects (Exaggerated)
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1120 1905MAR041/1
02-030-12
082005
PN=122
P R O O F
Check Piston Ring Groove Wear

Check grooves at several locations around the
circumference of piston.
02
030
13
1. Use the JDE55 Ring Groove Wear Gauge (A) to check

wear of top full keystone (compression) ring groove.
If ring grooves are good (D), proceed with piston

inspection.
Checking Piston Ring Groove Wear
UN26NOV97
Checking Piston Top Ring Groove
RG7059
P R O O F
RG7058
UN26NOV97
AJDE55 Keystone Ring Groove Wear Gauge

BJDG852 Half-Keystone Ring Groove Wear Gauge
CPiston With Good Ring Groove
DAcceptable Clearance
EPiston With Worn Ring Groove
FGauge Shoulder Contacting Piston Ring Land
RG5230
If gauge shoulder contacts ring land of piston, ring

groove is worn. Replace piston and liner as a set.
UN05DEC97
2. Use JDG852 Ring Groove Wear Gauge (B) to check

wear of middle half-keystone (compression) ring
groove.
Checking Piston Middle Ring Groove
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1121 1923OCT971/2
02-030-13
082005
PN=123
P R O O F
NOTE: Replace piston and liner (as a set) if oil control

ring clearance exceeds specifications given.
Inspect Piston Pin and Bore
RG5234
Specification
Piston Oil Control
Ring-to-GrooveNew Part
Clearance ...................................................................... 0.0640.102 mm
(0.00250.0040 in.)
Maximum Serviceable Clearance........................... 0.165 mm (0.0065 in.)
Checking Piston Oil Control Ring Clearance
RG,RG34710,1121 1923OCT972/2
UN19FEB05
NOTE: Piston pin must be in good condition and not worn

beyond specification given below.
1. Dip piston in clean engine oil.
2. Install pin (A) through piston.
P R O O F
Pin should pass through piston using only light thumb

pressure.
RG13985
Check Piston Pin to Piston
4. Insert pin in piston to check for bore alignment. Pin

should not click or need to be forced into bore on
opposite side (C).
UN05DEC97
3. Check taper in piston pin bore by inserting pin from

both sides. If pin enters freely, but binds in the center,
the bore could be tapered (B).
5. Measure piston pin and piston bore specifications. If

either are not within specification, replace pin, piston,
and liner.
Specification
Piston PinOD ......................................................... 47.60247.608 mm
(1.87411.8743 in.)
Piston Pin BoreID .................................................. 47.65547.675 mm
(1.87621.8770 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG4984
02
030
14
4. Measure clearance with a feeler gauge at several

points. Compare measurements with specifications
given below.
UN05DEC97
3. Check oil control ring-to-groove clearance by installing

a new ring in groove.
Inspecting for Piston Pin Bore Wear

APiston Pin
BTapered Bore
CBore Out-of-Alingment
RE38635,0000041 1911JAN051/1
02-030-14
082005
PN=124
P R O O F
Visually Inspect Cylinder Liners

IMPORTANT: If liner pitting has occurred, check
condition of coolant.
1. Inspect exterior length of liner for pitting (A). Check
packing step for erosion (B). If pitting or erosion is
observed, measure depth of pits with a fine wire or
needle. Replace piston and liner if:
02
030
15
Depth of any pit is one-half or more of liner thickness

(C).
Depth of erosion is one-half or more of the packing
step (D).
UN05DEC97
Specification
Cylinder LinerThickness..................... 4.7654.925 mm (0.1880.194
in.)
Packing Step Dimension ..................... 1.451.55 mm (0.0570.061 in.)
RG4643
NOTE: Liners are reusable if the depth of pits or erosion

is less than one-half the amount specified. When
installing reusable liners, rotate 90 from original
position. The liners should be also deglazed and
new ring sets installed in pistons.
Inspecting Cylinder Liners
P R O O F
ALiner Pitting
BLiner Erosion
CLiner Thickness
DPacking Step
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000042 1911JAN051/2
02-030-15
082005
PN=125
P R O O F

2. Visually examine liner I.D. Replace piston and liner if:
3. Carefully examine liner for signs of fatigue, such as

fine cracks in the flange area (A) and cracks in the ring
travel area (B).
RG1188
AFlange Area
BRing Travel Area
UN04DEC97
NOTE: Inspect block for cracks or erosion in the O-ring

packing areas. See INSPECT AND CLEAN
CYLINDER BLOCK later in this group.
Cylinder Liner Defects (Exaggerated)
RE38635,0000042 1911JAN052/2
P R O O F
Cylinder Liner Manufacturing Date Code

Explanation
A manufacturing date code will appear on the top flange

of each liner, as shown. For example, 0424A means the
liner was manufactured on the first shift on February 11,
2004.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN27JAN92
0424A
First three digits 042 ............................................................................
................ Numerical Day of Year (Feb 11 is the 42nd day of the year)
Fourth digit 4 .............................................. Last Digit of Current Year
Fifth Digit A ...........................................................................................
. Production Shift of Manufacture (A = first, B = second, C = third.
RG6091
02
030
16
The crosshatch honing pattern is not visible

immediately below the top ring turn-around area.
Liners are pitted or contain deep vertical scratches
that can be detected by the fingernail.
Date Code on Cylinder Liner

RE38635,0000043 1911JAN051/1
02-030-16
082005
PN=126
P R O O F
Determine Piston-to-Liner Clearance

1. Measure piston skirt diameter (B) at right angles to
piston pin bore (C), 15.16 mm (0.597 in.) from the
bottom of the piston (A).
2. Record measurement and compare measurement
obtained from matching liner.
02
030
17
RG7045
A15.16 mm (0.597 in.) From The Bottom Of The

Piston
BPiston Skirt Diameter
CRight Angles To Piston Pin Bore
UN05DEC97
Specification
Piston SkirtOD 15.16 mm
(0.597 in.) from Bottom of Piston .......................... 118.320118.350 mm
(4.65824.6594 in.)
Measuring Piston Skirt Diameter
RE38635,0000044 1914JAN051/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-030-17
082005
PN=127
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: ALWAYS measure liners at room
temperature.
UN07JAN03
4. Measure bore in same position at bottom end of ring

travel (B).
5. Measure bore at right angle to piston pin at top end of

ring travel (C).
RG10049
02
030
18
3. Measure liner bore parallel to piston pin at top end of

ring travel (A).
Measure Liner
6. Measure bore in same position at bottom end of ring

travel (D).
7. Compare measurements A, B, C, and D to determine if

liner is tapered or out-of-round.
8. Compare liner I.D. with matched piston O.D.
P R O O F
Specification
Cylinder LinerID ................................................. 118.390118.410 mm
(4.66104.6618 in.)
OD (Coolant Jacket Area) ......................................... 127.94128.24 mm
(5.0375.049 in.)
OD (At Upper Bore) .................................................. 129.08129.14 mm
(5.0825.084 in.)
OD (At Lower Bore) .............................................. 125.044125.120 mm
(4.9234.926 in.)
ID of Upper Bore in Block for
Seating Liners........................................................ 129.155129.205 mm
(5.0855.087 in.)
ID of Lower Bore in Block for
Seating Liners........................................................ 125.133125.183 mm
(4.92654.9285 in.)
Liner-to-Block Clearance at Upper
Bore ....................................................... 0.0260.126 mm (0.0010.005
in.)
Liner-to-Block Clearance at Lower
Bore ............................................................................... 0.0120.140 mm
(0.00050.0055 in.)
Maximum Out-of-Round ......................................... 0.051 mm (0.0020 in.)
Maximum Wear or Taper in Ring
Travel Area ............................................. 0.051 mm (0.0020 in.) maximum
Piston-to-LinerNew Part
Clearance (At Bottom of Skirt) ...................................... 0.0400.090 mm
(0.00150.0035 in.)
Maximum Clearance............................................... 0.152 mm (0.0060 in.)
Replace piston and liners (as a set) if they exceed wear

specifications given.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000044 1914JAN052/2
02-030-18
082005
PN=128
P R O O F
Inspect Rod and Cap
2. Inspect in and around cap screw holes (B) in cap. If

any defects are found, replace rod and cap.
3. Carefully clamp rod in a soft-jawed vise (cap end
upward).
4. Install cap WITHOUT bearing.
RG10052
Precision Joint Rod and Cap
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: Do not nick the joint surfaces of rod

and cap. This is very critical on
Precision Joint rods to assure proper
seating. Never scrape joint surfaces (C)
with a wire brush or other tool; the
interlocking mating surfaces must be
preserved.
UN09JUN99
1. Inspect rod and cap for wear or damage, such as chips

or nicks in the joint areas.
RG4982
IMPORTANT: Never use new connecting rod cap

screws when checking rod bore I.D. Use
new cap screws only for final assembly
of connecting rods.
Clamping Rod in Vise
5. On Precision Joint connecting rods: Initially tighten

rod cap screw closest to piston end, then tighten other
cap screw to the following specifications.
BCap Screw Holes

CPrecision Joint Mating Surfaces
P R O O F
Specification
Precision Joint Connecting Rod
Cap ScrewTorque .................................. 95 Nm (71 lb-ft) plus 90100
turn clockwise
See TORQUE-TURN CONNECTING ROD CAP

SCREWS , described later in this group.
Precision Joint is a trademark of Deere & Company
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000045 1911JAN051/3
02-030-19
082005
PN=129
02
030
19
P R O O F

6. Using an inside micrometer, measure rod bore at
center of bore and record measurements as follows:
RG7140
7. Compare the measurements. If difference between the

greatest and least measurement is more than 0.04 mm
(0.0016 in.), the rod and cap are out-of-round. Replace
both connecting rod and cap.
UN05DEC97
Specification
Connecting Rod Bore (Without
Bearings)ID ............................................................ 87.48787.513 mm
(3.4443.445 in.)
Measuring Connecting Rod and Cap Bore
Specification
Connecting Rod BoreMaximum
Out-of-Round .......................................................... 0.025 mm (0.0010 in.)
RE38635,0000045 1911JAN052/3
P R O O F
8. Measure rods piston pin bore-to-crankshaft bore

center-to-center dimension (A) and compare with
specification given. If measurement is not within
specification, replace rod.
ACenter-to-Center Dimension
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Specification
Centerline of Piston Pin
Bore-to-Crankshaft Bore
Dimension .................................................................. 217.95218.05 mm
(8.5818.585 in.)
RG7141
02
030
20
At right angle to rod/cap joint (A).

At 45 left of measurement step A (B).
At 45 right of measurement step A (C).
Measuring Pin Bore-to-Crankshaft Bore
RE38635,0000045 1911JAN053/3
02-030-20
082005
PN=130
P R O O F
Inspect Piston Pins and Bushings

1. Insert piston pin (B) through piston pin bushing and
carefully clamp in a soft-jawed vise.
AConnecting Rod
BPiston Pin
RG3172
3. Remove piston pin from connecting rod.
UN04DEC97
2. Rotate connecting rod (A) back and forth several times

to make sure connecting rod moves freely on piston
pin.
Checking Piston Pin and Rod
RE38635,0000048 1914JAN051/2
4. Insert pin from either side of rod bushing. If pin is free

on one end, but tight on the other, the bore could be
tapered (A). If pin enters freely from both sides, but is
tight in the center, bore is bell-mouthed (B).
RG4983
P R O O F
Specification
Piston PinOD ......................................................... 47.60247.608 mm
(1.87411.8743 in.)
Piston Pin Bore in PistonID ................................... 52.21052.470 mm
(2.05552.0657 in.)
Installed Connecting Rod Pin
Bushing (After Boring)ID ........................................ 47.65547.681 mm
(1.87621.8772 in.)
Connecting Rod Pin-to-Bushing
Oil Clearance ................................................................. 0.0470.079 mm
(0.00190.0031 in.)
Wear Limit .............................................................. 0.102 mm (0.0040 in.)
UN05DEC97
5. Measure I.D. of rod pin bushing and O.D. of piston pin.

Compare measurements with specifications given
below:
Inspecting Piston Pin Bores

ATapered Bore
BBell-Mouthed Bore
6. If necessary, remove and replace piston pin bushing.

See REMOVE PISTON PIN BUSHING, CLEAN AND
INSPECT PIN BORE, later in this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000048 1914JAN052/2
02-030-21
082005
PN=131
02
030
21
P R O O F
Remove Piston Pin Bushing, Clean and

Inspect Pin Bore
Use the following tools from the service sets:
JDG339 Cup (A)

JDG338 Adapter (B)
JDE98-4 Driver (C)
STD36104 Forcing Screw with Washer (D)
2. Clean rod bushing bore using a medium grit emery

cloth, as burrs will distort bushing. Install bushing on
opposite side of rod burr.
3. Measure rod bushing bore in three places

approximately 45 apart. Compare the measurements
with the specifications given below:
UN08DEC97
IMPORTANT: Use care to properly align the JDE98-4

Driver with bushing so that the
connecting rod bushing bore is not
damaged.
RG4985
02
030
22
1. If necessary, remove pin bushing with the JDG337 and

JDE98A Connecting Rod Bushing Service Sets.
Removing Piston Pin Bushing from Rod

AJDG339 Cup
BJDG338 Adapter
CJDE98-4 Driver
DSTD36104 Forcing Screw With Washer
P R O O F
Specification
Connecting Rod Pin Bore
Diameter without Bushing ......................................... 52.21052.470 mm
(2.05552.0657 in.)
Connecting Rod Pin
Bore-to-BushingPress Fit ........................................... 0.0840.135 mm
(0.00330.0053 in.)
Installed Service Connecting Rod
Pin Bushing (Before Boring)ID .............................. 47.59747.613 mm
(1.87341.8745 in.)
Installed Service Connecting Rod
Pin Bushing (After Boring)ID ................................. 47.65547.681 mm
(1.87621.8772 in.)
IMPORTANT: If piston pin bushing bore diameter in

rod is not within specification or
bushing has spun in rod, discard rod
and replace with a new one.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000049 1914JAN051/1
02-030-22
082005
PN=132
P R O O F
Measure Liner Flange

Measure cylinder liner flange thickness at several
locations and compare with specification given below.
Specification
Cylinder Liner FlangeThickness ............................ 11.98912.039 mm
(0.4720.474 in.)
OD ............................................................................. 135.10135.16 mm
(5.3195.321 in.)
RG4727
UN05DEC97
If liner flange is not within specification, either use liner

shims as needed or replace piston and liner as a set if
shims dont bring liner standout within specification. See
RECHECK CYLINDER LINER STANDOUT and see
INSTALL LINER SHIMSIF REQUIRED, later in this
group.)
Measuring Liner Flange
RG,RG34710,1126 1918MAY991/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-030-23
082005
PN=133
02
030
23
P R O O F
Inspect and Measure Connecting Rod

Bearings
Inspect connecting rod bearings for wear or damage.
IMPORTANT: Never use new connecting rod cap

screws when checking rod bearing I.D.
Use new cap screws only for final
assembly of connecting rods.
Rod bearing-to-journal oil clearance can be checked with

PLASTIGAGE, if rod is connected to crankshaft. If rod is
out of engine, measure I.D. of connecting rod bearings
and compare with O.D. of crankshaft journal.
1. With crankshaft removed, measure connecting rod
journal O.D. at several points.
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: Each rod bearing half has a built-in

relief or lube oil pocket on the inner
surface. This relief must not be
confused as a worn/damaged spot.
RG7046
02
030
24
Connecting Rod Bearings

ARod Cap
BRod
CBearings
2. Carefully clamp rod in a soft-jawed vise and install

connecting rod cap (A) on rod (B) with bearings (C) in
correct position.
P R O O F
3. On Precision Joint connecting rods: Initially tighten

rod cap screw closest to piston end, then tighten other
cap screw to the following specifications.
Specification
turn clockwise

SCREWS , described later in this group.

CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004A 1914JAN051/2
02-030-24
082005
PN=134
P R O O F
5. Subtract O.D. of crankshaft journals from I.D. of rod

bearings to obtain oil clearance.
6. Compare measurements with the following
specifications.
Specification
Crankshaft Rod JournalOD.................................... 83.48783.513 mm
(3.28693.2879 in.)
Assembled Connecting Rod
BearingID ............................................................... 83.53783.589 mm
(3.28893.2909 in.)
Connecting Rod
Bearing-to-Journal (New Parts)
Oil Clearance ........................................ 0.02540.102 mm (0.0010.004
in.)
RG3824
4. Using an inside micrometer (A) measure I.D. of

bearing.
UN04DEC97
Measuring Connecting Rod Bearings

AInside Micrometer
7. If bearings are worn or not within specification, replace

connecting rod bearings.
RE38635,000004A 1914JAN052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-030-25
082005
PN=135
02
030
25
P R O O F
Install Piston Pin Bushing in Connecting Rod
Use the following tools from the above sets and

assemble in sequence as shown:
STD36104 Forcing Screw With Washer (A)

JDE98A Drive (B)
JDG338 Adapter (C)
Service Bushing (D)
JDE98-3 Pilot (E)
JDE339 Cup (F)
IMPORTANT: Boring of the rod bushing should be

done ONLY by experienced personnel
on equipment capable of maintaining
bushing specification.
2. After installation, bore I.D. of newly installed bushing to

the following specifications.
UN05DEC97
1. Lubricate rod bushing bore and bushing with clean

engine oil. Install bushing using the JDG337 and
JDE98A Connecting Rod Bushing Service Sets.
RG4986
02
030
26
IMPORTANT: Always push new bushing into rod from

back side and burnish bushing after
installation for proper form and seating
in rod bore.
Installing Piston Pin Bushing in Rod

ASTD36104 Forcing Screw With Washer
BJDE98A Driver
CJDG338 Adapter
DService Bushing
EJDE98-3 Pilot
FJDE339 Cup
Remove all residue from boring operation.
P R O O F
Specification
Connecting Rod Pin Bushing
(After Boring)ID ...................................................... 47.65547.681 mm
(1.87621.8772 in.)
3. Check rod pin-to-bushing clearance. See INSPECT

PISTON PINS AND BUSHINGS, earlier in this group.
4. Replace rod pin as required.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1131 1923OCT971/1
02-030-26
082005
PN=136
P R O O F
Complete Disassembly of Cylinder Block (If Required)

If complete inspection and Hot Tank cleaning of
cylinder block is required, refer to the appropriate
group for removal of all external and internal mounted
components listed below:
1. Remove crankshaft and pulley if not previously
removed. (Group 040.)
4. Remove timing gear train and camshaft. (Group

050.)
02
030
27
5. Remove fuel injection pump and fuel filter

assembly. (Group 090.)
6. If necessary to Hot Tank the block, remove oil
gallery plugs, coolant gallery plugs, piston cooling
orifices and the engine serial number plate.
2. Remove all remaining lubrication system

components. (Group 060.)
3. Remove coolant pump and all remaining cooling
system components (Group 070.)
Remove and Clean Piston Cooling Orifices
RG,RG34710,1132 1923OCT971/1
UN19FEB05
1. Using a suitable driver, remove all six piston cooling

orifices, as shown, and inspect each cooling orifice to
make sure it is not plugged or damaged.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: A piston cooling orifice failure could

cause damage to pistons, piston pins,
rod pin bushings, and liners. If a piston
cooling orifice is left out, low or no oil
pressure will result.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG13986
2. Use a soft wire and compressed air to clean orifice.

Replace if condition is questionable.
Remove Piston Spray Orifice
RE38635,0000069 1919FEB051/1
02-030-27
082005
PN=137
P R O O F
Inspect and Clean Cylinder Block
1. Use D17015BR O-ring Bore Cleaning Brush or an

equivalent brush to thoroughly clean all debris from
cylinder liner O-ring bores.
UN05DEC97
RG5796
02
030
28
NOTE: All components (including piston cooling orifices),

coolant gallery plugs and oil gallery plugs must be
removed from the cylinder block for inspection
and cleaning. Refer to the proper group for
removal of all external and internal mounted
components.
Tap for Head Mounting Holes in Block
2. Remove cylinder head locating dowels, if not

previously removed. Clean out all threaded holes for
cylinder head mounting cap screws in top deck of
cylinder block. Use JDG681 Tap or an equivalent
9/16-12 UNC-2A tap approximately 88.9 mm (3.5 in.)
long. Use compressed air to remove any debris or fluid
which may be present in the cap screw hole.
IMPORTANT: If cylinder block is cleaned in a hot
tank, be sure to remove any aluminum
parts. Aluminum parts can be damaged
or destroyed by hot tank solutions.
Remove all serial number plates.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1134 1923OCT971/2
02-030-28
082005
PN=138
P R O O F

3. Clean block thoroughly using cleaning solvent,
pressure steam, or a hot tank.
5. Measure liner flange counterbore depth (A) in block

and compare with specification given below.
RG7142
NOTE: DO NOT file liner support flange excessively.

Excess filing can damage liner support flange and
allow an improper liner fit. Thoroughly clean all
filings from cylinder block.
UN05DEC97
4. Inspect liner support flange (C) for burrs. If burrs are

present, use a small half-moon file and LIGHTLY file
(in a circular motion) burr off at approximately a 60
angle. DO NOT let file hit top deck of cylinder block (B)
while filing.
Measuring Liner Flange Counterbore Depth in Block

ALiner Flange Counterbore Depth
BTop Deck Of Cylinder Block
CLiner Support Flange
Specification
Cylinder Block Flange
CounterboreDepth.................................................. 11.91311.963 mm
(0.4690.471 in.)
Carefully inspect block for cracks or any other physical

damage. If a cracked block is suspected, pressure-test the
block. A procedure for pressure testing is outlined in FOS
(Fundamentals of Service) Manual-ENGINES. Replace
block if there is evidence of a crack or physical damage.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1134 1923OCT972/2
02-030-29
082005
PN=139
02
030
29
P R O O F
Measure Cylinder Block
02
030
30
Refer to the appropriate groups for a more detailed

description of the features being measured. Compare
measurements with specifications given below.
1. Assemble and measure main and thrust bearing
bores. Compare measurements with specifications
given below:
Specification
Crankshaft Main BearingBore
ID without Bearing ............................................. 101.651101.67 mm
(4.00204.0030 in.)
Surface Width ......................................................... 36.2836.78 mm
(1.4281.448 in.)
Crankshaft Thrust Bearing
Bore ID without Bearing .................................... 101.651101.67 mm
(4.00204.0030 in.)
Surface Width (No. 5 Main) .................................... 37.4437.54 mm
(1.4741.478 in.)
Overall Cap Width .................................................. 41.8142.31 mm
(1.6461.666 in.)
If any main or thrust bearing cap assembled I.D. is not

within specification, blank (generic) bearing caps are
available and must be line bored to specification by a
qualified machine shop. See MAIN BEARING CAP
LINE BORE SPECIFICATIONS in Group 040.
2. Measure camshaft follower bore diameter at all
bore locations.
If any one camshaft follower bore is not within

specification, install a new cylinder block.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Specification
Camshaft BushingInstalled ID......................... 67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.)
Bushing Bore in Block ........................................ 69.98770.013 mm
(2.75542.7564 in.)
Minimum Runout of Bore in
Block ................................................................ 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.)
Bushing-to-Journal Clearance ............................... 0.00630.115 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
If camshaft bushing bore diameter in block is more

than specified, install a new cylinder block.
IMPORTANT: The centerline of the main bearing
bore-to-top deck of cylinder block
MUST BE 352.35352.50 mm
(13.87213.878 in.). If not, replace
cylinder block.
4. Measure cylinder block top deck flatness using
D05012ST Precision Straightedge and feeler gauge
and compare to following specifications. Resurface
as required.
Specification
Cylinder Block Top Deck
Maximum Out-of-Flat ......................... 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) over entire
length or width
Straightness .......................................... 0.025 mm (0.001 in.) per any
305 mm (12.0 in) of Length
Maximum Wave Depth ..................... 2.0 micrometers (79 micro-inch)
Main Bearing Bore
Centerline-to-Top Deck
Distance .............................................................. 352.35352.50 mm
(13.87213.878 in.)
P R O O F
Specification
Camshaft FollowerBore ID in
Block ................................................................... 17.38417.440 mm
(0.68450.6865 in.)
Follower OD (New) ................................................. 17.3317.35 mm
(0.6820.683 in.)
Follower-to-Bore Clearance ............................. 0.114 mm (0.0045 in.)
3. Measure camshaft bore diameter at all locations

and record readings. Compare measurements with
specifications given in chart below:
RG,RG34710,1135 1923OCT971/1
02-030-30
082005
PN=140
P R O O F
Install Piston Cooling Orifices
1. Use a soft wire and compressed air to clean orifices.

Replace if condition is questionable.
RG13952
IMPORTANT: The 9 L engine has directed oil piston

cooling. Be certain orifice is installed in
proper orientation to liner bore.
02
030
31
UN09FEB05
IMPORTANT: A piston cooling orifice failure could

cause damage to pistons, piston pins,
rod pin bushings, and liners. If a piston
cooling orifice is left out, low or no oil
pressure will result.
Assemble Piston Spray Orifice
2. Locate JDG1948 piston cooling orifice installation tool

(A) in main bearing diameter.
3. Coat piston cooling orifice with clean engine oil.
RG13954
4. Install piston cooling orifice (B) in block from liner side,

as shown. When tool and orifice are in proper
alignment, the installation screw (C) will be in an up
position.
UN09FEB05
NOTE: Installation tool and cooling orifice have matching

surfaces to properly align orifice in block. If
surfaces are not aligned, the installation screw
can not be started.
Verify Piston Spray Orifice Depth
P R O O F
5. Assemble installation screw into cooling orifice with

fingers. This will begin to seat cooling orifice in block.
UN09FEB05
6. Tighten installation screw to specification to seat orifice

in block.
7. Verify installation depth by removing screw (C) from

installation tool. Reassemble screw loosely in
installation tool. The ring on the screw shank (D)
should be even with or above top surface of tool.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG13953
Specification
Piston Cooling Orifice into
Cylinder BlockTorque.................................... 1517 Nm (1113 lb-ft)
Verification of Depth
AJDG1948 Piston Spray Orifice Installation Tool
BPiston Spray Orifice
CJDG1948 Installation Tool Screw
DDepth Verification Mark
RE38635,0000057 1909FEB051/1
02-030-31
082005
PN=141
P R O O F
Recheck Cylinder Liner Standout
Be sure liner bore in cylinder block and top deck of block

are clean.
Install liners without packing. Secure with cap screws and

washers and measure liner standout. See MEASURE
CYLINDER LINER STANDOUT (HEIGHT ABOVE
BLOCK) earlier in this group.
Liner shims may be used to bring standout within
specification. See INSTALL LINER SHIMSIF
REQUIRED later in this group.
RG,RG34710,1137 1923OCT971/1
P R O O F
Install Packing on Cylinder Liner and

O-Rings in Block
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use oil on cylinder liner

packing or O-rings. Oil can cause the
red packing to swell, which squeezes
liner and could possibly cause a scored
piston.
1. Pour AR54749 Soap Lubricant into a suitable
container.
3. Install the black viton O-ring (A) in the lower O-ring

groove in the cylinder block (C).
4. Install the red silicone O-ring (B) in the upper O-ring
groove in the cylinder block.
UN04DEC97
2. Dip new packings and O-rings in soap before

installation. Do not leave packings or O-ring in soap to
soak.
RG3826
02
030
32
NOTE: If a new liner assembly is being installed in a new

or used cylinder block, liner height must be
checked.
Cylinder Liner Seals

AO-Ring
BO-Ring
CCylinder Block
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1139 1923OCT971/2
02-030-32
082005
PN=142
P R O O F

5. Turn cylinder liner (B) upside-down and install the
square neoprene packing (A) over outside of liner.
NOTE: Make sure the square packing is not twisted.
UN04DEC97
6. Slide packing down firmly against second shoulder on

liner.
ASquare Neoprene Packing

BCylinder Liner
Install Cylinder Liner in Block
RG3827
7. Coat the liner packing sealing area of the cylinder liner

and block O-rings with liquid soap.
Installing Cylinder Liner Packing
RG,RG34710,1139 1923OCT972/2
IMPORTANT: Install cylinder liners into same cylinder

block bore as removed.
RG2772
P R O O F
Pitted or eroded liners that meet reuse

guidelines should be rotated 90 from
their removed position. See VISUALLY
INSPECT CYLINDER LINERS earlier in
this group for reuse guidelines.
UN04DEC97
DO NOT scuff the liner packing across

the upper counterbore.
Installing Cylinder Liners in Block
1. Install liner in block bore with manufacturing data code

(stamped on flange) toward front of engine, unless liner
O.D. is pitted or eroded.
If liner O.D. is pitted or eroded, but still within
acceptable service limits, rotate liner 90 from its
removed position. Pitted sections of the liner should be
facing the front or rear of engine.
2. A resistance will be felt when cylinder liner is aligned in

pilot bore.
3. Using only the pressure of both palms, the cylinder
liner should drop to a point nearly flush with upper
flange of the cylinder liner and cylinder block.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1140 1923OCT971/2
02-030-33
082005
PN=143
02
030
33
P R O O F

4. Finish seating cylinder liners using a clean, hardwood
block and hammer.
NOTE: Cylinder liner will protrude over top of cylinder

block more than normal due to uncompressed
packings and O-rings.
6. Hold liners in place with large flat washers and cap

screws. Turn cap screws snug but do not tighten.
UN27JAN92
IMPORTANT: If you suspect a packing may have

sheared or displaced during liner
installation, remove and examine the
liner and packing assembly. If no
damage is found, check packings for
proper position. Resoap packings and
reinstall liner assembly.
RG6092
02
030
34
5. Gently tap hardwood block over top of cylinder liner

with mallet.
Seating Cylinder Liners in Block
7. Clean cylinder liner bores with waterless hand cleaner

after installation. Wipe dry with clean towels.
8. Apply clean engine oil to liner bores immediately to
prevent corrosion.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1140 1923OCT972/2
02-030-34
082005
PN=144
P R O O F
Install Piston and Connecting Rod

Install Rings on Pistons
IMPORTANT: Full keystone compression ring (one

Pip mark) goes in top piston ring
groove. Half keystone ring (two Pip or
Top marks) goes in second ring
groove of piston.Pip mark(s) on No. 1
and No. 2 compression rings must face
top of piston.
UN13JAN05
RG13908
KS piston rings are color coded. The

No. 1 ring is orange, No. 2 is yellow and
No. 3 is white. The expander ring is
white. Be sure the white paint stripe on
the expander ring is visible in the oil
ring gap.
02
030
35
Install Piston Rings

AOil Control, or Expander,Ring
BMiddle (Second) Compression Ring
CTop Piston Ring
1. Using JDE93 Ring Expander, install oil control ring with

expander ring (A) to the bottom groove of piston. There
is no top or bottom to the oil control ring.
2. Install the number 2 compression ring (B) with yellow
paint stripe and double pip mark in the middle piston
groove. The pip marks must face top of piston.
P R O O F
3. Install the number 1 compression ring (C) with orange

paint stripe and single pip mark in the top piston
groove. The pip mark must face top of piston.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN051/6
02-030-35
082005
PN=145
P R O O F

Install Piston on Connecting Rod
1. Install one snap ring (A) into piston pin bore groove
2. Lubricate piston pin (C), piston and rod bores with
clean engine oil.
UN13JAN05
If a new piston and liner assembly is to

be installed, DO NOT remove piston
from liner. Push piston out of liner
bottom only far enough to install piston
pin.
IMPORTANT: Be certain FRONT of connecting rod

aligns with arrow, or FRONT of
piston.
3. Install piston pin through piston and rod bores until pin
seats against previously installed snap ring.
Assemble Piston to Connecting Rod

ASnap Ring
BPiston
CPiston Pin
4. Install second snap ring (A) into piston pin bore

groove, securing piston pin. Be sure snap ring is
seated securely in the piston bore grooves.
P R O O F
5. Check for free movement of the piston on rod.
RG13909
02
030
36
IMPORTANT: Piston must be installed on same

connecting rod from which they were
removed and new piston pin snap rings
must be used.
6. Check for free movement of the piston pin in rod and

piston by pushing against both snap rings.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN052/6
02-030-36
082005
PN=146
P R O O F

Install Piston and Rod Assembly into Block
NOTE: New rings are furnished with the correct end gap,
therefore, fitting to the liner is not necessary.
3. Lubricate all parts in piston & rod assembly (piston,

rings, liners and I.D. of JDG1963 Piston Ring
Compressor) with clean engine oil.
ATop of Piston
BTop Compression Ring Gap
COil Control Ring Gap
DExpander Ring Gap
EBottom Compression Ring Gap
FFront of Engine
RG10050
NOTE: If crankshaft was removed, see INSTALL MAIN

BEARINGS AND CRANKSHAFT in Group 040.
UN21MAY99
2. Stagger ring gaps on piston as shown, with gap of top

ring facing the front of the engine.
Position of Piston Ring Gaps
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN053/6
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-030-37
082005
PN=147
02
030
37
P R O O F

4. Remove rod cap (A) from rod assembly (B) and install
upper rod bearing (C) into rod half. Install lower rod
bearing (D) into rod cap.
5. Lubricate crankshaft journal and liner bore with clean
engine oil.
6. Carefully place ring compressor with piston and rod
over liner.
IMPORTANT: Be sure crankshaft journals, liner walls,

and piston spray jets are not damaged
when installing piston and rod in liner.
Be especially careful with the directed
cooling spray jets.
NOTE: Be sure the word FRONT on piston and rod face

toward the front of the engine.
P R O O F
UN28MAY05
Connecting Rod Assembly
RG14190
AConnecting Rod
BConnecting Rod Cap
CUpper Rod Bearing
DLower Rod Bearing
EConnecting Rod Cap Screws
UN13JAN05
7. With piston centered in ring compressor and rings

staggered correctly, push piston into liner, as shown,
until top ring is inside the liner.
RG13910
02
030
38
Installing Piston & Rod Assembly in Liners
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN054/6
02-030-38
082005
PN=148
P R O O F

8. Apply clean engine oil to bearing inserts (B) and
matching crankshaft rod journals.
RG10209
When installing caps, make sure

stamped numbers (C) on rod and cap
are positioned on the same side.
UN18JUN99
IMPORTANT: On Precision Joint rods, make sure

cap is properly aligned on rod with
interlocking surfaces sealing tightly and
edges aligned. Do Not reverse cap on
rod. Match pads on side of rod and cap.
9. Install connecting rod caps (A).
RG10215
AConnecting Rod Caps

BBearing Inserts
CStamped Numbers
UN23JUN99
Installing Connecting Rod Caps with Bearing Inserts
Stamped Numbers
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN055/6
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-030-39
082005
PN=149
02
030
39
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use pneumatic wrenches to

install connecting rod cap screws.
Doing so may damaged threads. Use
speed-handle wrench instead.
UN28MAY05
10. Dip NEW cap screws and washers in clean engine

oil. Make sure bore threads and all threads on cap
screws are thoroughly oiled.
RG14186
02
030
40
IMPORTANT: NEVER use connecting rod cap screws

more than once for final engine
assembly. Once rod cap screws have
been tightened to final torque-turn
specifications, they must not be reused
for another final assembly.
Connecting Rod
ATighten This Cap Screw First
11. On Precision Joint connecting rods: Initially,

tighten cap screw closest to piston end to
specifications. Next, tighten the other cap screw. Feel
rod-to-cap joint to check for proper alignment.
Specification
turn clockwise

SCREWS, described next in this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
RE38635,0000046 1913JAN056/6
02-030-40
082005
PN=150
P R O O F
Torque-Turn Connecting Rod Cap Screws
Using Engine Axis Method to Torque-Turn Connecting

Rod Cap Screws:
2. Position handle of wrench parallel to centerline of

engine crankshaft axis (A).
3. Tighten 1/4 turn (90100) clockwise until handle of
wrench is perpendicular to centerline of engine
crankshaft axis (B) as shown.
RG7047
AParallel to Centerline of Crankshaft Axis

BPerpendicular to Centerline of Crankshaft Axis
02
030
41
UN05DEC97
1. After tightening cap screws to torque values, mark

connecting rod cap and socket.
Tightening Rod Cap Screws by TORQUE-TURN Method
P R O O F
Using JT05993 Torque Angle Gauge to Torque-Turn

Connecting Rod Cap Screws:
RG,RG34710,1142 1923OCT971/2
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5698
UN05DEC97
After tightening cap screws to initial torque values

provided earlier, follow directions provided with gauge and
TORQUE-TURN each cap screw 90100.
JT05993 Torque Angle Gauge
RG,RG34710,1142 1923OCT972/2
02-030-41
082005
PN=151
P R O O F
Check Engine Rotation for Excessive

Tightness
02
030
42
1. Rotate crankshaft several revolutions to be sure engine

rotates without excessive tightness.
2. Check liners for deep scratches caused by an
improperly installed or broken piston ring.
3. Check side clearance of rods. Must have slight
side-to-side movement.
Complete Final Assembly
RG,RG34710,1143 1923OCT971/1
6. Install vibration damper and crankshaft pulley.

(Group 040.)
1. Install camshaft, and timing gear cover. (Group

050.)
7. Install alternator. (Group 100.) To install fan and fan

belt, see machine Technical Manual.
2. Install oiling system components. (Group 060.)
8. Install exhaust manifold, exhaust gas recirculator

assembly, and intake assembly. (Group 080.)
3. Install cylinder head using a new gasket and cap

screws. Install valve train components. (Group 20)
4. Install fuel injection system components. (See
Group 090 in appropriate CTM for specific fuel
system.)
9. Install starting motor. (Group 100.)

10. Fill engine with clean oil and proper coolant.
11. Install engine in vehicle (if removed). (See
machine Technical Manual.)
5. Install thermostat housing and coolant bypass pipe,

if removed. (Group 070.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
NOTE: Refer to the proper group for installation of

components.
12. Perform engine break-in. (Group 020)
RE38635,0000047 1913JAN051/1
02-030-42
082005
PN=152
P R O O F
Group 040
Crankshaft, Main Bearings and Flywheel Repair and Adjustment

Crankshaft and Main Bearing Failure Analysis
Warped or bowed crankshaft.

Distorted cylinder block.
Scored Main Bearing:

(Diagnosis also applies to connecting rod bearing.)
02
040
1
Broken Main Bearing Caps:
Oil starvation.
Contaminated oil.
Engine parts failure.
Excessive heat.
Poor periodic service.
Galled or Wiped Bearings:
Cracked, Chipped or Broken Bearings:
Fuel in lubricating oil (incomplete combustion).

Coolant in lubrication system (cracked block, liner
seal failure, or leaking coolant pump seal with
plugged hole).
Insufficient bearing oil clearance.
Parts not lubricated prior to engine operation.
Wrong bearing size.
Inconsistent Wear Pattern:
Improper installation.
Dirt between bearing and crankshaft journal.
Low oil pressure.
Oil pump failure.
Overspeeding.
Excessive idling.
Lugging.
Excessive oil clearance.
Improper installation.
Misaligned or bent connecting rod.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1149 1923OCT971/1
02-040-1
082005
PN=153
P R O O F

General Information
UN19FEB05
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN24FEB05
9.0 L Rear Seal and Wear Sleeve Assembly
RG14002
ARear Oil Seal Housing Gasket

BRear Oil Seal Housing
CSocket Head Screws - Housing to Block
DCrankshaft Rear Seal & Wear Sleeve
EButton Head Screws - Oil Seal to Oil Seal Housing
RG13980
02
040
2
The 9.0 L rear seal and wear sleeve design is similar to

the seal used on the 6125 engines. The removal tool used
on the 6125 rear seal assembly will work for the 9.0 L. A
new installation tool must be used due to dimensional
differences.
Rear Oil Seal and Rear Oil Seal Housing
RE38635,0000079 1915MAR051/1
02-040-2
082005
PN=154
P R O O F
Remove Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Wear

Sleeve
IMPORTANT: To remove rear crankshaft oil seal, the

seal housing MUST BE removed also.
4. Separate seal from housing using a small flat

screwdriver and heel-type pry bar as shown.
Removing Rear Oil Seal and Housing
UN21MAR05
3. Remove eight button head screws (A) securing rear

seal to housing.
UN21MAR05
2. Remove flywheel if not previously removed.
RG13981
1. Remove engine oil pan.
RG13982
5. Remove all cap screws securing rear seal housing to

cylinder block except top cap screw and two bottom
cap screws (A) as shown.
NOTE: position split in collet halves at 12:00 position (C).
6. Install JDG1020 Rear Seal Remover (B) using

knife-edge jaws. Install puller jaws between seal carrier
and seal housing.
02
040
3
Separating Rear Seal from Housing
7. Secure assembly by tightening band clamp securely.
UN09DEC97
P R O O F
NOTE: Always lubricate forcing screw with multi-purpose

grease prior to using.
9. Remove three remaining cap screws securing seal

housing to block and remove housing with gasket.
10. If necessary, push wear sleeve portion of seal

assembly away from block to allow collet halves to be
installed behind wear sleeve.
RG8344
8. Tighten forcing screw until rear seal is free from seal

housing. Wear sleeve portion of seal assembly should
remain on crankshaft flange.
Removing Rear Seal

ACap Screw
BJDG1020 Rear Seal Remover
C12:00 Position
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000007A 1915MAR051/2
02-040-3
082005
PN=155
P R O O F

11. Install JDG1020 Removal Tool (A) behind wear
sleeve using smaller knife edge jaws. Tighten band
clamp (B) securely.
14. Clean all oil and sealant from crankshaft flange using
Brake Kleen or ignition cleaner. Polish burrs with fine
emery cloth.
AJDG1020
BBand Clamp

Handling Precautions
RG14187
13. Inspect crankshaft flange for burrs and nicks.
UN28MAY05
12. Lubricate threads and tighten forcing screw until wear

sleeve is removed from crankshaft flange.
Removing Rear Wear Sleeve with JDG1020
RE38635,000007A 1915MAR052/2
Use the following precautions for handling seal and

wear sleeve:
Always install seal and wear sleeve assembly immediately

after removal from plastic bag to avoid possible dirt
contamination.
UN19FEB05
P R O O F
Seal and wear sleeve are assembled. DO NOT

SEPARATE. If parts become separated, discard and
replace with a new assembly. Attempts to reassemble will
cause the wear sleeve to damage the seal allowing
engine oil to leak past seal.
RG13980
Rear Oil Seal and Wear Sleeve Assembly
Install oil seal/wear sleeve assembly as shown in the

illustration. Incorrect installation will result in an oil leak.
Oil seal/wear sleeve assembly MUST BE installed with the

JDG1952, JDG1953, and JDG1954 Crankshaft Rear Oil
Seal Installation Tool Set.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
C
E
UN24FEB05
No lubricant of any kind is to contact seal when installing.

Use of a lubricant may result in premature seal failure.
RG14002
02
040
4
Rear Oil Seal and Housing
RE38635,000007B 1915MAR051/1
02-040-4
082005
PN=156
P R O O F
Install Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing
NOTE: Clean all gasket material and sealant from oil pan
gasket rail prior to installing rear seal housing for
proper housing alignment
IMPORTANT: Ensure that OD of crankshaft flange and

ID of rear seal housing is free of nicks
and burrs. Restore damaged surfaces
with emery cloth and clean surfaces
thoroughly.
2. Using guide pins (G), install rear housing gasket (A)

and rear seal housing (B) to rear flange of cylinder
block. The bottom edge of gasket should extend
through opening in alignment tool.
RG14002
1. Install JDG1954 Pan Rail Alignment Tool (F) onto rear

pan rail (as shown) using two cap screws provided.
Tighten cap screws securely.
UN24FEB05
02
040
5
Rear Oil Seal & Housing Assembly
UN09MAR05
NOTE: Centering tool will fit snugly over crankshaft

flange. A hammer may be needed to carefully tap
tool over flange to align seal housing.
P R O O F
UN09MAR05
Rear Seal Housing Installed with JDG1954 Alignment Tool
RG14058
ARear Seal Gasket

BRear Seal Housing
CSocket Head Screws
DRear Oil Seal & Wear Sleeve Assembly
EButton Head Screws
FJDG1954 Alignment Tool
GGuide Pins
HJDG1953 Centering Tool
ICentering Tool Locators
RG14057
3. Install JDG1953 Housing Centering Tool (H) onto

crankshaft rear flange. Position tapered locators (I) at
3:00 and 9:00 positions as shown.
Centering Real Seal Housing with JDG1953 Tool
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000007C 1915MAR051/2
02-040-5
082005
PN=157
P R O O F

4. Install six socket head screws (C) through housing into
rear block flange and tighten to specification in the
sequence shown.
Specification
Rear Seal Housing to Cylinder
BlockTorque ................................................................. 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
UN09MAR05
NOTE: Leaving the rear seal housing centering tool in

place on crankshaft flange will aid in installation of
rear seal and wear sleeve assembly.
5. Remove alignment tool from pan rail and trim gasket
flush with bottom of seal housing and oil pan gasket
surface.
RG14059
02
040
6
Rear Seal Housing Torque Sequence

RE38635,000007C 1915MAR052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-040-6
082005
PN=158
P R O O F
1. Thoroughly clean ID of rear seal housing and OD of

crankshaft flange. Dry with a clean shop towel.
02
040
7
UN09MAR05
Install Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Wear

Sleeve Assembly
RG14060
2. With JDG1953 Rear Housing Centering Tool still in

place (A), install JDG1952-1 Rear Seal Installation Tool
(B), using the crankshaft dowel (C) for location. The
rear seal housing centering tool will help align the
installation tool to the crankshaft flange OD. Tighten
two cap screws provided securely
JDG1952-1 Rear Seal Installer
3. Remove JDG1953 Rear Seal Housing Centering Tool.
NOTE: Align mounting holes in seal casing with holes in

rear seal housing as seal assembly is installed.
UN09MAR05
4. Position rear seal and wear sleeve assembly (D) and

JDG1952-2 Seal Installation Tool (E) onto rear
crankshaft flange and forcing screw.
6. Remove seal installation tool set.
RG14061
5. Lubricate forcing screw threads and both sides of

friction washer. Install washer and nut; tighten nut (F),
driving seal assembly onto crankshaft flange, until
install tool bottoms.
7. Install eight button head screws, securing seal to

housing, and torque to specification in the sequence
shown.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: It is best to install engine oil pan and

torque hardware PRIOR to tightening
the rear seal to rear seal housing.
Installation of the oil pan first helps
keep rear seal in alignment.
UN09MAR05
Installing Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal & Wear Sleeve
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14062
Specification
Rear Seal Assembly to Rear Seal
HousingTorque............................................................. 15 Nm (10 lb-ft)
Rear Seal Torque Sequence
RE38635,000007D 1917MAR051/1
02-040-7
082005
PN=159
P R O O F
Inspect Vibration Damper
UN28JUL94
RG7208
Do not immerse the vibration damper or

the damper pulley in cleaning solvent.
Doing so may damage the rubber
portions of this assembly.
Single Damper
Never apply thrust on outer ring of

damper. Damper is sensitive to impact
damage, such as being dropped or
struck with a hammer.
UN05JAN98
1. Relieve tension or remove V-belts (shown removed).
2. Grasp vibration damper with both hands and attempt to

turn it in both directions. If rotation is felt, damper is
defective and should be replaced.
RG7369
02
040
8
IMPORTANT: The damper assembly is not repairable

and should be replaced every 5 years or
4500 hours, whichever occurs first.
Also, replace damper whenever
crankshaft is replaced or major engine
overhaul is performed. Dual dampers
should always be replaced as a
matched set.
Dual Damper
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUOE003,28 1917DEC981/2
02-040-8
082005
PN=160
P R O O F

3. Check vibration damper radial runout by positioning a
dial indicator so preloaded probe (A) contacts damper
O.D.
UN26NOV97
4. Rotate crankshaft using JDE81-1 or JDG820 Flywheel

Turning Tool.
Specification
Vibration DamperMaximum
Radial Runout ............................................................. 1.02 mm (0.040 in.)
RG7065
5. Note total dial indicator movement. Compare reading

with specification below.
Measuring Runout of Single Damper
RG7370
APreloaded Probe
UN05JAN98
If runout exceeds specifications, replace vibration damper.

See REMOVE CRANKSHAFT VIBRATION DAMPER later
in this group.
Measuring Runout of Dual Damper

DPSG,OUOE003,28 1917DEC982/2
Check Crankshaft End Play
2. Place a dial indicator on damper face.
P R O O F
1. Completely engage then release the clutch lever.
IMPORTANT: Use care not to damage or distort the

timing gear cover or bearing inserts
when prying. Do not pry on outer inertia
ring of damper.
UN28AUG91
3. Pry with flat bar between the damper pulley and timing
gear cover.
NOTE: New thrust bearings will usually restore proper

end play.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5934
Specification
CrankshaftEnd Play ................................................... 0.0380.380 mm
(0.00150.0150 in.)
Checking Crankshaft End Play
RG,RG34710,1153 1923OCT971/1
02-040-9
082005
PN=161
02
040
9
P R O O F
Remove Crankshaft Vibration Damper
2. Remove cap screw (A) and washer securing damper to

crankshaft.
3. Install JDG787 Thread Protector (B) in nose of
crankshaft.
CAUTION: Plan a safe handling procedure to

avoid personal injury or damage to damper.
UN26NOV97
RG6751
1. Remove pulley from damper, if equipped (shown

removed).
Preparing to Remove Crankshaft Vibration Damper

ACap Screw
BThread Protector
RG,RG34710,1154 1923OCT971/2
4. Remove damper from crankshaft using JDG721 Hub

Puller (A).
Specification
Crankshaft PulleyID ............................................... 47.59447.630 mm
(1.87381.8752 in.)
CrankshaftOD for Front Pulley .............................. 47.65047.676 mm
(1.87591.8770 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN26NOV97
5. Check crankshaft pulley ID and crankshaft OD for

pulley.
P R O O F
NOTE: D01207AA (OTC518) Puller Set (not shown) may

also be used to remove damper.
RG7209
02
040
10
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a jaw-type puller to remove

vibration damper. Damage could result
to the damper. Never apply thrust on
outer ring of damper. Do not drop or
hammer on damper.
Removing Crankshaft Vibration Damper

AJDG721 Hub Puller
RG,RG34710,1154 1923OCT972/2
02-040-10
082005
PN=162
P R O O F
Remove Crankshaft Front Oil Seal and Wear

Sleeve
IMPORTANT: Whenever front oil seal is replaced, the

wear sleeve must also be replaced.
02
040
11
To Remove Front Oil Seal:
UN05DEC97
NOTE: If timing gear cover is going to be removed from

engine, remove front seal and wear sleeve after
timing gear cover is removed.
RG,RG34710,1155 1923OCT971/5
P R O O F
UN05DEC97
3. Drill 3.175 mm (1/8 in.) hole in casing.
Center Punching Front Oil Seal Casing
RG6472
2. Center punch seal casing at 12 Oclock position.
RG6471
1. Check oil seal and wear sleeve for wear, damage, or

leakage.
Drilling Hole in Front Oil Seal Casing
RG,RG34710,1155 1923OCT972/5
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG6473
5. Remove keyway from keyslot of crankshaft.
UN05DEC97
4. Using JDG719 Seal Puller along with JDE38-2 Shank,

JDE38-3 Hammer, and metal screw, remove seal.
Removing Front Oil Seal
RG,RG34710,1155 1923OCT973/5
02-040-11
082005
PN=163
P R O O F

To Remove Wear Sleeve Using JDG786:
3. Tighten puller until it is securely threaded onto wear

sleeve. Back centering screw out one full turn and
tighten threaded puller onto wear sleeve again.
UN05DEC97
RG6753
2. Thread centering screw into nose of crankshaft until it

bottoms. Back screw out one full turn after it bottoms.
Assembling Puller to Remove Front Wear Sleeve
RG7728
ACentering Screw
BHex End of Puller
UN05DEC97
4. Remove centering screw from nose of crankshaft and

puller.
Installing Puller to Remove Front Wear Sleeve
RG,RG34710,1155 1923OCT974/5
P R O O F
5. Install partially threaded forcing screw (A) into puller

and tighten until bottoms in nose of crankshaft. There
in no thread engagement in crankshaft; just with puller.
UN05DEC97
6. Continue to tighten forcing screw until puller and wear

sleeve are free from crankshaft flange.
7. Inspect crankshaft flange for nicks or burrs. Clean up
flange with a light file and emery cloth.
8. Measure front oil seal bore runout in timing gear cover

and compare to the following specifications.
Specification
Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Bore in
Timing Gear CoverMaximum
Radial Runout ........................................... 0.254 mm (0.010 in.) Maximum
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG7729
02
040
12
1. Start fully threaded centering screw (A) through hex

head end of puller (B) from JDG786 Front Wear
Sleeve Puller until head of screw is approximately 1/2
in. from hex on puller.
Removing Front Wear Sleeve

AForcing Screw
RG,RG34710,1155 1923OCT975/5
02-040-12
082005
PN=164
P R O O F
Remove Timing Gear CoverEngine

Removed
1. Remove engine oil pan. Remove engine oil pump
assembly if crankshaft is to be removed.
2. Disconnect engine speed sensor connector (shown
disconnected) from sensor (C).
3. Remove injection pump drive gear cover (B).
02
040
13
6. Remove remaining cap screws and remove timing gear

cover with coolant pump. Remove and discard gasket.
RG13967
5. Remove front auxiliary drive assembly, if equipped.

See REMOVE, INSPECT AND INSTALL
CRANKSHAFT GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY DRIVE in
Group 050.
UN16FEB05
4. Disconnect coolant piping and remove coolant pump

cover (A) with coolant bypass tube. Remove and
discard gaskets.
Removing Timing Gear Cover

BEGR Coolant Return Line
CThermostat Housing & Bypass Tube
DCoolant Pump Cover
EFuel Pump Cover
7. Remove front oil seal from timing gear cover and

discard seal.
8. Remove front wear sleeve from crankshaft flange and
discard sleeve.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000000D 1917MAY051/1
02-040-13
082005
PN=165
P R O O F
Inspect and Measure Flywheel
1. Inspect the clutch contact face for scoring, overheating,

or cracks. Replace flywheel if defective.
2. Examine flywheel ring gear for worn or broken teeth.
Replace ring gear if defective, as described later in this
group.
IMPORTANT: Maintain constant end pressure on
crankshaft to hold shaft against thrust
bearing when measuring flywheel or
housing face.
3. Measure flywheel housing face run-out, flywheel face

flatness, and pilot bearing bore concentricity, as
outlined later in this group. Resurface flywheel face or
replace as required.
RG,RG34710,1158 1923OCT971/1
Check Flywheel Housing Face Runout
P R O O F
UN14DEC88
1. Mount dial indicator on flywheel. Set pointer to contact

PTO mounting surface on flywheel housing at right
angles. Pointer should not contact holes in flywheel
housing.
bearing when measuring flywheel
housing face runout.
2. Rotate flywheel by turning crankshaft. Read total dial
indicator movement.
R22212
02
040
14
Checking Flywheel Housing Face Runout
Specification
Flywheel Housing FaceRunout ............... 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) Maximum
Variation
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1159 1923OCT971/1
02-040-14
082005
PN=166
P R O O F
Check Flywheel Face Flatness
UN14DEC88
1. Mount dial indicator base on flywheel housing. Position

pointer to contact driving ring mounting surface. Do not
allow pointer to contact driving ring mounting holes.
R22213

bearing when measuring flywheel face
runout.
indicator movement. Resurface flywheel face or
replace as required.
Specification
Flywheel FaceFlatness ........................... 0.23 mm (0.009 in.) Maximum
Variation
Flatness .................................................. 0.013 mm (0.0005 in.) Maximum
Variation per 25 mm (1.0 in.) of
Travel
RG,RG34710,1160 1923OCT971/1
Check Pilot Bearing Bore Concentricity
P R O O F
UN14DEC88
1. Mount dial indicator on flywheel housing face and

position pointer to contact I.D. of pilot bearing bore in
flywheel.
Specification
Flywheel Pilot Bearing Bore
Concentricity ............................................. 0.127 mm (0.005 in.) Maximum
Variation
CTM400 (02JUN05)
R22214

indicator movement.
Checking Flywheel Pilot Bearing Bore
RG,RG34710,1161 1923OCT971/1
02-040-15
082005
PN=167
02
040
15
P R O O F
Remove Flywheel
CAUTION: Flywheel is heavy. Plan a proper
lifting procedure to avoid injury.
NOTE: SAE 1 flywheel housings MUST BE removed

before flywheel can be removed from engine. See
REMOVE SAE 1 FLYWHEEL HOUSING, later in
this group.
1. Remove two flywheel attaching cap screws (A), and
install two pilot studs in their place.
2. Remove remaining cap screws, remove drive hub (if

equipped), and carefully pull flywheel from crankshaft.
RG10213
02
040
16
UN23JUN99
Removing Flywheel
ACap Screws
3. Check condition of dowel pin in crankshaft rear flange.

Dowel pin must not be cracked or chipped. Measure
protrusion of dowel pin from face of flange. If dowel pin
is damaged, or protrusion is not within specifications,
replace dowel pin.
NOTE: When replacing dowel pin, crankshaft must be

removed to prevent damage to crankshaft thrust
bearings.
Specification
Crankshaft Dowel PinProtrusion .......... 13.514.5 mm (0.530.57 in.)
From Crankshaft Rear Flange
CAUTION: Flywheel housing is heavy. Plan a

proper lifting procedure to avoid injury.
1. Remove attaching cap screws.
2. Remove flywheel housing.
P R O O F
Remove SAE 1 Flywheel Housing
RG,RG34710,1162 1910JUN991/1
3. Inspect mounting holes in flywheel housing for thread

damage.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1163 1923OCT971/1
02-040-16
082005
PN=168
P R O O F
Remove SAE 2 and 3 Flywheel Housing
UN23JUN99
CAUTION: Flywheel housing (A) is heavy. Plan

a proper lifting procedure to avoid injury.
1. Remove flywheel housing attaching cap screws.

2. Remove flywheel housing.
3. Inspect mounting holes in flywheel housing for thread

damage.
Replace Flywheel Ring Gear
RG10214
NOTE: The flywheel MUST be removed before removing

SAE 2 or 3 flywheel housings. See REMOVE
FLYWHEEL earlier in this group.
Removing Flywheel Housing

AFlywheel Housing
RG,RG34710,1164 1923OCT971/1
UN14OCT88
P R O O F
CAUTION: Oil fumes or oil can ignite above

193C (380F). Use a thermometer and do not
exceed 182C (360F). Do not allow a flame or
heating element to be in direct contact with the
oil. Heat the oil in a well ventilated area. Plan a
safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
2. Remove ring gear with a brass drift and hammer.
T90596
1. If ring gear is damaged, place the flywheel on a solid

flat surface.
Removing Flywheel Ring Gear
4. Install ring gear against shoulder of flywheel so

chamfered side (A) is on engine side of flywheel.
AChamfered Side
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG3838
3. Heat new ring gear to 148C (300F) using either

heated oil, oven heat, or flame heat.
UN14OCT88
IMPORTANT: If flame heat is used, be sure gear is

heated uniformly around circumference.
DO NOT OVERHEAT. Overheating may
destroy original heat treatment of gear.
SEE CAUTION.
Installing Flywheel Ring Gear
RG,RG34710,1165 1923OCT971/1
02-040-17
082005
PN=169
02
040
17
P R O O F
Remove Rear Oil Seal HousingEngine

Removed
2. Remove engine oil pan. See REMOVE OIL PAN in

Group 060.
RG14065
3. Remove eight button head screws (A) from rear seal

assembly (B). Remove rear oil seal and wear sleeve
assembly. See REMOVE CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL
SEAL AND WEAR SLEEVE in this group.
Remove Rear Crankshaft Seal & Wear Sleeve
4. Remove six socket head screws (C) from rear seal

housing (D). Remove housing from cylinder block
flange.
5. Remove rear wear sleeve from crankshaft flange.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: The preferred method of removing the

rear wear sleeve is with JDG1020 Rear
Wear Sleeve Puller. If removing wear
sleeve with a chisel, DO NOT gouge
crankshaft flange. Nicks or burrs should
be removed with a medium-grit stone. A
polishing cloth (180-grit or finer) may
also be used when a stone is not
available.
UN17MAR05
IMPORTANT: Whenever rear oil seal is replaced, also

replace rear wear sleeve as a matched
assembly.
RG14066
02
040
18
1. Remove flywheel. See REMOVE FLYWHEEL in this

group.
UN17MAR05
Remove Rear Crankshaft Seal Housing

ARear Crankshaft
BRear Crankshaft
CRear Crankshaft
Screws
DRear Crankshaft
Seal Button Head Screws

Seal Assembly
Seal Housing Socket Head
Seal Housing
RE38635,000007E 1917MAR051/1
02-040-18
082005
PN=170
P R O O F
Remove Main Bearing Caps
RG10216
UN23JUN99
IMPORTANT: Before removing main bearing caps (A),

check for proper torque on all main
bearings. Also, check each bearing cap
to make sure they are numbered for
reassembly on the same numbered
main bearing bosses. Keep matched
main bearings with their respective
main bearing cap for comparison with
crankshaft journal (surface wear) from
which removed.
Checking Torques Before Removing Main Bearing Caps
If arrows are stamped on main bearing

caps, note direction arrows are pointing
to aid in reassembly.
RG10217
1. Remove main bearing cap screws.
UN23JUN99
NOTE: When removing main bearings and caps, leave

No. 1 and 7 main bearing caps installed until all of
the connecting rod caps have been removed.
2. Install JDG1069 Puller (B) so that tips (C) of blind hole

puller legs are below bearing cap half.
Installing Main Bearing Cap Puller
3. Tighten hex of actuator pin securely while holding

collet portion of puller leg with second wrench.
UN23JUN99
RG10218
AMain Bearing Caps

BPuller
CTips
DCap Screws
P R O O F
4. Tighten both cap screws (D) on cross block finger tight.
Tightening Main Bearing Cap Puller
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1168 1910JUN991/2
02-040-19
082005
PN=171
02
040
19
P R O O F
5. Attach D01300AA Slide Hammer (A) to cross block,

tighten nut securely.
Using Slide Hammer to Loosen Bearing Cap
UN18JUN99
ASlide Hammer
RG10219
7. Use PLASTIGAGE to measure journal-to-bearing oil

clearance on each main bearing as they are removed.
See CHECK MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE later
in this group.
RG10220
02
040
20
6. Remove main bearing cap by sliding up on hammer

weight.
UN23JUN99
Removing Main Bearing Cap
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
RG,RG34710,1168 1910JUN992/2
02-040-20
082005
PN=172
P R O O F
1. Place a strip of PLASTIGAGE in the center of the

main bearing cap (with insert) about three-fourths of
the width of the bearing.
2. Use oil (SAE30) on PLASTIGAGE to prevent
smearing.
3. Install cap and tighten to specifications.
Specification
Main Bearing CapsTorque ....................................... 230 Nm (170 lb-ft)
4. Remove cap and compare width of PLASTIGAGE

with scale provided on wrapper to determine oil
clearance.
02
040
21
UN24JUN99
The use of PLASTIGAGE will determine

bearing-to-journal wear (oil clearance) but will not
determine condition of the bearing or journal surfaces.
RG10237
Check Main Bearing Oil Clearance
Checking Main Bearing Oil Clearance
Specification
Crankshaft Main
Bearing-to-JournalOil
Clearance ...................................................................... 0.0300.107 mm
(0.00120.0042 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
RG,RG34710,1169 1924JUN991/1
02-040-21
082005
PN=173
P R O O F
Remove Connecting Rod Caps and Remove

Crankshaft
CAUTION: Crankshaft is very heavy. Plan a

proper handling procedure to avoid injury.
UN18JUN99
RG10209
2. Remove all connecting rod caps (A) with bearings (B),

then remove No. 1 and 7 main bearing caps and
bearings. See REMOVE PISTONS AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES in Group 030.
Removing Connecting Rod Caps
NOTE: Install a screw on each end of crankshaft to aid in

lifting crankshaft.
UN18JUN99
3. Install a cap screw in each end of crankshaft and

attach a lifting strap to crankshaft as shown. Using
proper lifting equipment, carefully raise crankshaft out
of cylinder block.
4. Clean crankshaft, especially oil passages, using
solvent and compressed sir.
RG10222
02
040
22
1. Rotate crankshaft using JDG820 or JDE81-1 Flywheel

Turning Tool until connecting rod caps can be removed
easily. You will be able to remove rod caps at each
position.
5. Put crankshaft on clean V-blocks.
Removing Crankshaft
P R O O F
6. Remove rear wear sleeve from crankshaft flange, if not

previously done, using one of the following methods:
AConnecting Rod Caps

BBearing
Use JDG1020 Wear Sleeve Puller (same tool as for

6125 engines) to remove wear sleeve from
crankshaft, as described earlier in this group.
Position crankshaft rod journals in V-blocks so that
crankshaft does not rotate while removing wear
sleeve.
Use the ball side of a ball peen hammer and tap
wear sleeve across its width in a straight line (to
deform and stretch sleeve).
Score (but do not cut) the wear sleeve in several
places around O.D. with a blunt chisel.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000007F 1917MAR051/1
02-040-22
082005
PN=174
P R O O F
Inspect Crankshaft
NOTE: If crankshaft damper damage was discovered

during teardown, the crankshaft should be
magna-fluxed. This will verify whether of not it has
microscopic cracks or fissures. See INSPECT
VIBRATION DAMPER, in this group.
02
040
23
1. Thoroughly clean crankshaft. Clear restrictions from all

oil passages.
RG5093
3. Inspect (front) crankshaft gear and (rear) oil pump

drive gear for cracks, chipped teeth, or excessive wear.
Replace gear(s) as required. See REPLACE
CRANKSHAFT GEAR and REPLACE (CRANKSHAFT)
OIL PUMP DRIVE GEAR, later in this group.
UN05DEC97
2. Inspect crankshaft for signs of load stress, cracks,

scratches on journals. Also check each journal for
evidence of excessive overheating or discoloration. If
either condition exists, replace crankshaft since heat
treatment has probably been destroyed.
Inspecting Crankshaft
ARod Journal Holes
BJournal Fillets
4. Inspect the keyway for evidence of cracks or wear.

Replace crankshaft as necessary.
P R O O F
5. Carefully inspect rear hub of crankshaft in area of wear

sleeve contact surface for evidence of rough or
grooved condition. Any imperfections here will result in
oil leaks. Slight ridges may be cleaned up with emery
or crocus cloths.
6. Check each journal for evidence of excessive
overheating or discoloration. If either condition exists,
replace crankshaft since heat treatment has probably
been destroyed.
7. Carefully check the crankshaft for cracks in the area of

rod journal holes (A) and at journal fillets (B). Replace
crankshaft if any cracks are found.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1171 1923OCT971/2
02-040-23
082005
PN=175
P R O O F
02
040
24
IMPORTANT: Small cracks may not be visible to the

eye. Use a method such as the
Fluorescent Magnetic Particle method.
This method magnetizes the crank,
using magnetic particles which are
fluorescent and glow under black light.
The crankshaft must be de-magnetized
after inspection.
RG,RG34710,1171 1923OCT972/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-040-24
082005
PN=176
P R O O F
Measure Assembled I.D. of Bearings and

O.D. of Crankshaft Journals
NOTE: Also inspect and measure assembled I.D. of

connecting rod bearings. Compare measurements
with connecting rod journal O.D. on crankshaft.
See INSPECT AND MEASURE CONNECTING
ROD BEARINGS in Group 030.
UN18JUN99
02
040
25
RG10223
1. With crankshaft removed from engine, install main

bearing caps with bearing inserts. Be sure inserts are
installed correctly.
2. Torque Turn main bearing cap screws to specifications.

Specification
Measuring Main Bearings
Crankshaft Main Bearing Cap

ScrewsInitial Torque ................................................. 122 Nm (90 lb-ft)
3. After initial torque, turn main bearing cap screws an

additional 120 degrees.
4. Measure I.D. of all assembled bearings in four
locations 90 apart with an inside micrometer.
Compare measurements with the following
specifications.
A
120
UN29MAR05
RG14068
AFront of Engine
P R O O F
Specification
Crankshaft Main BearingID
With Bearing .............................................................. 95.27095.320 mm
(3.75083.7528 in.)
ID Without Bearing ................................................ 101.651101.677 mm
(4.00204.0030 in.)
Torque Turn Main Bearing Cap Bolts
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000080 1917MAR051/2
02-040-25
082005
PN=177
P R O O F

5. Measure O.D. of all respective crankshaft main
journals in four locations 90 apart. Compare
measurements with the following specifications.
Specification
Crankshaft Main JournalOD .................................. 95.19695.222 mm
(3.74793.7490 in.)
NOTE: At this time, undersize or oversize bearings are

not yet available for service. However, oil
clearance must be 0.0300.107 mm
(0.0012-0.0042 in.). Replace bearings as needed.
UN18JUN99
Use crankshaft journal O.D. measurements to determine if

journal is out-of-round or tapered.
RG10224
Specification
Crankshaft Main JournalTaper
per 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) length ................................ 0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.)
Out-of-Roundness .................................................. 0.025 mm (0.0010 in.)
Measuring Crankshaft Main Journals
RE38635,0000080 1917MAR052/2
Main Bearing Cap Line Bore Specifications
P R O O F
1. Measure main bearing cap surface width.
UN18JUN99
If any main bearing cap assembled I.D. is not within

specification, blank (generic) bearing caps are available
and must be line bored to specification. Replace individual
bearing caps as needed.
Specification
Surface Width ........................................ 36.2836.78 mm (1.4281.448
in.)
2. With crankshaft removed from cylinder block, install

main bearing caps without bearing inserts.
RG10223
02
040
26
Measuring Main Bearing Cap Bores
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000081 1917MAR051/2
02-040-26
082005
PN=178
P R O O F

3. Tighten main bearing cap screws to specifications.
Specification

A
120
02
040
27
4. After initial torque of 122 Nm, turn bolts an additional

120 as shown.
5. Measure I.D. of all bearing caps with an inside
micrometer. Main bearing cap I.D. should be as
follows:
Specification
Main Bearing Assembled IDID .............................. 95.27095.320 mm
(3.75083.7528 in.)
RG14068
IMPORTANT: Main bearing cap line boring should be

done ONLY by experienced personnel
on equipment capable of maintaining
bore specifications.
UN29MAR05
If any main bearing cap assembled I.D. is not within

specification, blank (generic) bearing caps are available
and must be line bored to finished specification. Replace
individual bearing caps as needed.
Torque Turn Main Bearing Cap Bolts
P R O O F
Specification
Main Bearing Cap BoreID
Without Bearings (Standard) ................................. 101.651101.677 mm
(4.00204.0030 in.)
Diameter Variation .................................. 0.013 mm (0.0005 in.) maximum
Diameter Taper....................................... 0.008 mm (0.0003 in.) maximum
Straightness Variation (Any
Bore-to-Adjacent Bore) ........................... 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) maximum
Straightness Variation (5 Center
Bore-to-End Bore.................................... 0.076 mm (0.0030 in.) maximum
Centerline of Bore-to-Top Deck ................................ 352.35352.50 mm
(13.87213.878 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000081 1917MAR052/2
02-040-27
082005
PN=179
P R O O F
Thrust Bearing New Part Specifications
Maximum runout for thrust surface is as follows:
Specification
Thrust Bearing Surface
Maximum Runout ..................................................... 0.25 mm (0.0010 in.)
UN20NOV97
Specification
AThrust Washer Clearance1
Base Circle OD ..................................................... 129.286130.810 mm
(5.095.15 in.)
BThrust Bearing CapSurface
Width...................................................... 37.4437.54 mm (1.4741.478
in.)
CThrust Washer Clearance
Relief Angle ........................................................................................... 45
DThrust Bearing CapOverall
Width ( 1995) ..................................... 41.8142.31 mm (1.6461.666
in.)
Overall Width (1995) .......................... 39.1639.66 mm (1.5421.561
in.)
RG5269
02
040
28
IMPORTANT: Install thrust bearing in cylinder block

and tighten to specification before
regrinding or polishing thrust surfaces
to assure that all surfaces on bearing
and on block web are correctly aligned.
Thrust Bearing Measurements

AThrust Washer Clearance Base Circle
BThrust Surface Thickness
CRelief Angle
DBearing Cap Overall Width
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
1
Thrust (washer) surfaces on bearing cap must be flat in respect to
mating thrust (washer) surfaces in cylinder block.
RG,RG34710,1174 1910JUN991/1
02-040-28
082005
PN=180
P R O O F
Replace (Crankshaft) Oil Pump Drive Gear
IMPORTANT: Protect all machined surfaces of

crankshaft from grinding debris and
weld spatter when removing old gear
and installing new gear. DO NOT use a
cutting torch to remove failed gear.
1. Using a rotary grinding wheel or parting disc, grind
weld beads (A) until flush with crankshaft flange.
02
040
29
2. Remove gear (B) by alternately striking gear at each

weld location using a brass drift and soft lead mallet.
3. After removal of gear, clean up O.D. of crankshaft

flange and remove any burrs or remaining weld bead
to eliminate interference when installing new gear.
5. Drive gear onto crankshaft flange until flush against

shoulder.
P R O O F
4. Heat crankshaft gear to 148C (300F) using either

heated oil or oven heat.
RG5018
IMPORTANT: DO NOT OVERHEAT GEAR. SEE

CAUTION. Overheating may also
destroy original heat treatment of gear.
UN05DEC97

exceed 182C (360F). Do not allow a heating
element to be in direct contact with the oil. Heat
the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe
handling procedure to avoid burns.
Removing Crankshaft Oil Pump Drive Gear

AWeld Beads
BGear
NOTE: When driving oil pump onto crankshaft flange, the

beveled edge of gear teeth should face the
flywheel end of crankshaft.
6. Weld two 25.4 mm (1 in.) beads according to
illustration using 1/8 in. diameter 7018 welding rod.
Grind away excess weld to eliminate the possibility of
interference with cylinder block.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1177 1923OCT971/1
02-040-29
082005
PN=181
P R O O F
Replace Crankshaft Gear
02
040
30
NOTE: Remove crankshaft gear for replacement only;

it is not necessary to remove gear for
crankshaft removal.
1. Install JDG787 Thread Protector in nose of
crankshaft.
2. Protect crankshaft wear sleeve surface with
masking tape.
3. Remove crankshaft gear using D01251AA1 Puller or
an equivalent puller.
4. Discard gear after removal.
installed in engine, otherwise

damage to thrust bearings could
occur.
If flame heat is used, be sure gear is
heated uniformly around
circumference. DO NOT OVERHEAT.
See CAUTION. Overheating may also
destroy original heat treatment of
gear.
7. Heat crankshaft gear (if removed) to 148C (300F),

using either heated oil or oven heat.
8. Install Woodruff key in crankshaft.
5. Remove Woodruff key from crankshaft keyway.
9. Place gear on crankshaft flange. Be sure key on

crankshaft is properly aligned with keyway in gear.
6. Remove masking tape.

exceed 182C (360F). Do not allow a heating
element to be in direct contact with the oil.
Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a
safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
Part of D01047AA 17-1/2 and 30-Ton Puller Set.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
10. Use JDH7 Driver to firmly seat gear against

crankshaft flange.
11. Once gear cools, reseat gear using JDH7 Driver.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Crankshaft gear must be installed on

crankshaft before crankshaft is
IMPORTANT: When installing gear, do not gouge

or nick crankshaft flange.
RG,RG34710,1178 1923OCT971/1
02-040-30
082005
PN=182
P R O O F
Inspect Thrust Bearings
Install Main Bearings and Crankshaft
RG14188
UN18MAY05
Check thrust surfaces of the thrust bearing and the thrust

bearing journal on crankshaft and replace as necessary.
6090 Main Thrust Bearing
RE38635,000000E 1919MAY051/1
IMPORTANT: If new main or thrust bearing inserts or

thrust washers are installed, they must
be installed as a matched set.
During assembly, apply a liberal coating of clean engine
oil to:
P R O O F
All main bearing webs in block

Both sides of main bearing inserts and thrust bearing
inserts
Entire O.D. of crankshaft main bearing journal
2. Install No. 5 main thrust bearing insert in block.
UN18MAR05
1. Install six main bearing inserts in block except No. 5

thrust bearing insert. Be sure locating tabs on inserts
are properly positioned with slot in block web.
RG14073
3. Check to make sure that oil holes in main bearing web

are properly aligned with oil holes in bearing inserts.
Crankshaft & Bearing Assembly
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000082 1918MAR051/4
02-040-31
082005
PN=183
02
040
31
P R O O F
CAUTION: Crankshaft is heavy. Plan a proper

lifting procedure to avoid injuries.
4. Carefully position crankshaft onto main bearing inserts

using a hoist and lift sling, as shown.
UN18JUN99
5. Dip entire main bearing cap screws in clean engine oil

and position them in main bearing caps. Apply a liberal
amount of oil to bearing inserts in caps.
RG10222
6. Install each bearing cap (B), bearings (C), and cap

screws with washer (A) with the recesses and tabs
aligned in matching order. Make sure bearing tabs also
match up before tightening cap screws.
Installing Crankshaft
UN18JUN99
NOTE: Make sure main bearing caps are installed on the

bearing bosses from which they were removed.
The numbers (D) stamped on the caps should be
on the same side as the numbers on the block.
Bearing caps have the numbers 17 stamped on
top face and block castings have only the No. 1
and No. 7 cylinders stamped for reference
RG10226
If there is an arrow (E) on cap, arrow is normally

on the camshaft side of the block and should be
pointing towards the front of the engine. If bearing
caps have been rebored, make sure bearing caps
have numbers stamped on them.
Installing Main Bearing Caps
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Do not use pneumatic wrench to install

main bearing cap screws, as damage
may occur to threads.
8. Tighten No.s 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 main bearing cap

screws to initial torque specifications.
Specification

Hand-tighten No. 5 main thrust bearing cap screws.
UN22DEC00
7. Before tightening cap screws on main bearing caps,

align upper and lower thrust flanges on main thrust
bearings. Using a soft-face hammer, tap crankshaft to
the rear and then to the front to line up thrust bearing
flanges.
RG11640
02
040
32
Stamped Main Bearing Cap

ACap Screw with Washer
BBearing Cap
CBearing
DStamped Cylinder Number
EStamped Arrow
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000082 1918MAR052/4
02-040-32
082005
PN=184
P R O O F

9. Gently pry crankshaft rearward and then forward to
align thrust washers on No. 5 main thrust bearing.
NOTE: DO NOT PRY crankshaft on No. 5 main thrust

bearing.
10. Tighten No. 5 main thrust bearing cap screws to
specification above.
11. Tighten all main bearing cap screws to final torque

specification.
Specification
02
040
33
RE38635,0000082 1918MAR053/4
A
120

ScrewsFinal Torque ............................... Additional 120 (between 1/4 1/2 turn)
12. Turn crankshaft by hand. If it does not turn easily,

disassemble parts and determine the cause.
13. Install connecting rod bearings and connecting rods

caps. See INSTALL PISTON AND CONNECTING
ROD in Group 030.
14. Check crankshaft for specified end play.
P R O O F
Specification
Oil Pump Drive
Gear-to-CrankshaftBacklash
Clearance ................................................................... 0.38 mm (0.015 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14068
15. Install oil pump and check drive gear-to-crankshaft

clearance. See INSTALL ENGINE OIL PUMP in
Group 060.
UN29MAR05
Specification
CrankshaftEnd Play ................................................... 0.0380.380 mm
(0.001500.0150 in.)
Torque Turn Main & Thrust Bearings

AFront of Engine
RE38635,0000082 1918MAR054/4
02-040-33
082005
PN=185
P R O O F
Check Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing

Runout
2. Zero dial indicator and rotate crankshaft one full

revolution, observe full indicator movement. The
maximum oil seal housing bore runout is as follows:
UN05DEC97
1. Position magnetic base dial indicator (A) on end of

crankshaft flange as shown. Preset dial indicator tip on
I.D. of oil seal housing bore (B).
Specification
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal
HousingMaximum Runout..................................... 0.152 mm (0.006 in.)
If runout exceeds specification, loosen cap screws and

adjust housing to obtain an acceptable runout while
keeping bottom of seal housing flush with oil pan mating
surface.
RG5751
02
040
34
IMPORTANT: On service short block assemblies,

rear oil seal housing runout is preset at
the factory. Do not remove housing
from block.
Checking Rear Oil Housing Runout

AMagnetic Base Dial Indicator
BOil Seal Housing Bore
3. Recheck oil seal housing bore runout. If runout still

exceeds specification, oil seal housing bore is possibly
distorted and should be replaced. See INSTALL
CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL HOUSING, earlier in
this group.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1183 1923OCT971/1
02-040-34
082005
PN=186
P R O O F
Install Thrust Washer and Timing Gear Cover

1. Lubricate thrust washer (bold arrow) with TY6333 or
TY6347 High Temperature Grease and install in timing
gear cover tabs.
2. Install a new gasket over dowel pins at bottom of
cylinder block face. Use additional guide pins if
necessary.
02
040
35
RG7060
IMPORTANT: Tightening the timing gear cover cap

screws in proper sequence controls the
total runout of the crankshaft
flange-to-oil seal bore.
UN26NOV97
3. If equipped with auxiliary drive, install a new gasket

with the auxiliary drive housing with gear onto the
timing gear cover. See REMOVE, INSPECT AND
INSTALL CRANKSHAFT GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY
DRIVE, earlier in this group.)
Thrust Washer in Timing Gear Cover
RG13979
P R O O F
4. Install timing gear cover (A) over gasket and guide

pins. Use crankshaft pilot to guide front seal. Install
three M8 hex head cap screws (B), three M8 button
head cap screws (C), and one M10 hex head cap
screw (D).
UN28MAY05
If equipped with auxiliary drive, tighten

auxiliary drive housing to timing gear
cover and to cylinder block prior to
tightening the timing gear cover to
cylinder block. See REMOVE, INSPECT
AND INSTALL CRANKSHAFT
GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY DRIVE earlier
in this group.
Install Timing Gear Cover

ATiming Gear Cover
BM8 Hex Head Cap Screws (3)
CM8 Button Head Cap Screws (3)
DM10 Cap Screw (1)
EFuel Pump Drive Gear Cover
FCoolant Pump Cover
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000066 1918FEB051/2
02-040-35
082005
PN=187
P R O O F

5. Tighten cap screws to specification in the sequence
shown .
7. Install five M10 and one M8 cap screw to secure

coolant pump cover. Tighten cap screws to
specification.
Coolant Pump Cover-to-Timing Gear CoverSpecification

M10 Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
M8 Cap ScrewTorque ................................................. 32 Nm (24 lb-ft)
UN28MAY05
6. Install coolant pump, cover assembly (F), and new

gasket to two dowel pins in timing gear cover face.
RG14189
02
040
36
Specification
M8 Timing Gear
Cover-to-Cylinder Block Cap
ScrewsTorque ............................................................. 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
M10 Timing Gear
ScrewTorque ................................................................ 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Timing Gear Cover Torque Sequence
8. Check camshaft endplay. See CHECK CAMSHAFT

END PLAY AND MEASURE GEAR BACKLASH earlier
in this group.)
9. Install injection pump drive gear cover (E) using a new
gasket and tighten cap screws to specifications.
Specification
Injection Pump Drive Gear
CoverTorque ............................................................... 31 Nm (23 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
10. Trim timing gear cover gasket flush with oil pan
gasket rail.
RE38635,0000066 1918FEB052/2
02-040-36
082005
PN=188
P R O O F
NOTE: Front wear sleeve can be installed with timing

gear cover removed or installed.
1. Coat I.D. of new wear sleeve with LOCTITE 680
Retaining Compound or equivalent. Position wear
sleeve on crankshaft flange.
2. Use the JDG467 Driver (from JDE3 Installer Set),
along with large washer and cap screw that secures
damper to crankshaft.
Tighten cap screw until driver bottoms.
RG6476
Install Front Wear Sleeve
UN05DEC97
Tool for Installing Front Wear Sleeve
RG6477
UN05DEC97
3. Remove installation tools. Clean any sealant from O.D.

of wear sleeve and I.D. of seal bore.
Installing Front Wear Sleeve

RE38635,0000084 1918MAR051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-040-37
082005
PN=189
02
040
37
P R O O F
Install Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
1. Place JDG720-2 Seal Protector (A) on nose of

crankshaft.
IMPORTANT: Use JDG10023 forcing screw on 9 L

engine. Crankshaft nose threads are
metric, as opposed to English threads
on 6081.
RG6479
Lubricate I.D. of front oil seal lips with clean engine oil.
Slide seal with spring side of seal facing engine onto
seal protector. Be careful not to roll oil seal lips.
Protector for Installing Front Oil Seal
UN05DEC97
2. Place JDG720-5 Seal Installer onto seal protector

against seal. Do not use spacer ring provided with tool
set.
3. With nut and washer installed onto JDG720-1 Forcing
Screw, thread forcing screw into nose of crankshaft
until it bottoms.
4. Tighten nut against crossplate of installer until installer

bottoms onto front face of timing gear cover.
RG6480
02
040
38
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: Whenever front oil seal is replaced, the

wear sleeve MUST also be replaced.
Installing Front Oil Seal

AJDG720-2 Seal Protector
P R O O F
5. Remove installation tools. Verify seal is installed

square in bore and that seal lips are not rolled on wear
sleeve.
Oil seal should be installed to following specification.
Specification
Front Oil Seal Installed Below
Front Lip of Seal BoreRecess .................................... 8.9 mm (0.35 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000085 1918MAR051/1
02-040-38
082005
PN=190
P R O O F
Install Vibration Damper
NOTE: On engines with dual dampers, ALWAYS replace

both dampers as a matched set.
02
040
39
IMPORTANT: The vibration damper assembly is not

repairable and should be replaced every
4500 hours or 60 months, whichever
occurs first.
UN26NOV97
1. Install crankshaft Woodruff key with tab facing toward

front of engine and key firmly seated in keyway.
Position damper (B) onto crankshaft.
2. Use hardened washer (part of damper assembly) and

insert a cap screw that is 25 mm (1 in.) longer than
original cap screw (A). Tighten cap screw until it just
bottoms out.
RG5882
IMPORTANT: Always use new cap screws when

installing damper to crankshaft and fan
pulley to damper.
Installing Vibration Damper

ACap Screw
BDamper
3. Remove cap screw and install original cap screw with

same hardened washer.
4. Tighten cap screw to specifications.
5. Install crankshaft pulley (if equipped) to damper.

Tighten cap screws to specifications.
P R O O F
Specification
Vibration Damper-to-Crankshaft
Cap ScrewsTorque .................................................. 230 Nm (170 lb-ft)
Specification
Crankshaft Pulley-to-Damper Cap
Screws (Single Dampers for
Gen-Set Applications)Torque....................................... 61 Nm (45 lb-ft)
Screws (All Other Applications)
Torque ............................................................................. 70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000086 1918MAR051/1
02-040-39
082005
PN=191
P R O O F
Install SAE 2 and 3 Flywheel Housing

On SAE 1 and all aluminum flywheel housings, the
flywheel housing is installed AFTER the flywheel.
CAUTION: Flywheel housing (A) is heavy. Plan

a handling procedure to avoid personal injuries.
NOTE: Engines not requiring a gasket are usually dry

clutch applications and are metal to metal
connection.
1. On engines requiring a gasket between block and

flywheel housing, inspect cylinder block and flywheel
housing gasket surfaces to see that they are clean.
Scrape off all old gasket material.
RG10214
02
040
40
UN23JUN99
Installing SAE 3 Flywheel Housing

AFlywheel Housing
2. Place a bead of LOCTITE515 across the T Joint

where the rear of the block and oil pan joint is located.
3. Position flywheel housing gasket over the two dowel
pins, with the rubber bead side of the gasket toward
the block.
4. Apply Loctite 515 once again on the T Joint area on

the block. The gasket will thus have sealant on both
sides in the T Joint areas.
5. Install flywheel housing on cylinder block.
P R O O F
NOTE: Use new cap screws when installing flywheel

housing.
6. Dip threads of cap screw in engine oil before installing.

Install and tighten cap screws to specifications.
Specification
SAE 2 and 3 Flywheel
Housing-to-Cylinder Block Cap
ScrewsTorque .......................................................... 365 Nm (269 lb-ft)
SAE 3 Flywheel Housing-to-Oil
Pan 12 mm. Cap Screws
Torque ........................................................................... 129 Nm (95 lb-ft)
SAE 3 Flywheel Housing-to-Oil
Pan 10 mm. Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000088 1918MAR051/2
02-040-40
082005
PN=192
P R O O F

Specification
SAE 2 Flywheel
Housing-to-Cylinder Block 19
mm. Cap Screws (With Rear
PTO)Torque ............................................................. 325 Nm (240 lb-ft)
SAE 2 Flywheel
Housing-to-Cylinder Block 15
mm. Cap Screws (With Rear
PTO)Torque ............................................................. 275 Nm (203 lb-ft)
02
040
41
RE38635,0000088 1918MAR052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-040-41
082005
PN=193
P R O O F
Install Flywheel
CAUTION: Flywheel is heavy. Plan a handling

procedure to avoid personal injuries.
NOTE: ALWAYS use new cap screws when installing

flywheel. DO NOT use plated cap screws.
IMPORTANT: Flywheel must be clean and free of oil

before installing. Clean threaded holes
in crankshaft carefully. DO NOT blow
them out with compressed air. These
are through holes and debris could be
blown into the engine crankcase.
RG10213
02
040
42
UN23JUN99
Two guide studs may be used at cap screw locations (A)

opposite each other to aid in flywheel installation.
Installing Flywheel
ALocations for Guide Studs
1. On engines without rear PTO, coat threads of

flywheel attaching cap screws with LOCTITE 242 or
its equivalent.
2. Position flywheel over dowel pin and install drive hub

(if equipped). Start four cap screws. Remove guide
studs and install remaining cap screws.
3. Install remaining flywheel attaching cap screws.
4. Tighten flywheel attaching cap screws to specifications.
P R O O F
Specification
Drive Hub-to-Flywheel Cap
ScrewsTorque ............................................................ 115 Nm (85 lb-ft)
Flywheel-to-Crankshaft Cap
Screws (With Rear PTO)
Torque .......................................................................... 162 Nm (120 b-ft)
Flywheel-to-Crankshaft Cap
Torque ........................................................................... 115 Nm (85 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1191 1910JUN991/1
02-040-42
082005
PN=194
P R O O F
Install SAE 1 Flywheel Housing

CAUTION: Flywheel housing is heavy. Plan a
handling procedure to avoid personal
injuries.
On SAE 2 and 3 cast-iron flywheel housings, the
housing MUST be installed BEFORE installing
flywheel.
1. Scrape off all old gasket material. Install a new
gasket without sealant between block and flywheel
housing.
2. Install flywheel housing on cylinder block.
NOTE: ALWAYS use new cap screws when installing

flywheel housing.
02
040
43
3. Dip threads of cap screw in engine oil before

installing. Install and tighten cap screws to
specifications.
Specification
SAE 1 Flywheel
Housing-to-Cylinder Block Cap
ScrewsTorque ................................................... 365 Nm (269 lb-ft)
RE38635,0000087 1918MAR051/1
1. Install oil pump assembly and oil pan (Group 20). Fill
engine with clean engine oil.
P R O O F
2. Fill cooling system with proper coolant after engine

installation and perform engine break-in. See
PERFORM ENGINE BREAK-IN SERIAL NUMBER (
199,999) at end of Group 020, or see PERFORM
ENGINE BREAK-IN SERIAL NUMBER (200,000 ) at
end of Group 021.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1193 1923OCT971/1
02-040-43
082005
PN=195
P R O O F
02
040
44
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-040-44
082005
PN=196
P R O O F
Group 050
Camshaft and Timing Gear Train Repair and Adjustment

Check Camshaft End Play and Measure Gear
Backlash
NOTE: Camshaft end play must be measured before

removing timing gear cover, as thrust washer in
back side of timing gear cover limits camshaft end
play.
UN28JUL94
1. Remove injection pump drive gear cover (shown

removed).
02
050
1
3. Move camshaft gear back and forth and observe end

play reading. Compare reading with specification given
below.
RG7211
2. Install magnetic base dial indicator on front face of

cylinder block and position dial indicator tip on front
face of camshaft gear, as shown. Set dial indicator to
zero.
Measuring Camshaft End Play
Specification
CamshaftEnd Play ............................ 0.0100.600 mm (0.00040.024
in.) new
Wear Limit ................................................ 0.65 mm (0.0260 in.) maximum
allowable
If end play is excessive, remove timing gear cover and

crankshaft and measure thickness of thrust washers.
P R O O F
4. Position indicator plunger tip against camshaft gear

tooth with a preload.
5. Measure backlash between camshaft drive gear and

crankshaft gear in three (3) different positions around
the camshaft gear. Compare readings with
specifications given below.
Specification
Camshaft Drive
Gear-to-Crankshaft Gear
Backlash ........................................................... 0.076 mm (0.003 in.) min.
Replace gear if backlash does not equal or exceed

specification.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1199 1916FEB051/1
02-050-1
082005
PN=197
P R O O F
Remove Vibration Damper and Timing Gear

Cover
2. Remove oil pan.
UN26NOV97
1. Drain oil and engine coolant (if not previously done).
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a jaw-type puller to remove

vibration damper. Damage could result
to the damper. Never apply thrust on
outer ring of damper. Do not drop
damper or strike with a hammer.
RG7209
3. Remove cap screw and washer on damper pulley.

Install JDG787 Thread Protector in nose of crankshaft.
Removing Crankshaft Vibration Damper
4. Remove damper from crankshaft using JDG721 Hub

Puller (A).
NOTE: D01207AA (OTC518) Puller Set (not shown) may

also be used to remove damper.
P R O O F
6. Remove injection pump drive gear cover (E).
UN16FEB05
5. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR) coolant

return line (B).
7. Check camshaft end play. See CHECK CAMSHAFT

in this group.
IMPORTANT: Whenever timing gear cover is
removed, ALWAYS install a new front
oil seal and wear sleeve.
8. Remove thermostat cover & thermostat housing (C).
9. If equipped, remove crankshaft gear-driven auxiliary
drive. See REMOVE, INSPECT AND INSTALL
CRANKSHAFT GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY DRIVE
10. Remove coolant pump cover (D).
RG13967
02
050
2
For timing cover removal procedure with engine installed

in vehicle (8030 Tractors), refer to REMOVE AND
INSTALL TIMING GEAR COVERENGINE INSTALLED
IN VEHICLE, in Group 040.
Removing Timing Gear Cover

AJDG721 Hub Puller
BEGR Coolant Return Line
CThermostat Cover & Housing
DCoolant Pump Cover
EInjection Pump Drive Gear Cover
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000060 1914FEB051/2
02-050-2
082005
PN=198
P R O O F

11. Remove all remaining cap screws and remove timing
gear cover.
12. Remove front oil seal from timing gear cover. Install a
new seal after timing gear cover is installed. See
INSTALL CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL in Group
040.
02
050
3
13. Remove crankshaft front wear sleeve. See REMOVE

CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL AND WEAR
SLEEVE in Group 040.
Remove, Inspect, and Install Crankshaft

Gear-Driven Auxiliary DriveIf Equipped
RE38635,0000060 1914FEB052/2
UN23JUN99
NOTE: Auxiliary drive hardware will remain English on the

6090 engine.
RG10055
P R O O F
NOTE: Various auxiliary drive options are available;

removal and installation of all options are similar.
The auxiliary drive is integrated into the engine
front timing gear cover. Refer to CTM67-OEM
Engine Accessories for removal of auxiliary drive
accessories and repair of auxiliary drive
components.
Button Head Cap Screw
2. Remove vibration damper (shown removed).
UN23JUN99
1. If equipped, remove auxiliary drive accessory (air

compressor, hydraulic pump, etc.) (shown removed).
4. Remove button head cap screw (C).
5. Remove idler gear bushing/spacer (E) from timing gear

cover using D01209AA Slide Hammer and Attachment
(D) and discard bushing/spacer.
RG10056
3. Loosen idler housing cap screws (B) and timing gear

cover cap screws (A).
Auxiliary Drive Idler Bushing/Spacer

ATiming Gear Cover Cap Screws
BIdler Housing Cap Screws
CButton Head Cap Screw
DD01209AA Puller
EIdler Gear Bushing/Spacer
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB051/7
02-050-3
082005
PN=199
P R O O F

6. Remove cap screws (AC) and remove idler housing
and gear.
ATiming Gear Cover-to-Cylinder Block Cap Screw

BIdler Housing-to-Timing Gear Cover Cap Screws
CIdler Housing-to-Cylinder Block Cap Screws
9. Grease and install O-ring in housing bore (B).
UN23JUN99
RG10057
8. Clean and inspect auxiliary drive assembly for cracked

housing, worn or damaged bearings and damaged
gear or spline. Replace components as required.
Remove Auxiliary Drive Assembly
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB052/7
NOTE: Inner idler bearing support has one threaded hole,

and is installed toward block side of housing.
P R O O F
ACap Screw
BHousing Bore
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
10. If removed, install idler gear into idler housing. Install

cap screw with seal (A) to hold idler gear in place.
RG6904
02
050
4
7. Remove idler housing-to-timing gear housing face seal

and O-ring. Face seal may be reused if not damaged.
Idler Gear
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB053/7
02-050-4
082005
PN=200
P R O O F

11. Insert idler shaft through idler housing and idler gear
until flush with block side of housing.
AO-Ring Groove
RG6903
12. Grease O-ring groove (A) in back side of idler

housing. Insert O-ring.
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: White dot on one end of shaft must face

out toward front of engine.
O-Ring Groove
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB054/7
NOTE: Face seal may be reused if it is not cut, nicked, or

damaged.
UN23JUN99
13. Using a short guide stud, place face seal on timing

gear cover opening. Gauge hole in seal must be
positioned toward bottom of opening.
14. Carefully insert idler gear into opening of timing gear

cover until idler gear meshes with crankshaft gear,
and housing is seated against face seal. Push idler
bushing/spacer (D) into block.
15. Check condition of O-rings (B) and (C) on large

button head cap screw (A). Grease O-rings and install
cap screw through idler shaft. Thread into block until
finger tight.
RG10059
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage face seal or

displace O-ring on back side of idler
housing during assembly.
Button Head Cap Screw

AButton Head Cap Screw
BLarge O-Ring
CSmall O-Ring
DIdler Bushing/Spacer
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB055/7
02-050-5
082005
PN=201
02
050
5
P R O O F

NOTE: Center timing gear cover-to-cylinder block cap
screw must have a seal.
UN30JUN99
17. Tighten cap screws to specifications in the following

sequence:
Idler housing-to-timing gear cover (A):
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Idler
Housing-to-Timing Gear Cover
(3/8 inch.)Torque.......................................................... 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Idler housing-to-cylinder block (B) 10 mm cap

screws:
RG10236
02
050
6
16. Remove guide stud. Install timing gear cover cap

screws (E), idler housing cap screws (A and B) and
cap screw (D) finger tight.
Install Auxiliary Drive Assembly

AIdler Housing-to-Timing Gear Cover Cap
Screws
BIdler Housing-to-Cylinder Block Cap Screw
CIdler Housing
DIdler Housing-to-Cylinder Block Cap Screw
ETiming Gear Cover-to-Cylinder Block Cap
Screws
FIdler Bushing Button Head Cap Screw
GIdler Housing-to-Idler Bearing Cap Screw
Specification
Housing-to-Cylinder Block (3/8
inch.)Torque ................................................................. 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Idler housing-to-cylinder block (D) 12 mm cap

screws:
P R O O F
Specification
Housing-to-Cylinder Block (1/2
inch.)Torque ............................................................... 127 Nm (94 lb-ft)
Idler bushing/spacer button head cap screw (F):
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Idler Shaft Button
Head Cap ScrewTorque ......................................... 150 Nm (110 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB056/7
02-050-6
082005
PN=202
P R O O F

Timing gear cover-to-cylinder block (E):
Specification
Timing Gear Cover-to-Cylinder
Block Cap Screws (5/16 inch.)
Torque ............................................................................. 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
Idler housing-to-idler bearing (G):
02
050
7
Specification
Housing-to-Idler Bearing (5/16
inch.)Torque ................................................................. 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
18. Check idler gear-to-crankshaft gear backlash.

Backlash must be as follows:
Specification
Backlash ............................................................................... 0.110.7 mm
(0.0040.028 in.)
19. Install vibration damper.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000061 1921FEB057/7
02-050-7
082005
PN=203
P R O O F
Remove Camshaft
2. Rotate engine flywheel with JDE81-1 or JDG820

Flywheel Rotation Tool and lock engine at No. 1
cylinders TDC-Compression stroke with JDE81-4
Timing Pin. Timing marks (A) on camshaft gear and
crankshaft gear should be aligned.
UN05DEC97
1. Drain engine oil and coolant, if not previously done.

Remove timing gear cover as detailed earlier in this
group. See REMOVE VIBRATION DAMPER AND
TIMING GEAR COVER in this group.
RG6614
02
050
8
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove cylinder head from

engine for camshaft removal. If push rods are
bent or show excessive scuffing, it may be
necessary to remove cylinder head for inspection
of block, head, cam lobes and cam followers.
Timing MarksCamshaft and Crankshaft Gears

ATiming Marks
If timing marks are not aligned, remove timing pin and

continue to rotate engine until marks align. Timing pin
should enter hole in flywheel. Engine will be locked at
No. 1 TDC-Compression stroke.
3. Remove rocker arm assembly and push rods. See
REMOVE CYLINDER HEAD in Group 020.
P R O O F
4. When removing camshaft with engine on rollover

stand, roll engine to a position where followers fall
away from camshaft lobes (oil pan side up).
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1202 1923OCT971/3
02-050-8
082005
PN=204
P R O O F

5. Examine both camshaft gears (A) and injection pump
drive gear (B) for worn or damaged gear teeth. Gears
should have a minimum backlash as follows:
Specification
Camshaft Gear-to-Injection Pump
Drive Gear BacklashBacklash ............. 0.051 mm (0.0020 in.) minimum
ACamshaft Gear
BInjection Pump Drive Gear
UN26NOV97
RG7215
NOTE: Timing marks on crankshaft and camshaft gear

should be aligned and No. 1 cylinder locked at
TDC Compression stroke when removing
camshaft.
02
050
9
Camshaft Gears
RG,RG34710,1202 1923OCT972/3
6. Carefully remove camshaft (B) from cylinder block so

that camshaft lobes do not drag in bores.
NOTE: Rotate camshaft carefully to aid in removing.

7. Remove thrust washer (A) from behind cam gears.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG7057
P R O O F
AThrust Washer
BCamshaft
UN05DEC97
8. Remove cam followers from cylinder block.
Removing Camshaft
RG,RG34710,1202 1923OCT973/3
02-050-9
082005
PN=205
P R O O F
Remove Camshaft Gears
UN16FEB05
NOTE: Camshaft gears are pressed onto the camshaft.

Removal of gears from camshaft will require
approximately a 10-ton press.
1. Support outer camshaft gear (A) in a press.
2. Remove outer gear from camshaft.
3. Support inner camshaft gear (B) in a press.
4. Remove inner gear from camshaft.
5. Clean camshaft and gears in solvent. Dry with
compressed air.
RG13969
Removing Camshaft Gears

AOuter Camshaft Gear
BInner Camshaft Gear
CThrust Washer
RE38635,0000062 1916FEB051/1
Measure Thrust Washer Thickness
P R O O F
1. After removal of camshaft, check the two thrust

washers individually for proper thickness.
2. Replace washers if worn or damaged.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Specification
Thrust WasherThickness ................. 2.242.34 mm (0.0880.092 in.)
RG5775
02
050
10
IMPORTANT: Prevent camshaft from striking floor

when pushing camshaft nose out of
gear. Camshaft may be damaged if it is
allowed to fall to the floor.
Measuring Camshaft Thrust Washers
RG,RG34710,1204 1923OCT971/1
02-050-10
082005
PN=206
P R O O F
Inspect and Measure Camshaft Followers
1. Inspect camshaft roller followers for uneven wear or

damage. Also inspect corresponding camshaft lobe for
wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
Replace cam followers that are not within specification.

Replace cylinder block if any one follower bore is not
within specification.
UN19FEB05
Specification
Camshaft FollowerOD............................................ 28.49528.521 mm
(1.1221.123 in.)
Camshaft Follower Bore in
BlockID ................................................................... 28.55028.600 mm
(1.1241.126 in.)
RG13978
2. Measure follower O.D. and follower bore I.D. in

cylinder block.
02
050
11
Inspect Roller Follower
RE38635,0000063 1916FEB051/1
Visually Inspect Camshaft
P R O O F
1. Clean camshaft in solvent. Dry with compressed air.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG3500
NOTE: Very light score marks may be found but are

acceptable if valve lift is within specification.
Pitting or galling dictates replacement.
UN03NOV97
2. Inspect all camshaft lobes (A) and journals (B) for wear
or damage. Replace camshaft as necessary. New
camshaft followers can be used with old camshaft (if
camshaft is serviceable). DO NOT reuse old camshaft
followers with a new camshaft.
Inspecting Camshaft
ACamshaft Lobes
BJournals
RE38635,0000064 1916FEB051/1
02-050-11
082005
PN=207
P R O O F
Compare measurements with specs given below.

Replace camshaft and bushings as needed.
T81260
2. Measure each camshaft bushing I.D. when installed in

cylinder block.
Measuring Camshaft Journals
Specification
Camshaft JournalOD ............................................. 66.98767.013 mm
(2.63732.6383 in.) new
Camshaft BushingI.D. ............................................ 67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.) new
RG,RG34710,1207 1923OCT971/1
Measure Camshaft Lobe Lift
P R O O F
UN01NOV88
Measure each camshaft lobe at its highest point and at its

narrowest point. Subtract narrowest dimension from
highest dimension to find camshaft lobe lift.
If camshaft lobe lift is not within the wear specification on
any one lobe, install a new camshaft.
Specification
Intake Camshaft LobeLift ................. 7.697.79 mm (0.3030.307
Wear Limit .................................................................. 7.19 mm (0.283
Exhaust Camshaft LobeLift.............. 8.258.35 mm (0.3250.329
Wear Limit .................................................................. 7.75 mm (0.305
CTM400 (02JUN05)
in.)
in.)
in.)
in.)
T81262
02
050
12
1. Measure each camshaft journal O.D. If camshaft

journal O.D. is not within specification, install a new
camshaft.
UN07NOV88
Measure Camshaft Journal O.D. and Bushing

I.D.
Measuring Camshaft Lobes
RG,RG34710,1208 1923OCT971/1
02-050-12
082005
PN=208
P R O O F
Install Camshaft Gears

1. Support camshaft under first bearing journal in a
hydraulic press.
02
050
13
RG5776
3. Set inner gear (B) on camshaft with thrust washer

surface to the inside (toward the camshaft). Align
Woodruff key and keyway.
UN26NOV97
2. Install Woodruff key (A). Lubricate camshaft nose with

LOCTITE 51048 Moly Paste.
4. Install gear onto nose of camshaft. Push inner gear on

until tight against the camshaft bearing journal.
Installing Camshaft Inner Gear
5. Set outer gear on camshaft with timing mark upward

(away from the camshaft). Align Woodruff key and
keyway (C) of outer gear (D).
6. Push outer gear onto camshaft nose until tight against

inner gear.
7. Support each end of the camshaft on centers. Use a

dial indicator with plunger resting on the thrust surface
of the camshaft gears.
UN26NOV97
8. Check the runout of the inner and outer gear thrust

surfaces.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5777
P R O O F
Specification
Camshaft Gear Thrust Surfaces
Runout ........................................................ 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) maximum
Installing Camshaft Outer Gear

AWoodruff Key
BInner Gear
CKeyway
DOuter Gear
RG,RG34710,1209 1923OCT971/1
02-050-13
082005
PN=209
P R O O F

Adapter Set
UN07NOV97
Removing Camshaft Bushings
UN30AUG91
Specification
Camshaft BushingID .............................................. 67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.)
Bore in Block ............................................................. 69.98770.013 mm
(2.75542.7564 in.)
Camshaft BoreRunout ........................ 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) maximum
(2.63732.6383 in.)
Camshaft Bushing-to-JournalOil
Clearance ...................................................................... 0.0630.115 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
RG5272
1. Inspect camshaft journals and bushings for wear or

damage. Measure cam journals and bushings to
determine if proper oil clearance exists. Replace
camshaft and/or bushings as necessary.
NOTE: The front bushings can be reached from the front

of the engine. The flywheel and rear camshaft
bore plug (G) must be removed to reach the rear
bushings.
P R O O F
2. Remove camshaft bushings (F) using JDG603 Bushing

Driver (E) and JDG604 Receiver Cup (D) along with
the components shown from JDE6 Camshaft Bushing
Replacement Set (A and C).
3. Tighten nut on end of bushing screw until bushing is

pulled out of camshaft bushing bore. Inspect and
measure camshaft bushing bore in block (B). Follow
same procedure for remaining bushings to be replaced.
RG5949
02
050
14
NOTE: JDG602 was developed and can be used to

service camshaft bushings when the engine has
been removed from the vehicle and is on an
engine stand. JDG606 was developed for
servicing camshaft bushings while the engine is
still in the vehicle and thus clearances are less.
Camshaft Rear Bore Plug

ABushing Screw (JDE6-1)
BCylinder Block Web
CLock Bushing (No. 25916)
DReceiver Cup (JDG604)
EBushing Driver (JDG603)
FCamshaft Bushing
GCamshaft Bore Plug
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000065 1916FEB051/2
02-050-14
082005
PN=210
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: Oil holes in bushings and cylinder
block must be aligned after installation
or oil starvation will occur. The
elongated hole in bushing must be
toward the top. After installation, use a
small mirror with extension to be sure
oil holes are properly aligned.
02
050
15
UN07NOV97
4. Slide a new camshaft bushing (F) onto JDG603

Bushing Driver (E). Assemble driver and JDGF604
Receiver Cup (D) along with components shown from
JDE6 Camshaft Bushing Replacement Set (A and C).
6. Check bushing-to-cylinder block oil hole alignment

using a small mirror with extension.
RG5272
5. Be sure bushing is started square in bore and oil holes

are aligned with holes in block. Tighten nut to pull
bushing in until it is properly positioned in bore.
Installing Camshaft Bushings

ABushing Screw (JDE6-1)
BCylinder Block Web
CLock Bushing (No. 25916)
DReceiver Cup (JDG604)
EBushing Driver (JDG603)
FCamshaft Bushing
RE38635,0000065 1916FEB052/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-050-15
082005
PN=211
P R O O F

Adapter Set
UN07NOV97
RG5332
1. Inspect camshaft journals and bushings for wear or

damage. Measure cam journals and bushings to
determine if proper oil clearance exists. Replace
camshaft and/or bushings as necessary.
Removing Camshaft Bushings
Camshaft Rear Bore Plug
NOTE: The front camshaft bushings can be reached from

the front to the engine. The flywheel and rear
camshaft bore plug (G) must be removed to reach
the rear camshaft bushings.
P R O O F
Lubricate O-ring on JDG608 Bushing Pilot with

clean engine oil before installing in cylinder block
web (C).
UN30AUG91
Specification
Camshaft BushingID .............................................. 67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.)
Bore in Block ............................................................. 69.98770.013 mm
(2.75542.7564 in.)
Camshaft BoreRunout ........................ 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) maximum
(2.63732.6383 in.)
Camshaft Bushing-to-JournalOil
Clearance ...................................................................... 0.0630.115 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
RG5949
02
050
16
NOTE: JDG602 was developed and can be used to

service camshaft bushings when the engine has
been removed from the vehicle and is on an
engine stand. JDG606 was developed for
servicing camshaft bushings while the engine is
still in the vehicle and thus clearances are less
ABushing Driver (JDG607)

BCamshaft Bushing
CCylinder Block Web
DSlide Hammer Adapter (JDG408)
EBushing Pilot (JDG608)
FSlide Hammer (D01299AA)
GCamshaft Bore Plug
2. Remove camshaft bushings (B) using JDG607 Bushing

Driver (A) and JDG408 Slide Hammer Adapter (D)
(from JDG405 camshaft Bushing Service Set). Also
use JDG608 Bushing Pilot (E), and D01299AA Slide
Hammer (F).
NOTE: End bushing at front and rear of cylinder block

may be removed with just JDG607 Bushing Driver
and D01299AA Slide Hammer.
3. Inspect and measure each camshaft bushing bore in
block as bushings are removed.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUOE003,30 1918DEC981/2
02-050-16
082005
PN=212
P R O O F
5. Be sure bushing is started square in bore and oil holes

are aligned with holes in block. Pull bushing into bore
with slide hammer until properly positioned.
6. Check bushing-to-cylinder block oil hole alignment
using a small mirror with extension.
RG5333
4. Slide a new camshaft bushing (B) onto JDG603

Bushing Driver (A). With JDG608 Bushing Pilot
installed in outside cylinder block web (C), assemble
D01299AA Slide Hammer (E) and JDG408 Slide
Hammer Adapter (D) with bushing driver as shown.
UN07NOV97
IMPORTANT: Oil holes in bushings and cylinder

block must be aligned after installation.
The elongated hole in bushing must be
toward the top. After installation, use a
small mirror with extension to be sure
oil holes are properly aligned.
Installing Camshaft Bushings

ABushing Driver (JDG607)
BCamshaft Bushing
CCylinder Block Web
DSlide Hammer Adapter (JDG408)
ESlide Hammer (D01299AA)
7. Apply PERMATEX AVIATION (Form-A-Gasket No. 3)

to new camshaft bore steel cap plug and install plug in
bore. Plug edge must be seated below edge of bore.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
PERMATEX is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.
DPSG,OUOE003,30 1918DEC982/2
02-050-17
082005
PN=213
02
050
17
P R O O F
Install Camshaft
2. Lubricate thrust washer (A) with TY6333 or TY6347

High Temperature Grease and install on camshaft
behind inner gear.
3. Lubricate camshaft lobes with TY6333 or TY6347 High

Temperature Grease and bearing journals with clean
engine oil.
UN26NOV97
1. If camshaft followers were removed with engine on a

rollover stand, reinstall followers but do not obstruct
camshaft bore. Roll engine to an angle where followers
fall away from camshaft bores.
RG5780
02
050
18
IMPORTANT: Set engine at TDC of No. 1 pistons

compression stroke before installing
camshaft so timing marks on camshaft
and crankshaft gears will be aligned.
Align the V marks on camshaft and
crankshaft gears. Align the 2 marks
on the camshaft and fuel pump gears.
Camshaft Thrust Washer

AThrust Washer
4. Carefully install camshaft in cylinder block so that

camshaft lobes do not drag in bores. Rotate camshaft
during installation to avoid obstruction in any bore.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000067 1918FEB051/2
02-050-18
082005
PN=214
P R O O F

5. With No. 1 piston on TDC compression, align timing
marks (A) on camshaft and crankshaft gears. Check
injection pump timing.
RG6614
RG13976
ATiming Marks
BSecure Camshaft in Block
Timing MarksCamshaft and Crankshaft Gears
UN19FEB05
6. Use a correctly sized cap screw and a large washer to

secure the camshaft in the block (B). Not doing so
risks the camshaft being damaged by falling out of the
block.
UN05DEC97
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN to remove the large cap

screw and washer from the block face
when installing timing gear cover.
Secure Camshaft
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000067 1918FEB052/2
02-050-19
082005
PN=215
02
050
19
P R O O F
Install Thrust Washer and Timing Gear Cover
2. Install a new gasket over dowel pins at bottom of

cylinder block face. Use additional guide pins if
necessary.
RG7060
IMPORTANT: Tightening the timing gear cover cap

screws in proper sequence controls the
total runout of the crankshaft
flange-to-oil seal bore.
UN26NOV97
3. If equipped with auxiliary drive, install a new gasket

with the auxiliary drive housing with gear onto the
timing gear cover. See REMOVE, INSPECT AND
INSTALL CRANKSHAFT GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY
DRIVE, earlier in this group.)
Thrust Washer in Timing Gear Cover
P R O O F
4. Install timing gear cover (A) over gasket and guide

pins. Use crankshaft pilot to guide front seal. Install
three M8 hex head cap screws (B), three M8 button
head cap screws (C), and one M10 hex head cap
screw (D).
UN28MAY05
If equipped with auxiliary drive, tighten

auxiliary drive housing to timing gear
cover and to cylinder block prior to
tightening the timing gear cover to
cylinder block. See REMOVE, INSPECT
AND INSTALL CRANKSHAFT
GEAR-DRIVEN AUXILIARY DRIVE earlier
in this group.
RG13979
02
050
20
1. Lubricate thrust washer (bold arrow) with TY6333 or

TY6347 High Temperature Grease and install in timing
gear cover (A) tabs.
Install Timing Gear Cover

ATiming Gear Cover
BM8 Hex Head Cap Screws (3)
CM8 Button Head Cap Screws (3)
DM10 Cap Screw (1)
EFuel Pump Drive Gear Cover
FCoolant Pump Cover
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000066 1918FEB051/2
02-050-20
082005
PN=216
P R O O F

5. Tighten cap screws to specification in the sequence
shown.
Specification
M8 Timing Gear
ScrewsTorque ............................................................. 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
M10 Timing Gear
ScrewTorque ................................................................ 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Coolant Pump Cover-to-Timing Gear CoverSpecification

M10 Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
M8 Cap ScrewTorque ................................................. 32 Nm (24 lb-ft)
UN28MAY05
7. Install five M10 and one M8 cap screw to secure

coolant pump cover. Tighten cap screws to
specification.
RG14189
6. Install coolant pump, cover assembly (F), and new

gasket to two dowel pins in timing gear cover face.
02
050
21
Timing Gear Cover Torque Sequence
8. Check camshaft endplay. See CHECK CAMSHAFT

in this group.)
9. Install injection pump drive gear cover (E) using a new
gasket and tighten cap screws to specifications.
Specification
Injection Pump Drive Gear
CoverTorque ............................................................... 31 Nm (23 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
10. Trim timing gear cover gasket flush with oil pan
gasket rail.
RE38635,0000066 1918FEB052/2
02-050-21
082005
PN=217
P R O O F
02
050
22
1. Install a new crankshaft front wear sleeve and oil seal.

See INSTALL CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL in
Group 040.
2. Connect the magnetic speed sensor wiring lead.
3. Install crankshaft vibration damper. See INSTALL
VIBRATION DAMPER in Group 040.
4. Install valve train and rocker arm assembly. See
INSTALL CYLINDER HEAD AND CAP SCREWS in
Group 020 or see INSTALL CYLINDER HEAD AND
CAP SCREWS SERIAL NUMBER in Group 021.
5. Install oil pan using a new gasket or install engine into

vehicle if equipped with a structural oil pan. See
INSTALL ENGINE OIL PAN in Group 060. Fill engine
with clean engine oil.
6. Perform engine break-in as required. See PERFORM
ENGINE BREAK-IN in Group 020, or see PERFORM
ENGINE BREAK-IN in Group 021.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1212 1923OCT971/1
02-050-22
082005
PN=218
P R O O F
Group 060
Lubrication System Repair and Adjustment

Diagnosing Lubrication System Malfunctions
Engine oil pressure (with engine warm) should be as
follows:
Specification
EngineOil Pressure (Engine
Warm) .................................................... 280400 kPa (2.84.0 bar)
(4058 psi) @ 1800-2000 rpm
Low Oil Pressure:
Low oil level.

Clogged cooler or filter.
Excessive oil temperature.
Incorrect oil.
Oil pressure regulating valve failure.
Excessive main or rod bearing clearance.
Clogged oil pump screen.
Excessive clearance between oil pump gears and
cover.
Piston cooling orifice not installed.
Clogged oil lines.

Crimped or clogged ventilator outlet hose and
adapter on rocker arm cover.
Oil pressure regulating valve failure.
02
060
1
Oil Sludge and Dilution:
Improper operation and servicing.

Coolant leakage into lubrication system.
Incomplete combustion.
Excessive oil consumption.
Defective injection pump (failed internal O-ring
seals).
Low Oil Pressure at Slow Idle:

Bypass oil check valve failure.
High Oil Pressure:

Improper oil classification.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1215 1927APR991/1
02-060-1
082005
PN=219
P R O O F
Top-Load Oil Filter Assembly
UN19JAN01
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG11581
02
060
2
AScrew Cap
BO-ring
CFilter Element
DOil Filter Housing
EPressure Regulating Valve
FSpring
GPlug
HFlex Fitting
IAdapter Plate Assembly
JSeal
Top-Load Oil Filter Assembly

RE38635,0000058 1912FEB051/1
02-060-2
082005
PN=220
P R O O F
Top Load Oil Filter - Theory of Operation
The top load oil filter assembly derives its name from the
way the filter element "top loads" into the filter canister.
The design is such that the filter element can be changed
without the typical oil spill resulting from removal of the
filter canister from the filter base. With the top load
design, the filter canister remains on the filter base.
Valves inside the filter canister regulate oil flow into the
filter canister, pressure, and dump to sump when the filter
element is changed.
02
060
3
RG13823
Pressurized oil from the oil pump opens the inlet valve
(B). This allows dirty, unfiltered oil from the sump to fill the
canister and flow through the filter element. When the
engine is turned off, this valve closes due to pressure
from the oil within the canister, thus keeping the filter full
of oil for the next start.
UN16NOV04
When the filter element is in place and the system thus

"closed", the pressure of the filter element keeps the
return to sump valve (A) pressed downward, and thus
closed. This prevents pressurized oil from being dumped
back to sump prior to being filtered. If this valve is missing
or not closed, low oil pressure will result.
Filter Canister Valve Operation

AReturn to Sump Valve
BInlet Valve
CBypass Valve
P R O O F
The bypass valve (C) protects the engine when the filter
element becomes plugged, allowing unfiltered oil to reach
engine components via the oil galley until the filter
element can be changed.
When the oil filter element is removed for service
replacement, pressure on the dump valve (A) is released,
allowing oil in the canister to drain back to sump.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000059 1912FEB051/1
02-060-3
082005
PN=221
P R O O F
Changing Top-Load Oil Filter
4. Press new filter into cap until it snaps into place.

5. Insert cap and filter assembly into oil filter housing.
Screw cap in place.
6. Use wrench to tighten cap to specification.
UN20DEC00
RG11629A
3. Remove o-ring seal and replace with new o-ring

provided with new filter element.
Top-Load Oil Filter Cap
UN01FEB01
2. While holding on to screw cap, strike filter element

against a solid surface as shown to disconnect filter
from cap. Discard used filter.
Specification
Top-Load Oil Filter CapTorque ..................... 4050 Nm (3037 lb-ft)
RG11628
02
060
4
1. Use a wrench to unscrew cap (A). Wait 30 seconds to

allow oil filter housing to drain. Remove cap and filter
assembly.
ACap
Strike on Surface to Remove Filter
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG41165,0000034 1920DEC001/1
02-060-4
082005
PN=222
P R O O F
UN05DEC97
02
060
5
RG7009
Engine Oil Cooler Assembly
Engine Oil Cooler Assembly
CTM400 (02JUN05)
COil Cooler
DCooler-to-Block Gasket
EOil Cooler Tubes (2 used)
P R O O F
AOil Cooler Cover/Bypass

Valve Housing
BCover-to-Cooler Gasket
FTube Adapter
GAdapter-to-Block Gasket
HOil Cooler Bypass Valve
JSpring
KO-Ring
LPlug
RG,RG34710,1218 1923OCT971/1
02-060-5
082005
PN=223
P R O O F
Remove, Inspect, and Install Engine Oil

Cooler
Remove Oil Cooler Assembly:
1. Remove eight cap screws securing oil cooler cover (A).
2. Back flush oil cooler to clean all debris from core.

3. Pressure test oil cooler in liquid and compressed air if
mixing of oil and coolant is suspected.
4. Inspect all remaining parts of oil cooler assembly.
Removing Oil Cooler
P R O O F
Oil cooler should show no leakage when 140-170 kPa

(1.41.7 bar) (2025 psi) air pressure is applied for a
minimum of 30 seconds.
UN28NOV97
1. Inspect oil cooler for physical damage, plugging, or

leakage which may allow mixing of oil and coolant.
AOil
BOil
COil
DOil
RG7219
Inspect Oil Cooler Assembly:
Oil Cooler
UN26NOV97
3. Remove oil cooler (D) from block bore. Clean all

gasket material from mating surfaces.
RG13962
2. Remove two cap screws securing oil cooler tube

adapter (B). Remove cover, tubes (C), and adapter as
an assembly.
RG7218
02
060
6
See ENGINE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY, earlier in this

group for exploded view of engine oil cooler assembly.
UN12FEB05
Oil Cooler Removed
Cooler Cover/Bypass Valve Housing

Cooler Tube Adapter
Cooler Tubes
Cooler
Replace parts as needed. DO NOT attempt to repair oil

cooler.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000005A 1912FEB051/2
02-060-6
082005
PN=224
P R O O F

Install Oil Cooler Assembly:
1. Install oil cooler using a new gasket on each side of

cooler. Be sure gaskets are properly aligned with cap
screw holes.
UN12FEB05
RG13955
NOTE: If cover, tubes, and adapter were disassembled,

lubricate new O-rings with clean engine oil.
2. Install a new gasket on cylinder block and install oil
cooler cover, tubes, and adapter as an assembly.
Tighten adapter cap screws to specifications.
02
060
7
Oil Cooler Cover Torque Sequence
Specification
Oil Cooler Adapter Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
3. Tighten oil cooler cover (A) cap screws in sequence

shown (1-8). Apply initial torque as follows:
Specification
Oil Cooler Cover-to-Cylinder
Block Cap ScrewsInitial Torque................................... 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
Then retighten in same sequence to final torque

specification.
Specification
Oil Cooler Cover-to-Cylinder
BlockFinal Torque ........................................................ 37 Nm (27 lb-ft)
P R O O F
RE38635,000005A 1912FEB052/2
Remove Engine from Tractors for Access to

Engine Oil Pump
6090HRW Engines used in Tractors are equipped with a

front frame/oil sump which is also a structural member of
the vehicle. For access to the engine oil pump, the engine
must be removed from the vehicle. Refer to the tractor
Technical Manual for engine removal instructions.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000005B 1912FEB051/1
02-060-7
082005
PN=225
P R O O F
Remove Oil Pan

Removing oil pan will allow access to engine oil pump.
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Remove oil pan and discard gasket.
3. Remove all gasket material from oil pan rail and
cylinder block mounting surfaces.
Check Crankshaft Gear-to-Oil Pump Drive

Gear Backlash
RE38635,0000055 1908FEB051/1
UN12FEB05
IMPORTANT: Backlash must be at least 0.10 mm

(0.004 in.) for spur gear. If backlash is
less than specification, replace the oil
pump drive gear.
Before removing oil pump, determine if there is adequate

backlash between oil pump and crankshaft drive gears.
RG13956
02
060
8
Mount dial indicator (A) and measure backlash between

pump drive gear (B) and crankshaft gear (C).
Oil Pump Drive Gear Backlash
Specification
P R O O F
Crankshaft Spur Gear-to-Oil

Pump Drive GearBacklash ...................... 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) minimum
CTM400 (02JUN05)
ADial Indicator
BOil Pump Drive Gear
CCrankshaft Gear
RE38635,000005C 1912FEB051/1
02-060-8
082005
PN=226
P R O O F
Remove Engine Oil Pump

1. Loosen drive gear retaining nut (A) one full turn.
2. Remove four oil pump housing cap screws with
washers (B).
02
060
9
ADrive Gear Retaining Nut

BOil Pump Housing Cap Screws
RG13961
3. Lift up on oil pump assembly and wiggle assembly

left-to-right to disengage housing from mounting
dowels.
UN12FEB05
IMPORTANT: Some early engines used grade 5 oil

pump mounting cap screws. Replace
these cap screws with new grade 8 cap
screws when reinstalling pump.
Remove Oil Pump
AOutlet Tube
BPickup Tube
COil Pump Drive Gear
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG9046
5. Remove oil pump drive gear (C) and oil pickup tube
(B) from pump.
P R O O F
4. Once pump assembly is free from dowels, swing

assembly to the right (as viewed from flywheel end)
and disengage outlet tube (A) from pump housing.
UN28APR99
RE38635,000005D 1912FEB051/2
Remove Oil Pump
RE38635,000005D 1912FEB052/2
02-060-9
082005
PN=227
P R O O F
Inspect and Clean Oil Pump

1. Visually inspect oil pump for wear or damage.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disassemble engine oil
pump for flushing, inspection, or
performing wear checks. Individual
components of oil pump are not
available through service parts.
Replace pump as a complete
assembly.
Never hammer directly on oil pump
housing as it could cause binding of
gears.
2. Flush pump assembly internally with clean solvent
to remove oil. Spin pump gears to help remove
solvent. Pump gears should move freely.
IMPORTANT: To help insure accurate wear

measurements, be sure the oil pump
is clean and faces the same way as
when mounted on the cylinder block.
NOTE: Leave pump drive gear installed when making

checks.
RG,RG34710,1225 1923OCT971/1
Check Drive Shaft End Play
2. Move shaft toward and away from indicator.
P R O O F
1. Mount dial indicator with indicator plunger resting

against end of pump drive shaft.
If end play exceeds specification, there is excessive

wear on pump cover and/or wear on end of pump drive
gear.
Replace oil pump if end play exceeds specification.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Specification
Oil Pump Drive ShaftMaximum
End Play ..................................................................... 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
RG5916
02
060
10
3. Place oil pump on a work bench with

pump-to-cylinder block mounting surface facing
upward (same as when mounted on engine).
Checking Pump Shaft End Play
RG,RG34710,1226 1923OCT971/1
02-060-10
082005
PN=228
P R O O F
Check Drive Shaft Side Movement

1. Mount dial indicator with indicator plunger resting on
one of the hex nut flats.
2. Move shaft from side-to-side.
02
060
11
If shaft side movement exceeds specification, there is

excessive wear in drive shaft bushing and/or drive
shaft.
RG5917
Replace oil pump if shaft side movement exceeds

specification.
UN05DEC97
Specification
Oil Pump Drive ShaftMaximum
Side Movement ........................................................ 0.17 mm (0.0065 in.)
Checking Pump Shaft Side Movement
RG,RG34710,1227 1923OCT971/1
Check Pumping Gear Backlash
P R O O F
1. Mount dial indicator with plunger resting against side of

gear tooth.
2. Hold idler gear stationary. Slowly rotate drive gear
back and forth until contact with idler gear is left.
If backlash is not within specification, there is
excessive pumping gear wear and/or idler shaft and
gear bushing wear.
UN05DEC97
Specification
Oil Pump Drive GearBacklash ......... 0.332.00 mm (0.0130.079 in.)
3. Replace oil pump if pumping gear backlash exceeds

2.00 mm (0.079 in.).
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5918
If there is less than 0.33 mm (0.013 in.) backlash, re-clean

gears and check backlash again.
Checking Backlash of Pumping Gear
RG,RG34710,1228 1923OCT971/1
02-060-11
082005
PN=229
P R O O F
NOTE: Oil pump does not need to be removed from

engine, when inspecting drive gear.
Inspect drive gear teeth for chips, cracks, or wear.
Replace as necessary.
Install Engine Oil Pump
Inspecting Pump Drive Gear
RG,RG34710,1229 1923OCT971/1
UN28APR99
1. Install gear (A) onto pump and tighten snug using nut
and washer. Final torque will be accomplished after
installing pump.
2. Using a new gasket, install oil pickup tube (B) onto oil
pump and tighten cap screws to specifications.
P R O O F
Specification
Oil Pump Intake (Pickup)
Tube-to-CoverTorque.................................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
AOil Pump Drive Gear

BOil Pickup Tube
RG9042
02
060
12
RG6435
Inspect Oil Pump Drive Gear
UN05DEC97
Install Oil Pump Gear and Pickup
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000005E 1912FEB051/2
02-060-12
082005
PN=230
P R O O F

3. Install new O-ring in groove of oil pump housing and
lubricate with clean engine oil. Install oil pump outlet
tube into oil pump housing.
5. Seat pump onto dowels using a hard rubber hammer

on outer edge of housing near mounting holes (as
shown). Make sure drive gear is properly meshed with
crankshaft gear and oil pump outlet tubes are properly
positioned (with no binding) in O-ring bores.
RG9045
IMPORTANT: Do not hammer directly on pump

housing as it could cause binding of
gears.
02
060
13
UN28APR99
4. Swing oil pump assembly over locating dowels and

carefully position assembly onto dowels without
applying pressure to or causing binding of outlet tube.
Oil Pump Gear
6. Install and tighten oil pump housing-to-cylinder block

cap screws to specifications.
Specification
Oil Pump Housing-To-Cylinder
BlockTorque ................................................................ 73 Nm (54 lb-ft)
UN29APR99
7. Tighten oil pump drive gear retaining nut to

specifications.
AOil Pump Drive Gear

BOil Pump Outlet Tube
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG9044
P R O O F
Specification
Oil Pump Drive Gear Retaining
NutTorque ................................................................... 54 Nm (40 lb-ft)
Install Oil Pump Outlet Tube
RE38635,000005E 1912FEB052/2
02-060-13
082005
PN=231
P R O O F
Remove Adapter:
02
060
14
1. Remove oil pump (shown removed). See REMOVE

ENGINE OIL PUMP earlier in this group.
2. Remove two cap screws securing adapter (A) to
cylinder block and remove adapter with oil cooler
cross-over tube (B).
3. Clean all gasket material from mating surfaces and
discard.
Install Adapter:
RG7221
Remove and Install Oil Pump Outlet Tube

and Oil Cooler Crossover Tube Adapter
UN05DEC97
Oil Cooler Crossover Tube and Adapter

AAdapter
BOil Cooler Cross-Over Tube
NOTE: Be sure gasket is positioned so that offset

matches adapter to avoid blocking oil passages.
1. Lubricate new O-ring with clean engine oil and install

adapter (with cross-over tube) using a new gasket.
Make sure tubes are properly positioned in each O-ring
bore.
2. Tighten cap screws to specifications.
3. Install engine oil pump assembly. See INSTALL

ENGINE OIL PUMP earlier in this group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Specification
Oil Pump Outlet and Oil Cooler
Cross-Over Tube-to-Cylinder
Block Adapter (Internal)Torque ................................... 54 Nm (40 lb-ft)
RG,RG34710,1232 1923OCT971/1
02-060-14
082005
PN=232
P R O O F
Remove, Inspect, and Install Oil Pump

Pickup Tube
1. Remove oil pan. See REMOVE OIL PAN earlier in this

group.
3. Clean and flush tube and pickup screen (A).

4. Inspect tube for cracks or restrictions. Replace as
required.
5. Install pickup tube assembly with new gasket and
tighten cap screws to specifications.
UN30JUN99
2. Remove cap screws (C) and remove oil pickup tube

assembly (B) and gasket.
02
060
15
6. Install oil pan. See INSTALL ENGINE OIL PAN later in

this group.
RG10238
Specification
Oil Pump Pickup Tube Cap
ScrewsTorque .............................................................. 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Oil Pickup Tube

AScreen
BOil Pickup Tube
CCap Screws (3 used)
DPSG,OUO1004,914 1929JUN991/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-060-15
082005
PN=233
P R O O F
1. Apply a thin layer of PERMATEX Aviation

(Form-A-Gasket No. 3, TY6299) at timing gear
cover-to-cylinder block mating surfaces.
2. Apply a thin layer of PERMATEX Aviation
(Form-A-Gasket No. 3, TY6299) at rear oil seal
housing-to-cylinder block mating surfaces.
3. Position new oil pan gasket (A) on cylinder block.
NOTE: Locate rear of oil pan flush to 0.05 mm (0.002

in.) with rear face of cylinder block.
4. Carefully install oil pan (B) on cylinder block and install

finger tight M10 (D) & M12 (E) oil pan-to-cylinder block
cap screws.
C
D
UN14FEB05
02
060
16
All oil pan and cylinder block (including timing gear cover
and rear seal housing) gasket sealing surfaces MUST BE
free of gasket material or oil, and dry.
a. First tighten M12 cap screws (E) to the following

specification.
Specification
Oil Pan M12 Cap Screws
Torque .......................................................................... 130 Nm (96 lb-ft)
P R O O F
b. Next tighten M10 cap screws (D) to specifications.
Specification
Oil Pan 3/8 in. Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................ 73 Nm (54 lb-ft)
5. Trim oil pan gasket flush at rear surface of cylinder

block and oil pan.
RG13963
Install Engine Oil Pan
9 L Oil Pan Assembly

AOil Pan Gasket
BOil Pan
CDrain Plug Assembly
DM10 Cap Screws (8)
EM12 Cap Screws (18)
6. Install pan drain plug (if provided) using a new O-ring

and tighten to specifications.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUO1004,824 1921APR991/2
02-060-16
082005
PN=234
P R O O F

Specification
Oil Pan Drain Plug Aluminum
PansTorque................................................................ 101 Nm (75 lb-ft)
NOTE: Check that the washer moves freely. If not,

replace the assembly. Check the o-ring for any
damage.
7. Install drain valve assembly finger tight (C).
8. Position adjustable fitting , unscrewing the fitting no
more than one turn. Point oil pan side drain valve
toward rear of engine.
02
060
17
9. Tighten oil pan drain valve assembly to specification.
Specification
Oil Pan Elbow Lock NutTorque .................................. 81 Nm (60 lb-ft)
DPSG,OUO1004,824 1921APR992/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-060-17
082005
PN=235
P R O O F
Tighten Cap Screws on Front Frame/Oil Sump - Tractors

NOTE: Refer to illustration on following page.
02
060
18
Tighten all 3/8 in. cap screws to specifications.
1. Be sure all four sump-to-block locating dowels are

in place.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT apply gasket sealant to
gasket, front frame/oil sump,
trimmed edges of timing gear cover
gasket, oil seal housing gasket, or
cylinder block mating surfaces.
Before installing engine, be sure
mating surfaces of engine and front
frame/oil sump are clean and dry.
2. Install front frame/oil sump-to-cylinder block gasket.
3. Carefully lower engine block onto front frame/oil
sump locating dowels.
4. Install all 3/8 in. and 1/2 in. cap screws in their
appropriate locations as shown by A-F.
Specification
Front Frame/Oil Sump 3/8 in.
Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................... 58 Nm (43 lb-ft)
6. Re-tighten all 3/8 in. cap screws to specifications.

Re-tighten all 1/2 in. cap screws to specifications.
7. Apply clean engine oil to new O-ring for bottom

drain plug and install drain plug, if removed. Tighten
plug to specifications.
Specification
Oil Pan Drain Plug Cast Iron
Pans (Sumps)Torque ............................................ 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
NOTE: Refer to tractor Technical Manual for engine

installation instructions after servicing engine
oil pump assembly.
5. Tighten all 1/2 in. cap screws to specifications.

Specification
Front Frame/Oil Sump 1/2 in.
Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................. 133 Nm (98 lb-ft)
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000005F 1912FEB051/2
02-060-18
082005
PN=236
P R O O F
RG7223
UN28APR99
02
060
19
A0.3775 x 7.500 in. (2 used)

B0.500 x 4.000 in. (4 used)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
C0.500 x 6.000 in. (8 used)

D0.375 x 2.250 in. (2 used)
P R O O F
Front Frame/Oil Pump for Tractors

E0.500 x 2.500 in. (6 used)
F0.375 x 1.875 in. (2 used)
RE38635,000005F 1912FEB052/2
02-060-19
082005
PN=237
P R O O F
02
060
20
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-060-20
082005
PN=238
P R O O F
Group 070
Cooling System Repair and Adjustment

Inspect Fan Hub & Replace Bearings in Heavy-Duty, Adjustable Fan Drive Assembly
02
070
1
F
D
C
A
RG14051
UN27MAY05
RG14050
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN31MAY05
Heavy Duty Adjustable Fan Drive Assembly
RE38635,000008A 1922MAR051/3
02-070-1
082005
PN=239
P R O O F

AFan Hub/Pulley
BGrease Seal
CSnap Ring
DBall Bearing Assemblies
(2)
02
070
2
EBearing Shaft
FBearing Housing
GCup Plug
HSupport Plate
IFan Bearing Housing
Assembly
To Disassemble Fan Drive:
Replace parts that are cracked or not within

specification.
1. Remove belts and remove fan. Remove fan drive

assembly from engine.
2. Check run-out of fan hub using a dial indicator on
outer face of hub. If run-out exceeds specification,
replace fan drive assembly.
Specification
Fan Drive HubRadial Runout ....................... 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.)
3. Clamp fan hub/pulley (A) in a soft-jawed vise.

Support fan hub (so it does not fall to floor), and
remove cap screw securing hub to shaft (E).
Remove fan hub.
To Assemble Fan Drive:

1. Pack inner and outer bearings with TY6333 or
TY6347 High Temperature Grease. Apply clean
engine oil to bearing I.D. and shaft O.D.
2. Support end of shaft (E) and install bearings
against shoulder. Apply force to bearing inner race
only.
3. Support bearing housing (F) on a firm flat surface

with bearing bore in the upward position.
4. Remove pipe plug from fan housing, grease seal,

and snap ring (C). Discard seal and snap ring.
4. Install bearing and shaft assembly into housing.

Small end of shaft should extend through housing.
5. Determine proper snap ring (C) thickness needed to
obtain specified end play.
5. Remove shaft (E) with bearings (D) by lightly

tapping with a rubber mallet or brass hammer.
Specification
Adjustable Fan Drive Shaft
End Play .............................................................. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
6. Remove bearings from shaft using a press and

discard bearings.
P R O O F
6. Install snap ring in housing groove. Visually inspect

snap ring installation for proper seating in housing
groove.
7. Thoroughly clean and inspect shaft and bearing

housing (F) for cracks or any other damage.
Measure parts and compare with specifications
given below.
Specification
Adjustable Fan Drive
HousingID........................................................ 71.99972.025 mm
(2.83462.8356 in.)
OD....................................................................... 35.00135.017 mm
(1.37801.3786 in.)
Adjustable Fan Drive Bearing
ID. ....................................................................... 34.98735.013 mm
(1.37741.3785 in.)
OD....................................................................... 71.98772.013 mm
(2.83412.8351 in.)
7. Apply a thin coat of clean engine oil to O.D. of oil

seal casing and to seal lips. Install seal in housing
bore until metal casing is to specified depth below
housing face.
Specification
Adjustable Fan Drive Housing
SealDepth........................................... Flush-to-0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
below housing face
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JFan Bearing Housing to

Support Plate Hardware
RE38635,000008A 1922MAR052/3
02-070-2
082005
PN=240
P R O O F

8. Apply clean engine oil to I.D. of fan hub/pulley (A).
Support end of shaft through pipe plug hole in
bearing housing and push onto other end of shaft
until it bottoms against shoulder.
NOTE: If engine is equipped with a fan/hub

pulley-to-fan spacer, tighten
hub/pulley-to-spacer cap screws to the
following specification.
9. Install washer and cap screw. Tighten cap screw to

specifications.
Specification
Fan Hub/Pulley-to-Fan Shaft
Torque....................................................................... 80 Nm (60 lb-ft)
10. Apply LOCTITE 592 Pipe Sealant to threads of

pipe plug. Install and tighten plug in bearing
housing.
13. Install support plate assembly onto engine and

tighten cap screws to the following specifications.
Fan Drive Support Plate-to-EngineSpecification
8 mm. Mounting Cap Screws (5
total)Torque .......................................................... 40 Nm (18 lb-ft)
10 mm. Mounting Cap Screws
(2 total)Torque...................................................... 60 Nm (45 lb-ft)
14. Install fan and belts and adjust tension. See

REPLACING FAN/ALTERNATOR V-BELT in
operators manual.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
12. Install 4 fan support plate to fan bearing housing

cap screws (J) from the backside of the plate, as
shown. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Fan Drive Assembly to Support
PlateTorque ......................................................... 101 Nm (75 lb-ft)
Specification
Fan/Hub Pulley-to-Fan Spacer
Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................... 60 Nm (45 lb-ft)
11. Install fan drive assembly (I) onto support plate in

the specified height position.
RE38635,000008A 1922MAR053/3
02-070-3
082005
PN=241
02
070
3
P R O O F
Replace Bearings in Coolant

Manifold-Mounted, Fixed Fan Drive Assembly
To Disassemble Fan Drive:
1. Remove thermostat housing-to-cylinder head cap

screws. Remove thermostat housing (A) and fan pulley
(C) assembly from cylinder head and lift to dislodge
coolant bypass pipe.
2. Support front face of coolant manifold and use a press
to push bearing and pulley out of housing.
UN11APR05
RG14095
3. Support front face of fan pulley and push bearing out

of pulley, and fan spacer (if equipped). Discard
bearing.
4. Thoroughly inspect thermostat housing and pulley for

cracks or damage. Measure parts and compare
readings with specifications shown. Replace parts as
necessary.
Fixed Fan Drive Assembly

A
IMPORTANT: Support fan pulley on a flat, firm

surface and press only on bearing outer
race to prevent damage to the bearing.
P R O O F
Thermostat Housing-Mounted Fixed Fan Drive

Specifications
Thermostat Housing-Mounted Fixed Fan Drive Specifications

Specification
Fixed Fan Drive ShaftOD ...................................... 25.38725.400 mm
(0.99951.0000 in.)
Fixed Fan Drive BearingOD .................................. 47.61247.625 mm
(1.87451.8750 in.)
Fixed Fan Drive Pulley (Bearing
End)ID .................................................................... 47.57647.612 mm
(1.87311.8745 in.)
E
UN11APR05
5. Install new bearing into pulley until outer race bottoms

in bore of pulley. End of shaft will extend through
bearing stop.
RG14093
02
070
4
AThermostat Housing
BBearing Shaft & Fan Spacer Hub1
CFan Pulley
DFan Pulley to Spacer Hub Cap Screws
EBearing Shaft Installed Dimension
1
In some applications, bearing is pressed into hub. The fan spacer and
pulley are then bolted to hub. In some applications, the fan spacer is
press-fit into the pulley. Dimension (E) is the same for all applications.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B4 1911APR051/3
02-070-4
082005
PN=242
P R O O F

Fixed Fan Drive Pulley (Fan
Spacer End )2ID ..................................................... 49.48549.518 mm
(1.94821.9495 in.)
Fan Spacer2O.D. .................................................... 49.45749.483 mm
(1.94711.9481 in.)
Fixed Fan Drive ManifoldI.D. ................................. 25.33625.362 mm
(0.99750.9985 in.)
Fixed Fan Drive Shaft
(Installed)Dimension From
Manifold Mounting Face to End of
Shaft .............................................................................. 25.5125.77 mm
(1.0041.015 in.)
To Assemble Fan Drive:

IMPORTANT: Support thermostat housing on
machined surface and press only on
inner shaft to prevent damage to
bearing.
02
070
5
1. On units with a press-fit fan spacer, press spacer into

pulley to the following depth.
Specification
SealDepth ................................................. Flush-to-0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
below housing face
2. Press bearing shaft (B) into thermostat housing (A) to

the following specification.
Hold thermostat housing firmly and turn fan pulley by

hand to be sure bearings rotate freely.
P R O O F
Specification
Fixed Fan Drive Bearing Shaft
Depth ............................................................................. 25.5125.77 mm
(1.0041.015 in.) below manifold
mounting surface
3. Install a new gasket and O-rings. Insert coolant bypass

pipe in coolant pump cover and install assembly in
front face of cylinder head. Tighten cap screws to
specifications.
Units with press-fit fan spacer only.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B4 1911APR052/3
02-070-5
082005
PN=243
P R O O F

Specification
Fixed Fan Drive (Coolant
Manifold Mounted) Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 60 Nm 45 (lb-ft)
Fan Drive Assembly

Use the following tables to determine proper fan drive
height.
Adjustable Fan Drives (A)

Fan Belt Option
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2418, 2419
23BL
354 mm (13.9 in.)
2416, 2417, 2428
23AL
317 mm (12.5 in.)
2412, 2426, 2427,

2429
23CL
391 mm (15.4 in.)
P R O O F
AFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
IIdler
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B4 1911APR053/3
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN011/10
UN31JAN01
4. Install fan and belts. Refer to appropriate operators

manual for proper belt tensioning.
RG11666
02
070
6
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN012/10
02-070-6
082005
PN=244
P R O O F
Fan Belt Option
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2404, 2410, 2414
23DL
425 mm (16.7 in.)
2415, 2420, 2422
23DL
425 mm (16.7 in.)
2409
23EL
462 mm (18.2 in.)
2424
23FL
499 mm (19.6 in.)
BFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
Adjustable Fan Drives (C)

Fan Height
2413
23CC
391 mm (15.4in.)
2495, 2499
23DC
425 mm (16.7 in.)
2425
23EC
499 mm (19.6 in.)
Fixed Fan Drives (D)

Fan Belt Option
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2408
236A
425 mm (16.7 in.)
DFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
P R O O F
CFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN31JAN01
499 mm (19.6 in.)
RG11668
23FC
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN014/10
UN31JAN01
Fan Drive Option
2411
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN013/10
RG11669
Fan Belt Option
RG11667
Adjustable Fan Drives (B)
UN31JAN01
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN015/10
02-070-7
082005
PN=245
02
070
7
P R O O F
Fan Height
23DL
425 mm (16.7 in.)
2424
23FL
499 mm (19.6 in.)
2409
23EL
462 mm (18.2 in.)
EFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
IIdler
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
Fixed Fan Drives (F)

Fan Belt Option
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2408
236A
425 mm (16.7 in.)
P R O O F
FFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
IIdler
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG11670
Fan Drive Option
2404, 2410, 2414,

2415, 2420, 2422
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN016/10
UN31JAN01
02
070
8
Fan Belt Option
RG11671
Adjustable Fan Drives (E)
UN31JAN01
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN017/10
02-070-8
082005
PN=246
P R O O F
Fan Height
23AL
317 mm (12.5 in.)
2418, 2419
23BL
354 mm (13.9 in.)
2412, 2426, 2427,

2428
23CL
391 mm (15.4 in.)
GFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
IIdler
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
FCFreon Compressor
Adjustable Fan Drives (H)

Fan Belt Option
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2413
23CC
391 mm (15.4 in.)
2495, 2499
23DC
425 mm (16.7 in.)
2425
23EC
462 mm (18.2 in.)
2411
23FC
499 mm (19.6 in.)
P R O O F
HFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
FCFreon Compressor
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG11672
Fan Drive Option
2416, 2417, 2428
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN018/10
UN31JAN01
Fan Belt Option
RG11673
Adjustable Fan Drives (G)
UN31JAN01
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN019/10
02-070-9
082005
PN=247
02
070
9
P R O O F
Fan Drive Option
Fan Height
2416, 2417, 2421,

2428
23AL, 23AM
317 mm (12.5 in.)
2418, 2419
23BL
354 mm (13.9 in.)
2412, 2426, 2427,

2429
23CL
391 mm (15.4 in.)
2404, 2410, 2414,

2415, 2420, 2422
23DL
425 mm (146.7 in.)
2495, 2499
23CF
391 mm (15.4 in.)
JFan Drive Height

ALAlternator
IIdler
FDFan Drive
TTensioner
CPCrank Pulley
FCFreon Compressor
RG41165,000006D 1930JAN0110/10
P R O O F
Checking Belt Tensioner Spring Tension and

Belt Wear
Checking Belt Wear
The belt tensioner is designed to operate within the limit

of arm movement provided by the cast stops (A and B)
when correct belt length and geometry are used.
Visually inspect cast stops (A and B) on belt tensioner
assembly.
UN28NOV97
Belt drive systems equipped with automatic (spring) belt

tensioners cannot be adjusted or repaired. The automatic
belt tensioner is designed to maintain proper belt tension
over the life of the belt. If tensioner spring tension is not
within specification, replace tensioner assembly.
RG7380
02
070
10
Fan Belt Option
RG11674
Adjustable Fan Drives (J)
UN31JAN01
Belt Tensioner
ACast Stop
BCast Stop
If the tensioner stop on swing arm (A) is hitting the fixed

stop (B), check mounting brackets (alternator, belt
tensioner, idler pulley, etc.) and the belt length. Replace
belt as needed (see operators manual).
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1241 1923OCT971/3
02-070-10
082005
PN=248
P R O O F

Checking Tensioner Spring Tension:
RG7382
1. Release tension on belt using a long-handle 1/2-in.

breaker bar in tension arm. Remove belt from pulleys.
2. Release tension on tension arm and remove breaker
bar.
3. Put a mark (A) on swing arm of tensioner as shown.
4. Measure 21 mm (0.83 in.) from (A) and put a mark (B)

on tensioner mounting base.
5. Rotate the swing arm using a torque wrench until

marks (A and B) are aligned.
Checking Belt Tensioner

AMark on Swing
BMark on Tensioner Mounting Base
RG,RG34710,1241 1923OCT972/3
UN28NOV97
6. Record torque wrench measurement and compare with

specification below. Replace tensioner assembly as
required.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG7381
P R O O F
Specification
Belt Tensioner SpringTension ........................... 24-28 Nm (17-21 lb-ft)
AMark
BMark
02
070
11
UN28NOV97
A belt tension gauge will not give an accurate measure of

the belt tension when automatic spring tensioner is used.
Measure tensioner spring tension using a torque wrench
and procedure outlined below:
Measuring Belt Tensioner
RG,RG34710,1241 1923OCT973/3
02-070-11
082005
PN=249
P R O O F
Inspect and Install Fan Assembly

Several fan drive ratios are available, allowing a closer
matching of fan speed to application.
NOTE: Engines may be equipped with either suction-type

fan or a blower-type fan, depending on
application.
UN14DEC88
1. Inspect fan blades for bent or damaged condition. Bent

blades reduce cooling system efficiency and throw the
fan out of balance. Replace fan if blades are bent or
damaged.
RG4797
02
070
12
Fan Assembly
2. Install fan on pulley or pulley spacer hub. Tighten cap

screws (with lock washers) to specifications.
Specification
Fan-to-Fan Hub/PulleyTorque ..................................... 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
RG,RG34710,1242 1923OCT971/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-070-12
082005
PN=250
P R O O F
Visually Inspect Coolant Pump

Inspect Weep Hole:
Coolant leakage indicates a damaged front seal.

Replace complete coolant pump assembly if leakage is
detected; individual repair parts are not available.
Inspect for Impeller Contact with Cover:
1. Remove radiator-to-coolant pump hose from coolant
pump inlet elbow.
RG7061
Oil leakage indicates a damaged rear seal.
UN26NOV97
Inspect coolant pump weep hole (A) in timing gear cover

for oil or coolant leakage.
Coolant Pump Weep Hole

AWeep Hole
2. Using a flashlight, inspect I.D. of coolant pump cover

for internal impeller contact.
Impeller contact with cover usually indicates that
impeller has moved on shaft or there is a damaged
bearing.
Replace coolant pump assembly and cover as
necessary if impeller contact is detected.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1243 1923OCT971/2
02-070-13
082005
PN=251
02
070
13
P R O O F

Inspect Timing Gear Cover for Cavitation
1. Any time repair of the coolant pump is necessary,

check the timing gear cover for erosion, or cavitation.
3. Cavitation can also occur from a leaking radiator cap

or coolant system.. A leak can lower the boiling point
of the coolant and accelerate the erosion of aluminum
components.
UN15SEP03
2. Cavitation has the appearance of small holes, or pock

marks on any surface where coolant flow exists. John
Deere Coolants have cavitation preventatives added,
but aluminum can still be susceptible to cavitation.
RG13203
02
070
14
Timing Gear Cover
IMPORTANT: Always change coolant when the

coolant pump is replaced, since the
cavitiation preventatives in the coolant
have been depleted.
RG,RG34710,1243 1923OCT972/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-070-14
082005
PN=252
P R O O F
Remove Coolant Pump Assembly
The coolant pump should be removed from the timing

gear cover for replacement purpose only. There are no
service parts available to repair coolant pump, replace as
a complete assembly.
02
070
15
P R O O F
RG7143
UN26NOV97

BCylinder Pump Drain Valve
RG14158
1. Open coolant pump drain valve (A) and block drain

valve (B) to drain coolant from engine.
UN12APR05

burns. Wait until engine coolant is cool enough
to touch with bare hands before draining.
Slowly loosen radiator cap to first stop to
relieve pressure.
Cylinder Block Drain Valve

RE38635,000008C 1922MAR051/3
2. Remove radiator hose from coolant pump cover inlet

elbow, shown removed.
3. Loosen hose clamps and remove EGR coolant return

hose (A) from coolant pump port.
AEGR Coolant Return Line

BBypass Tube
CCoolant Pump Cover
RG14052
5. Remove gasket from timing gear cover and discard.
UN04MAR05
4. Remove six cap screws securing coolant pump cover

(C) to timing gear cover and remove coolant pump
cover. Bypass tube (B) will remain attached to
thermostat housing.
Removing Coolant Pump Cover
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000008C 1922MAR052/3
02-070-15
082005
PN=253
P R O O F
RG7062
02
070
16
7. Grasp impeller with a large pliers and pull coolant

pump from timing gear cover using a slight rocking
motion until assembly is removed from timing gear
cover. Discard coolant pump assembly.
UN07SEP94
6. Compress retaining ring ends with a small needle-nose

pliers as shown.
Removing Coolant Pump

RE38635,000008C 1922MAR053/3
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-070-16
082005
PN=254
P R O O F
Install Coolant Pump Assembly
1. Thoroughly clean and inspect coolant pump mounting

bore in timing gear cover before installing pump
assembly.
02
070
17
UN05DEC97
NOTE: An improved coolant pump with a steel bearing

carrier and stainless steel impeller has been
designed and adopted. Additionally, color coded
O-rings are now used for improved sealing. BE
CERTAIN to assemble the O-rings in their proper
position.
3. Install a new retaining ring (B) in front (smallest)

groove of coolant pump housing and compress both
ends of retaining ring together with a small
needle-nose pliers.
RG7227
2. Install two new O-rings (A) in rear grooves of coolant

pump housing (as looking at the picture, the pink o-ring
goes with the RH groove, and the blue o-ring the LH
groove, closest the impeller) and apply a light coat of
clean engine oil to O-rings.
Assembling Coolant Pump
RG13205
P R O O F
5. Using the Coolant Pump Service Tool provided in the

service replacement kits, insert the four legs (as
shown) of the tool into the holes of the impeller,
allowing pressure to be applied, during assembly, to
the body of the pump, and thus preventing damage to
the shaft seal.
UN15SEP03
4. Install a new foam filter into coolant pump weep hole.
Coolant Pump Service Tool
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000008B 1922MAR051/2
02-070-17
082005
PN=255
P R O O F

NOTE: Retaining ring ends should be at 3 oclock position
and coolant pump weep hole should align with
hole in timing gear cover when installing coolant
pump assembly.
8. Install new coolant pump cover gasket to dowel pins

on timing gear cover.
RG13204
7. Release retaining ring ends and verify that retaining

ring is firmly seated in groove of timing gear cover.
UN15SEP03
6. Compress retaining ring ends and install coolant pump

assembly into pilot bore of timing gear cover. Apply
pressure, using a pry bar, to the service tool (D). Make
sure that pump drive gear properly meshes with
crankshaft gear.
Installation of Coolant Pump w/Pry Bar
9. Install coolant pump cover assembly to dowel pins on

timing gear cover.
10. Install five M10 cap screws and one M8 cap screw
(E) through coolant pump cover into timing gear cover
finger tight.
UN07SEP94
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Installing Coolant Pump
UN29MAR05
P R O O F
EM8 Cap Screw
RG7062
Coolant Pump Cover Mounting Cap ScrewsSpecification

M8 Mounting Cap ScrewTorque ................................. 32 Nm (24 lb-ft)
M10 Cap ScrewsTorque .............................................. 47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
RG14114
02
070
18
Install Coolant Pump Cover
RE38635,000008B 1922MAR052/2
02-070-18
082005
PN=256
P R O O F
2. Loosen one long (D) and three short (C) cap screws
and remove thermostat housing (B) with bypass tube
(A) from cylinder head and coolant pump cover.
Discard gasket.
3. Carefully clamp cover in a soft-jawed vise and remove

bypass tube from thermostat housing. Be careful not to
damage machined gasket surface of housing.
4. Remove o-rings from bypass tube.
5. Install two new o-rings to bypass tube.
02
070
19
6. Apply Amogell (or equivalent) grease to both o-rings

and drive bypass tube into thermostat housing by hand
until seated.
7. Remove cover from vise and inspect bypass tube
installation and also machined gasket surfaces.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN01MAR05
1. Drain cooling system.
RG14047
Replace Bypass Tube & O-Rings in

Thermostat Housing
Thermostat Housing Assembly

ABypass Tube with O-Rings
BThermostat Housing
CShort Flange Head Cap Screws
DLong Flange Head Cap Screw
ECoolant Temperature Sensor
RE38635,000008D 1928MAR051/1
02-070-19
082005
PN=257
P R O O F
Remove and Test Thermostats
UN29MAR05
1. Visually inspect the area around the coolant manifold

for leaks. Partially drain coolant from the cooling
system.
2. Remove thermostat cover with gasket.
3. Remove thermostats.
RG14112
02
070
20

burns. Do not drain coolant until coolant
Always loosen cooling system filler cap,
radiator cap, or drain valve slowly to relieve
pressure.
Thermostat Housing Cover
4. Inspect thermostats for debris or damage, and test

each thermostat using an approved testing procedure.
See INSPECT THERMOSTAT AND TEST OPENING
TEMPERATURE in Group 150 for testing procedure.
Thermostats should start to open within the range
specified below.
Specification
Thermostat 82C (180F)
Opening Temperature .......................................... 8084C (175182F)
P R O O F
If either thermostat fails to open within this range, replace

both thermostats as a set.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000008E 1928MAR051/1
02-070-20
082005
PN=258
P R O O F
Remove Thermostat Housing

1. Drain coolant and remove thermostat cover and
thermostats (shown removed).
02
070
21
ACoolant Bypass Tube

BShort Cap Screws
CLong Cap Screw
Install Thermostats
RG14113
3. Remove and discard thermostat housing gasket.
UN29MAR05
2. Remove one long (C) and three short (B) thermostat

housing-to-cylinder head cap screws, remove housing
and dislodge coolant bypass tube (A) from coolant
pump cover as housing is removed.
Thermostat Housing
RE38635,000008F 1928MAR051/1
NOTE: Install thermostats in groove in housing first. Then

install gasket after thermostat is properly seated in
grooves.
P R O O F
UN29MAR05
1. Install thermostats. Install a new gasket in cover, as

applicable.
2. Install cover and tighten cap screws to specifications.

temperature sensor in thermostat
housing to allow air to escape when
filling system. Retighten fitting when all
the air has been expelled.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14112
Specification
Thermostat Cover-to-Thermostat
HousingTorque............................................................ 30 Nm (22 lb-ft)
Thermostat Housing Cover
RE38635,0000090 1928MAR051/1
02-070-21
082005
PN=259
P R O O F
Install Thermostat Housing
2. Install three short (B) and one long (C) cap screws
through thermostat housing and into cylinder head
finger tight.
Specification
Thermostat Housing-to-Cylinder
Head Cap ScrewsTorque ........................................... 61 Nm (45 lb-ft)
4. Install thermostats and cover. See INSTALL

THERMOSTATS, earlier in this group.
ACoolant Bypass Tube
BShort Cap Screws
CLong Cap Screw
RG14113
02
070
22
UN29MAR05
1. Position thermostat housing assembly to cylinder head,

installing bypass tube (A) into coolant pump cover.
Thermostat Housing
RE38635,0000091 1928MAR051/1
1. Disconnect wiring and remove sensor.
P R O O F
Remove and Install Coolant Temperature

Sensor
2. Coat threads of switch with TY9375 Pipe Sealant with

TEFLON.
3. Install sensor and tighten to the following
specifications.
Specification
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Torque ............................................................................ 40 Nm (35 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000092 1928MAR051/1
02-070-22
082005
PN=260
P R O O F
Servicing of Engine Coolant Heater
Refer to CTM67, Engine Accessories, Group 25, for

service of the block-type engine coolant heater. See
REMOVE COOLANT HEATERBLOCK TYPE in Group
25 of CTM67.

NOTE: Consult your engine operators manual or see
Group 002 of this CTM for coolant
recommendations in your area. See DIESEL
ENGINE COOLANT in Group 002.
1. Fill cooling system to proper level with the proper
coolant.
02
070
23
RG,RG34710,1251 1923OCT971/1
2. Start engine and run for several minutes to check for

leaks in the cooling system.
3. After fan belts cool, check belt tension as detailed in
your operators manual.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1252 1923OCT971/1
02-070-23
082005
PN=261
P R O O F
02
070
24
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-070-24
082005
PN=262
P R O O F
Group 080
Air Intake and Exhaust System Repair and Adjustment

Extending Turbocharger Life
The new generation of John Deere engines feature a
Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT). This new
turbocharger has moveable vanes in the exhaust
turbine housing, which directs a portion of the exhaust
gases through a cooler and into the intake system.
The vanes are controlled by an electronically controlled
and water cooled actuator, which is part of the
turbocharger assembly. This actuator makes the
turbocharger visually different from previous models.
VGT turbochargers, like previous models, are designed
to last the life of the engine. However, because they
operate at such high speeds (100,000 rpm or more); a
moments carelessness can cause them to fail in
seconds.
IMPORTANT: In the event of a turbocharger
failure, be certain to check the air
intake system (including the charge
air cooler and piping) for residual oil
and, if oil is present, clean
thoroughly. If this step is not done,
the engine will burn the residual oil
following turbocharger replacement.
This will result in major engine
failure.
Lack of Lube Oil (Quick Starts and Hot

Shutdowns)
Oil Contamination
Ingestion of Foreign Objects
Restricted Oil Drainage
Low Oil Level
Operation on Excessive Side Slopes
Abnormally High Exhaust Temperatures
The principle causes of turbocharger bearing

lubrication problems are low oil pressure, a bent,
plugged or undersized oil lube supply line, plugged or
restricted oil galleries in the turbocharger, or improper
machine start-up and shutdown procedure.
Oil levels and pressure should always be closely
monitored and all worn hoses and lines should be
replaced. The turbocharger oil supply line should be
checked frequently to make sure it is not kinked or
bent and it should always be replaced with a line of
equal size, length and strength.
The easiest way to damage a turbocharger is through
improper start-up and shutdown procedures. Always
idle the engine for at least 30 seconds (no load) after
start-up and before shutdown. Warming the engine up
before applying a load allows oil pressure to build up
and lines to fill with oil.
Idling the engine before shutdown allows the engine
and turbocharger to cool. Hot shutdowns can cause
the turbocharger to fail because after high-speed
operation the turbocharger will continue to rotate long
after the engine has been shut off and oil pressure has
dropped to zero. This will cause heat to build up and
possibly damage bearings. It can also cause carbon
and varnish deposits to form.
Lack of Lube Oil

Oil not only lubricates the turbochargers spinning shaft
and bearings, it also carries away heat. When oil flow
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02
080
1
If oil flow does not increase and the process continues,

bearings will fail. Once the bearings fail (which can
happen in just seconds) seals, shaft, turbine and
compressor wheels can also be damaged.
P R O O F
The major causes of turbocharger failures are:
stops or is reduced, heat is immediately transferred

from the hot turbine wheel to the bearings, which are
also heating up because of the increased friction due
to the lack of oil. This combination causes the
turbocharger shaft temperature to increase rapidly.
RE38635,000004B 1924JAN051/2
02-080-1
082005
PN=263
P R O O F

Oil Contamination
02
080
2
A second cause of turbocharger failures is

contaminated oil. It can be caused by a worn or
damaged oil filter or not changing the lube oil at
recommended intervals. Expecting the oil filter to
remove dirt, sand, metal chips, etc. from the oil before
they reach the engine or turbocharger can be a costly
mistake because contaminated oil may completely
bypass the engine oil filter if the oil filter or oil cooler is
clogged, if the filter element is improperly installed, or
if the oil is thick during cold weather.
Four good ways of avoiding oil contamination are:
Always inspect the engine thoroughly during major
overhaul. Look especially for any sludge or debris
left in lube oil galleries.
Change lube oil at recommended intervals. Analysis
of oil samples at filter change periods can help
identify potentially harmful contaminants in the oil.
Clean the area around the oil fill cap before adding
oil.
Use a clean container when adding oil.
Ingestion of Foreign Objects
Restricted Oil Drainage

A fourth cause of turbocharger damage is restricted
lube oil drainage. The lubricating oil carries away heat
generated by friction of the bearings and from the hot
exhaust gases. If drainage back to the sump is
impeded, the bearings will overheat with damage that
will ultimately lead to failure.
There are two primary reasons for restricted drainage.
A blocked drain tube, due to either damage or a
buildup of sludged oil, or high crankcase pressure,
which can be due to restricted crankcase breather or
excessive engine blow-by.
Periodically check both the turbocharger oil drain tube
and engine breather tube for damage or restriction.
Correction of these conditions leads to longer
turbocharger life.
Abnormally High Exhaust Temperatures
On the compressor side, foreign objects usually take

the form of dust, sand, or shreds of air cleaner
element that enter through improperly installed air
cleaner elements. Leaky air inlet piping (loose clamps
or torn rubber joints) or torn pleats in dry-type air
cleaner elements also create problems.
The result is erosion of compressor blades that can
cause the delicately balanced wheel to wobble.
IMPORTANT: Whenever an internal engine failure
(valve, valve seat, piston) occurs, a
thorough inspection of the
P R O O F
A fifth cause of turbocharger damage is abnormally

high exhaust temperatures. Elevated exhaust
temperatures cause coking of oil which can lead to
bearing failure. Extreme over-temperature operation
can cause wheel burst.
The third cause of turbocharger damage is the

ingestion of foreign objects. These particles can be
ingested and cause damage to the turbocharger on
both compressor and turbine sides. This is easy to
avoid.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
turbocharger MUST BE performed

before returning engine to service.
There are two basic causes of over-temperature. The

first is restricted air flow and the second is
overpowering the engine. In either case the engine has
more fuel than available air for proper combustion; this
overfueled condition leads to elevated exhaust
temperatures.
Causes of restricted air flow can include damaged inlet
piping, clogged air filters, excessive exhaust restriction,
or operation at extreme altitudes. Overpowering
generally is due to improper fuel delivery or injection
timing. If overtemperature operation has been
identified, an inspection of the air inlet and exhaust
systems should be performed. Also, check the fuel
delivery and timing.
RE38635,000004B 1924JAN052/2
02-080-2
082005
PN=264
P R O O F
Remove Turbocharger
CAUTION: After operating engine, allow exhaust

system to cool before removing turbocharger.
UN31JAN05
02
080
3
RG13919
IMPORTANT: When cleaning turbocharger, do not

spray directly into compressor cover or
turbine housing. If turbocharger
inspection is required, do not clean
exterior prior to removal. Doing so may
wash away evidence of a potential
failure mode. See TURBOCHARGER
INSPECTION later in this group.
Turbocharger Actuator
Thoroughly clean exterior of turbocharger and surrounding

area to prevent entry of dirt into the air intake system
during removal.
1. Disconnect air intake and exhaust piping from
turbocharger (shown disconnected).
2. Disconnect turbocharger actuator coolant supply line

(A).
UN31JAN05
3. Disconnect turbocharger actuator coolant drain line (B).
P R O O F
5. Disconnect turbocharger oil supply line (D) at

turbocharger and oil filter base. Set line aside.
6. Disconnect turbocharger oil drain line (E), removing

two cap screws at flange at bottom of turbo housing
and at tension clamp joint with hose as shown.
Remove drain line from behind exhaust manifold, and
gasket. Set drain line aside and discard gasket.
7. Remove four turbocharger mounting cap screws with
washers securing turbocharger to rear exhaust
manifold and remove turbocharger.
RG13921
4. Disconnect turbocharger sensor connections (C).
Turbocharger
AActuator Coolant Supply Line
BActuator Coolant Drain Line
CTurbocharger Sensor Connectors
DTurbocharger Oil Supply Line
ETurbocharger Oil Drain Line
FTurbocharger Mounting Cap Screws
8. Cap or plug all openings on engine (exhaust and

intake manifold related) and place turbocharger on a
clean flat table for inspection.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004F 1904FEB051/2
02-080-3
082005
PN=265
P R O O F

9. Perform turbocharger seven-step inspection, as
described later, if failure mode has not been
determined. See TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION
02
080
4
Remove Turbocharger Oil Drain Line

1. Loosen hose clamp (A) at cylinder block fitting (B).
RE38635,000004F 1904FEB052/2
4. Remove line assembly and set aside.

AConstant Tension Hose Clamp
BCylinder Block Fitting
COil Drain Hose
DOil Drain Line
ECap Screws (2)
RG14248
3. Remove and discard gasket (G).
UN01JUN05
2. Loosen and remove 2 cap screws (E) from flange end

of line, securing drain line to turbocharger bearing
housing (H).
Turbocharger Oil Drain Line

RE38635,000001E 1901JUN051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-4
082005
PN=266
P R O O F
Remove Turbocharger Oil Supply Line
1. Loosen 3 cap screws securing P clamps (D) used to

support oil line from oil filter adapter to turbocharger.
2. Loosen fittings at each end of oil line - turbocharger
end (A) and oil filter adapter end (B).
3. Remove P Clamp Cap Screws.
02
080
5
RG14245
UN01JUN05
P Clamps - Right Rear of Intake Manifold
RG14247
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14246
UN01JUN05
AOil Line Fitting - Turbocharger

BOil Line Fitting - Oil Filter Adapter
CClearance Point
DP Clamps (3) to Secure Line - Intake Manifold &
Heat Shield
UN01JUN05
4. Remove oil supply line from turbocharger and oil filter

adapter and set aside.
P Clamp - Heat Shield
RE38635,000001F 1901JUN051/1
02-080-5
082005
PN=267
P R O O F
Turbocharger Failure Analysis

The following is a guide for diagnosing the cause of
turbocharger failures after removal from the engine.
02
080
6
Problem
Possible Cause
COMPRESSOR HOUSING INLET DEFECTS

Foreign Object Damage
Objects left in intake system.
Leaking and/or defective intake system.
Compressor Wheel Rub
Bearing failure.
Manufacturing defects.
COMPRESSOR HOUSING OUTLET DEFECTS

Oil and/or Dirt in Housing
Suggested Remedy
Disassemble and inspect intake system for foreign

objects (this group).
Inspect engine for internal damage.
Inspect air intake system connections including air
filter; repair as required (this group).
Inspect air intake related engine components.
Determine if engine and/or operator contributed to lack
of lubrication, contaminated lubrication, excessive
temperature, or debris generating engine failure in
progress. Correct as required.
Correct as required.
Restricted air intake system.

Prolonged periods of low rpm engine
idling.
Defective oil seal ring.
Restricted oil drain line.
Inspect and clean air cleaner.

Check with operator to confirm conditions. (See
Operators Manual.)
Repair as required (this group).
Inspect and clear oil drain line as required.
Oil in Housing
Internal engine failure.

Oil leaking from compressor housing
seal.
Inspect and repair engine as required.

Verify that oil is in compressor housing and refer to
Compressor Housing Outlet Defects as listed earlier
in this chart.
Center Wall Deteriorated
Excessive operating temperature.
Check for restricted air intake.

Check engine for overfueling.
Check injection pump timing.
TURBINE HOUSING INLET DEFECTS
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1258 1930SEP041/2
02-080-6
082005
PN=268
P R O O F
TURBINE HOUSING OUTLET DEFECTS

Turbine Wheel Rub
Bearing failure.
Manufacturing defect.
Foreign Object Damage

Objects left in intake system.
Leaking air intake system.
Oil and/or Excessive Carbon

Turbine seal failure.
Prolonged periods of low rpm engine

idling.
EXTERNAL CENTER HOUSING AND JOINT DEFECTS

Leaks from Casting
Defective casting.
Defective gasket.
Leaks from Joints
Loose attaching screws.

Defective gasket.
Determine if engine and/or operator contributed to lack

of lubrication, contaminated lubrication, excessive
temperature, or debris generating engine failure in
progress. Correct as required.
Correct as required (this group).
Inspect and repair engine as required.
Disassemble and inspect air intake system (this
group).
Correct as required (this group).
Verified by oil in turbine housing. Correct as required.
Inspect for excessive heat from overfueling and/or
restricted air intake.
Ask operator to run engine under load or at a higher
rpm (See Operators Manual).
Inspect and clear oil drain line as required.
Replace turbocharger (this group).

Verify if leaks are occurring at gasket joints.
Tighten to specifications in CTM (this group).
Inspect and repair as required.
INTERNAL CENTER HOUSING DEFECTS

Excessive Carbon Build-Up in Housing
or on Shaft
Hot engine shutdown.
P R O O F
Excessive operating temperature.

Operating engine at high speeds and
loads immediately after start-up.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Review proper operation with operator as shown in

operators manual.
Restricted air intake; overfueling or mistimed engine.
Inspect and clean oil drain lines as required.
Idle engine for a few minutes to allow oil to reach
bearings before applying heavy loads.
RG,RG34710,1258 1930SEP042/2
02-080-7
082005
PN=269
02
080
7
P R O O F
Turbocharger Inspection
Proper diagnosis of a non-failed turbocharger is

important for two reasons. First, identification of a
non-failed turbocharger will lead to further investigation
and repair of the cause of a performance complaint.
Second, proper diagnosis eliminates the unnecessary
expense incurred when a non-failed turbocharger is
replaced.
The recommended inspection steps, which are
explained in detail on following pages, are:
Compressor Housing Inlet and Compressor Wheel.

Compressor Housing Outlet.
Turbine Housing Inlet.
Turbine Housing Outlet and Turbine Wheel.
External Center Housing and Joints.
Perform Axial End Play Test
NOTE: To enhance the turbocharger inspection, an

inspection sheet (Form No. DF-2280 available
from Distribution Service CenterEnglish only)
can be used that lists the inspection steps in
the proper order and shows potential failure
modes for each step. Check off each step as
you complete the inspection and record any
details or problems obtained during inspection.
Retain this with the work order for future
reference.
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT971/12
Compressor Housing Inlet and Compressor Wheel
P R O O F
1. Check compressor inlet and compressor wheel (A) for

foreign object damage.
2. Mark findings on your checklist and continue the

inspection.
ACompressor Wheel
UN03NOV97
NOTE: Foreign object damage may be extensive or

minor. In either case, the source of the foreign
object must be found and corrected to eliminate
further damage.
RG4523
02
080
8
The following inspection procedure is recommended

for systematic failure analysis of a suspected failed
turbocharger. This procedure will help to identify when
a turbocharger has failed, and why it has failed so the
primary cause of the failure can be corrected.
Checking Inlet and Compressor Wheel
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT972/12
02-080-8
082005
PN=270
P R O O F

NOTE: You will need a good light source for this check.
Compressor Housing Outlet
RG4524
UN05DEC97
3. Check compressor inlet for wheel rub on the housing

(arrow). Look very closely for any score marks on the
housing itself and check the tips of the compressor
wheel blades for damage.
Checking Compressor Inlet
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT973/12
1. Check compressor housing outlet (A). The outlet

should be clean and free of dirt or oil.
RG4525
P R O O F
ACompressor Housing Outlet
UN05DEC97
2. Mark it on your checklist if dirt or oil is found and

continue the inspection.
Checking Compressor Outlet
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT974/12
02-080-9
082005
PN=271
02
080
9
P R O O F
Turbine Housing Inlet
Turbine Housing Outlet and Turbine Wheel
RG4526
NOTE: If the inlet is wet with oil, or has excessive carbon

deposits, an engine problem is likely. Center wall
erosion (cracking or missing pieces), indicate
excessive exhaust temperature.
Checking Turbine Housing Inlet Ports
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT975/12
UN05DEC97
1. Use a flashlight to look up inside the turbine housing

outlet (A) and check blades (B) for foreign object
damage.
ATurbine Housing Outlet
BBlades
P R O O F
RG4527
02
080
10
Check the turbine housing inlet ports (arrow) for oil in

housing, excessive carbon deposit or erosion of center
walls.
UN05DEC97
Checking Turbine Wheel and Outlet
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT976/12
02-080-10
082005
PN=272
P R O O F
RG4528
UN05DEC97
2. Inspect the wheel blades and housing for evidence of

wheel rub (arrow). Wheel rub can bend the tips of the
blades with the housing showing wear or damage.
Checking Turbine Wheel Blades
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT977/12
RG4532
P R O O F
UN05DEC97
3. Rotate the shaft, using both hands, to check rotation

and clearance. The shaft should turn freely, however,
there may be a slight amount of drag.
Checking Shaft Rotation and Clearance
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT978/12
02-080-11
082005
PN=273
02
080
11
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: Use only moderate hand force
(3-4 pounds) on each end of shaft.
UN05DEC97
RG4533
NOTE: There will be some play because the bearings

inside the center housing are free floating.
Checking for Contact of Compressor and Turbine Wheels
External Center Housing and Joints
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT979/12
UN05DEC97
Visually check the outside of the center housing, all

connections to the compressor, and turbine housing for
oil.
NOTE: If oil is present, make sure it is not coming from a

leak at the oil supply or return line.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Before you finalize your conclusion that

the turbocharger has not failed, it is
strongly recommended that the
following procedures of checking radial
bearing clearance and axial bearing
endplay with a dial indicator be
performed. These procedures are not
required if a failure mode has already
been identified.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG4529
02
080
12
4. Next, pull up on the compressor end of the shaft and

press down on the turbine end while rotating shaft.
Neither the compressor wheel nor the turbine wheel
should contact the housing at any point.
Checking Center Housing
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT9710/12
02-080-12
082005
PN=274
P R O O F

Perform Axial Bearing End Play Test
This test will give an indication of the condition of the
thrust bearing within the center housing and rotating
assembly.
02
080
13
3. Observe and record total dial indicator movement.
Specification
Turbocharger ShaftAxial
Bearing End Play .......................................................... 0.0640.114 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
If bearing end play is not within specification, install a

replacement turbocharger.
RG11675
2. Move shaft axially back and forth by hand.
UN01FEB01
1. Mount magnetic base dial indicator (black arrow) so

that indicator tip rests on flat surface on turbine end of
shaft. Preload indicator tip and zero dial on indicator.
Checking Axial Bearing End Play
NOTE: These diagnostic procedures will allow you to

determine the condition of the turbocharger. If the
turbocharger has failed, analysis of your
inspection notes should direct you to the specific
areas of the engine to correct the problems
causing the turbocharger failure See
TURBOCHARGER FAILURE ANALYSIS outlined
earlier in this group. It is not unusual to find that a
turbocharger has not failed. If your turbocharger
passes all the inspections, the problem lies
somewhere else.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG4534
P R O O F
4. Next, check shaft endplay by moving the shaft back

and forth (white arrows) while rotating. There will be
some endplay but not to the extent that the wheels
contact the housings.
UN05DEC97
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT9711/12
Checking Shaft End Play
RG,RG34710,1259 1923OCT9712/12
02-080-13
082005
PN=275
P R O O F
Repair Turbocharger
Prelube Turbocharger
RG,30,JW7571 1920NOV971/1
IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin the rotor assembly with

compressed air. Damage to bearings
can occur when using compressed air.
Fill oil return (drain) port with clean engine oil and spin
rotating assembly by hand to properly lubricate bearings.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN13AUG91
If turbocharger is to be stored for an extended period of

time, lubricate internally and install protective covers on all
openings.
RG5858
02
080
14
Turbochargers used on the engines covered in this

manual are available through service parts as a complete
remanufactured assembly only. Individual components for
repair are not available.
Prelubing Turbocharger
RG,RG34710,1266 1904FEB051/1
02-080-14
082005
PN=276
P R O O F
Install Turbocharger
IMPORTANT: If turbocharger failed because of foreign

material entering the air intake system,
be sure to examine the system and
clean as required to prevent a repeat
failure.
UN28MAY05
02
080
15
RG13926
Visually inspect the charge air cooler

and piping for residual oil and clean if
necessary. Oil may have accumulated
from the failed turbo. Failure to clean
residual oil from the intake system may
result in engine failure.
6090 Turbocharger
If not previously done, prime (prelube) turbocharger

rotating assembly prior to installing turbocharger on
engine. Prelube center housing with clean engine oil
through oil return (drain) hole.. Turn rotating assembly by
hand to lubricate bearings.
NOTE: Two threaded guide studs may be used to hold

turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold gasket in place
and aid in turbocharger installation. Place guide
pins in threaded manifold mounting holes.
1. Install new gasket (A) over guide pins.
UN28MAY05
P R O O F
2. Position turbocharger on exhaust manifold over guide

pins, with compressor inlet (B) facing front of engine.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN28MAY05
ATurbocharger Gasket
BTurbocharger Compressor Inlet
COil Supply Line
DOil Drain Line
EOil Drain Line-to-Hose Joint
FActuator Coolant Drain Line
GActuator Coolant Supply Line
HSensor Connections
Turbocharger Oil Line Installation
RG13929
4. Remove guide pins and install remaining 2 cap screws

through turbocharger into exhaust manifold finger tight.
RG13928
3. Apply PT569 NEVER-SEEZ Compound to all

turbocharger mounting cap screws. Install 2 cap
screws through exhaust manifold into threaded holes of
turbocharger finger tight.
Turbocharger Actuator Coolant Lines
RE38635,0000050 1904FEB051/3
02-080-15
082005
PN=277
P R O O F

5. Tighten 4 cap screws to specification.
Specification
Cap ScrewsTorque ...................................................... 40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
02
080
16
6. Install turbocharger oil supply line (C) to oil filter base

and turbocharger. Tighten securely.
7. Install oil drain line (D) behind exhaust manifold with
flange end toward turbocharger.
8. Install 2 serrated cap screws through flange.
9. Install new gasket over cap screws and install flange

end of drain line to turbocharger bearing housing.
tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Torque ............................................................................ 35 Nm (25 lb-ft)
10. Apply soap lubricant to inside diameter of turbo drain

hose.
11. Install drain hose over end of drain line (E) . Position
tension clamp over hose and line joint.
12. Connect coolant supply line (G) to turbocharger
actuator and tighten securely.
14. Connect both sensors to wiring harness (H).
P R O O F
13. Connect coolant drain line to turbocharger actuator

(F) and tighten securely.
15. Connect air intake and exhaust piping to

turbocharger. Tighten all connections securely. (For
vehicle engines, refer to machine Technical Manual.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000050 1904FEB052/3
02-080-16
082005
PN=278
P R O O F

IMPORTANT: BEFORE STARTING an engine with a
new or repaired turbocharger, crank the
engine over (but do not start) for
several seconds to allow engine oil to
reach turbocharger bearings. DO NOT
crank engine longer than 30 seconds at
a time to avoid damaging starting
motor.

Brackets
RE38635,0000050 1904FEB053/3
UN01JUN05
16. Start and run engine at low idle while checking oil
inlet and air piping connections for leaks.
02
080
17
RG14244
1. Install brackets (A) to right rear mounting pads on

intake manifold (B)
2. Insert cap screws (C) finger tight - 2 each bracket through brackets into intake manifold.
P R O O F
Oil Supply Line Brackets - Right Rear Side of Engine
Specification
Oil Supply Line Support Brackets
to Intake ManifoldTorque ............................................. 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
AOil Line Support Brackets

BIntake Manifold
CCap Screws (4)
RE38635,0000026 1901JUN051/1
02-080-17
082005
PN=279
P R O O F
NOTE: P-Clamps should face upward.
2. Install 3 oil line to bracket P-clamps over oil supply line

in locations shown (D). Start cap screws finger tight.
3. Tighten the 3 P-clamp cap screws to specification.
UN01JUN05
IMPORTANT: Before tightening P-Clamp cap screws,

ensure there is socket clearance for
rocker arm cover cap screw (C).
Specification
P-Clamp Cap ScrewsTorque ....................................... 15 Nm (11 lb-ft)
4. Using a double wrench, tighten the oil filter adapter

and turbocharger inlet fittings to specification.
RG14245
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14246
P Clamps - Right Rear of Intake Manifold
UN01JUN05
P R O O F
AOil Line Fitting - Turbocharger

BOil Line Fitting - Oil Filter Adapter
CClearance Point
DP Clamps (3) to Secure Line - Intake Manifold &
Heat Shield
UN01JUN05
Specification
Turbocharger Oil Supply Line Nut
to Turbocharger Inlet Fitting
Torque ............................................................................. 24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
Turbocharger Oil Supply Line Nut
to Oil Filter Adapter Fitting
Torque ............................................................................. 24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
RG14247
02
080
18
1. Install turbocharger oil supply line on engine as shown.

Attach fittings finger tight on turbocharger oil inlet (A)
and oil filter adapter (B).
P Clamp - Heat Shield
RE38635,0000020 1901JUN051/1
02-080-18
082005
PN=280
P R O O F
1. Orient and install oil drain line (hose end) behind

exhaust manifold along cylinder block.
2. Align flange end of line (F) to turbocharger bearing
housing (H).
3. Assemble 2 cap screws (E) through flange (F).
4. Install oil drain line gasket (G) over cap screws.
02
080
19
UN02JUN05
Install Turbocharger Oil Drain Line
Specification
Turbocharger Oil Drain Line to
Bearing HousingTorque ............................................... 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
RG14238
5. Assemble flange end of oil drain line to turbocharger

bearing housing and tighten cap screws to
specification.
Turbocharger Oil Drain - Flange End
6. If cylinder block fitting (B) has been removed, reinstall

at this point and tighten to specification.
Specification
Turbocharger Oil Drain Line
Fitting to Cylinder BlockTorque ................................... 60 Nm (44 lb-ft)
7. Apply soap lubricant to inside diameter of turbocharger

drain hose (C) end - apply to both ends if hose has
been removed from line.
P R O O F
AHose Clamps (2)

BBlock Fitting
CDrain Hose
DDrain Line
ECap Screws (2)
FTurbocharger Drain Line Flange
GGasket
HTurbocharger Bearing Housing
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14237
9. Locate and align constant tension clamps as

necessary.
UN02JUN05
8. Install constant tension hose clamp (A) over drain hose

and assemble drain hose over bead on block fitting
(B).
Turbocharger Oil Drain
RE38635,0000021 1901JUN051/1
02-080-19
082005
PN=281
P R O O F
Install Heat Shield & Turbocharger Oil

Supply Line Bracket
UN01JUN05
1. Install turbocharger oil supply line support bracket (B)

and heat shield (A) to left top side of intake manifold
(C).
2. Install 2 cap screws and tighten to specification.
Specification
Oil Supply Line Support Bracket
& Heat Shield to Intake
ManifoldTorque ............................................................ 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
RG14239
02
080
20
NOTE: There are three support brackets for the oil supply
line. The third bracket is assembled with the
turbocharger heat shield, as the oil line is routed
inside this shield.
Heat Shield & Bracket

AHeat Shield
BOil Supply Line Bracket
CIntake Manifold
DCap Screws
RE38635,0000022 1901JUN051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-20
082005
PN=282
P R O O F
1. Disconnect actuator wiring harness (A).
02
080
21
UN04FEB05
IMPORTANT: Be certain no power supply is in the

on position when performing work on
the turbocharger actuator. Damage to
the ECU/Actuator communication can
result. When an actuator is connected
to power, it will perform a baseline learn
to record the fully open and closed
positions. If this baseline learn is
incorrect, the actuator will not perform
correctly. Disconnect the battery cables
before performing any work.
RG13943
Remove and Install Turbocharger Actuator
Actuator Coolant Lines & Wiring Harness
2. Disconnect actuator coolant supply line (B) and coolant

return line (C).
UN04FEB05
NOTE: Whenever disconnecting actuator linkage, ensure

that the linkage does not bind or is forced out of
position.
RG13944
3. Disconnect actuator linkage arm (D) by loosening and

removing allen screw.
Actuator Linkage & Bracket Hardware
4. Loosen and remove 4 hex nuts (E) securing actuator to

bracket. Remove actuator assembly from turbocharger.
1. Position actuator to bracket and finger tighten 4 hex

nuts.
2. Tighten nuts to specification
P R O O F
To install the actuator, reverse the steps shown above.
AActuator Wiring Harness

BActuator Coolant Supply
CActuator Coolant Return
DActuator Linkage Allen Screw
EActuator to Bracket Hardware
Specification
Actuator to Bracket Hardware
Torque ......................................................................... 135 Nm (100 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000BC 1922APR051/2
02-080-21
082005
PN=283
P R O O F
3. Position actuator linkage arm over actuator shaft and

install stainless steel allen head screw to secure
linkage to actuator shaft.
4. Carefully tighten allen screw to specification.
Specification
Linkage Arm to Actuator Shaft
Torque Turn ....................................................................... 10 Nm (8 lb-ft)
5. Connect actuator coolant supply and return lines to

actuator. Secure nuts on both fittings, and using a
second wrench, tighten fittings to specification.
Specification
Coolant Lines to Actuator
Torque ............................................................................. 24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000BC 1922APR052/2
2. Tighten fittings to specification.
P R O O F
1. Install coolant fittings in actuator and thermostat

housing.
UN01JUN05
Install Actuator Coolant Line Fittings
Specification
Actuator & Thermostat Housing
Coolant FittingsTorque................................................. 40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
AActuator Coolant Supply Fitting

BActuator Coolant Return Fitting
CThermostat Housing Coolant Return Fitting
DTurbocharger Actuator
EThermostat Housing
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14240
02
080
22
IMPORTANT: When installing actuator linkage, be

certain there is free movement of the
linkage, with no binding. The center
joint of the linkage should be slightly
loose when wiggled, with clearance
between linkage arms on the pivot joint.
Actuator Coolant Line Fittings
RE38635,0000023 1901JUN051/1
02-080-22
082005
PN=284
P R O O F
Install Turbocharger Actuator Coolant Return

Line
1. Assemble nut on coolant return line (A) finger tight to
coolant return fitting in thermostat housing (B).
Specification
Coolant Return Line to
Thermostat Housing Fitting
Torque ............................................................................. 24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
Coolant Return Line to Actuator
Torque ............................................................................. 24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
RG14241
3. Tighten line nuts to specification.
UN01JUN05
2. Orient line to and start nut on coolant line to coolant

return fitting on side of actuator housing (C). Tighten
finger tight.
02
080
23
Coolant Return Line

AActuator Coolant Return Line
BFitting - Thermostat Housing
CFitting - Turbocharger Actuator
RE38635,0000024 1901JUN051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-23
082005
PN=285
P R O O F
Install Turbocharger Actuator Coolant Supply

Line
UN01JUN05
2. Start nuts on coolant supply line to vertical fitting on

coolant manifold (D) and fitting on actuator (B). Tighten
finger tight.
3. Install P-Clamp (E) to line with the P facing upward.
Install cap screw to P-Clamp and tighten to
specification.
Specification
P-Clamp Cap ScrewTorque ......................................... 15 Nm (11 lb-ft)
RG14243
02
080
24
1. Orient and route coolant supply line (A) from coolant

supply line fitting on actuator (B), underneath tab on
wiring harness bracket (C), to coolant manifold fitting
(D) at top left rear of cylinder block.
Turbocharger Actuator Coolant Supply Line

ACoolant Supply Line
BSupply Line Fitting - Actuator
CWiring Harness Bracket
DSupply Line Fitting - Coolant Manifold
EP-Clamp
4. Using a double wrench, tighten nuts on coolant return

line to actuator fitting, then coolant manifold, to
specification.
Specification
Actuator Coolant Return Line
FittingsTorque ................................................................... 24 Nm (lb-ft)
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000025 1901JUN051/1
02-080-24
082005
PN=286
P R O O F
Remove and Install Actuator Linkage

Remove Turbocharger Actuator Linkage
RG14194
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN actuator wiring harness is

disconnected before completing any
repairs on linkage.
AActuator Linkage to Shaft Screw - Inboard

BActuator Linkage to Shaft - Outboard
CActuator Linkage Arm
RG14195
3. Remove both screws and carefully remove actuator

linkage (C) from actuator and turbocharger shafts.
UN27MAY05
1. Position linkage arm so the inboard (turbocharger

shaft) linkage set screw (A) is visible through bracket.
Loosen screw.
2. Loosen outboard (actuator shaft) set screw (B).
02
080
25
UN27MAY05
NOTE: Use caution when loosening or tightening linkage

hardware. Stainless steel screws are brittle and
break easily.
Actuator Linkage Screw - Outboard Position
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000012 1923MAY051/3
02-080-25
082005
PN=287
P R O O F

Install Turbocharger Actuator Linkage
UN28MAY05
NOTE: It may be helpful to use a screwdriver to exert

slight pressure on linkage to align linkage with bolt
hole in shaft. Take care that the end link does not
rotate on the shaft on an axis perpendicular to the
axis of the shaft. This can cause binding of the
linkage assembly.
RG14210
1. Insert linkage onto turbocharger pivot shaft flats (A).
Install Link to Turbocharger Shaft
2. Install M5 bolt through linkage and turbocharger shaft

finger tight (B).
UN28MAY05
3. Using a screwdriver as a wedge between the link and

cast bushing pocket, and to stabilize the link as the
bolt is being tightened, tighten the M5 bolt to
specification.
RG14209
Specification
Linkage to Cast Bushing Pocket
BoltTorque...................................................................... 10 Nm (8 lb-ft)
M5 Bolt - Turbocharger Shaft
P R O O F
AVGT Link - Turbocharger Shaft

BM5 Bolt - Turbocharger Shaft
CVGT Link - Actuator Shaft
DActuator Pivot Shaft
EM5 Bolt - Actuator Shaft
FCenter Pivot Joint
UN28MAY05
4. Install linkage (C) onto actuator output shaft flats (D)

and install M5 bolt through linkage and shaft finger
tight (E).
RG14211
02
080
26
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN actuator wiring harness is

disconnected before completing any
repairs on linkage.
Install Link - Actuator Shaft
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000012 1923MAY052/3
02-080-26
082005
PN=288
P R O O F
02
080
27
UN28MAY05
IMPORTANT: Be constantly aware of any binding in

the linkage. After bolts are tightened,
linkage should travel freely at all times.
The center pivot joint should have some
play when linkage shaft is wiggled. If
binding of the linkage is noted, use a
screwdriver to gently pry the end link
into necessary position such that
linkage moves freely throughout its full
range and the binding condition is
corrected.
RG14218
5. Check linkage orientation for free travel (as shown)

and to be sure there is no binding.
Check for Linkage Free Travel
6. Using a screwdriver as a wedge between the link and

actuator housing, and to stabilize the link as the bolt is
being tightened, tighten the M5 bolt to specification.
Specification
Linkage to Actuator Shaft Bolt
Torque ............................................................................... 10 Nm (8 lb-ft)
RE38635,0000012 1923MAY053/3
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-27
082005
PN=289
P R O O F
Remove Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR) Assembly
UN03FEB05
RG13937
02
080
28
EGR Assembly
AEGR Tube & Gaskets
BSupport Clamp
CEGR Coolant Return Hose
& Clamps
DEGR Coolant Return Line

EEGR Cooler to Intake
Manifold
1. Disconnect EGR exhaust gas temperature sensor

wiring harness (A).
2. Loosen and remove 4 cap screws securing EGR
tube (B). Remove tube and 2 gaskets.
3. Remove P clamp support securing cooler return
line.
NOTE: EGR coolant return and supply lines are press

fit into cooler and coolant manifold.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
GShoulder Bolts and

Washers
5. Loosen and remove one cap screw securing

coolant line to cooler (D). Remove EGR coolant
return line (E) and hose assembly from EGR cooler.
6. Loosen and remove cap screw (F) securing EGR
cooler supply line to cooler.
7. Rotate and orient supply line and remove the
coolant supply line from coolant manifold (G).
P R O O F
4. Loosen constant tension clamp securing coolant

return hose (C) to coolant pump. Slide hose off
FCoolant Supply Line to

Coolant Manifold
8. Loosen 2 shoulder bolts with spring washers (I).

9. Remove cap screws from intake manifold joint (H)
and shoulder bolts (I). Carefully remove EGR cooler
assembly.
RE38635,0000051 1907FEB051/1
02-080-28
082005
PN=290
P R O O F
Remove EGR Valve

1. Loosen and remove 2 allen head cap screws (A)
securing EGR valve to intake manifold.
RG13947
2. Remove EGR valve and gasket from intake manifold.
Install EGR Valve
02
080
29
UN28MAY05
Remove & Install EGR Valve
EGR Valve
RE38635,0000052 1905FEB051/2
1. Lubricate EGR valve o-rings (A) with grease and

assemble to EGV valve.
UN28MAY05
NOTE: Install EGR valve with electrical connector

towards outside of engine.
Specification
EGR Valve to Intake Manifold
Torque ............................................................................... 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG13948
3. Alternate tightening both mounting screws to evenly

seat valve. Tighten to specification.
P R O O F
2. Install EGR valve and new gasket to intake manifold.
EGR Valve O-Rings
RE38635,0000052 1905FEB052/2
02-080-29
082005
PN=291
P R O O F
Remove and Install EGR Coolant Manifold

1. Using a pry bar carefully, remove the EGR coolant
manifold (A) from cylinder block.
2. To install, apply a retaining compound LOCTITE 680

to coolant manifold press fit diameter.
NOTE: When coolant manifold is installed into cylinder

block, the top surface of manifold should be
parallel to head deck.
RG13949
EGR Coolant Manifold
3. Press and orient coolant manifold (A), into rear coolant

port on block until manifold chamfer bottoms on engine
block chamfer.
ACoolant Manifold
BEGR Cooler Supply Line
UN23MAY05
4. Orient coolant manifold so the top surface is parallel to

head deck within +/- 3 degrees.
RG14183
02
080
30
UN28MAY05
EGR Cooler Supply Line and Coolant Manifold

RE38635,0000053 1905FEB051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-30
082005
PN=292
P R O O F
1. Loosen and remove cap screw (A) securing EGR

coolant supply line to EGR cooler.
2. Rotate coolant line (B) and pull line to remove from
coolant manifold.
Install EGR Coolant Line
1. Assemble short end of coolant supply line (B) into
coolant manifold (C) until it bottoms out on manifold
counterbore.
02
080
31
UN28MAY05
Remove EGR Coolant Line
RG14191
Remove and Install EGR Cooler Coolant

Supply Line
Coolant Supply Line Cap Screw
Specification
CoolerTorque ................................................................. 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
RG14183
UN23MAY05
2. Slide and orient EGR coolant supply line to cooler and

install cap screw (A) to specification.
EGR Coolant Supply Line & Manifold
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000010 1923MAY051/1
02-080-31
082005
PN=293
P R O O F
Remove and Install EGR Cooler Return Line
2. Loosen and remove cap screw securing P Clamp.

Remove P clamp and set aside.
4. To install line, reverse this procedure. Tighten P clamp

& coolant line flange cap screw to specification.
RG14192
3. Loosen cap screw securing other end of return line to

cooler. Remove line from EGR cooler.
EGR Return Line Hose Clamps
AConstant Tension Hose Clamps

BP Clamp
CReturn Line to Cooler Cap Screw
UN28MAY05
Specification
Return Line to Cooler Flange Cap
ScrewTorque .................................................................. 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
RG14193
02
080
32
UN28MAY05
1. Loosen constant tension hose clamp (A) and remove

hose end of line from coolant pump fitting.
P Clamp & Line to EGR Cooler Cap Screw
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000011 1923MAY051/1
02-080-32
082005
PN=294
P R O O F
Remove and Inspect Exhaust Manifold

1. Remove turbocharger from exhaust manifold. See
REMOVE TURBOCHARGER earlier in this group.
02
080
33
UN24JAN05
Remove, Inspect, and Install Exhaust

Manifold
2. Remove EGR assembly. SeeREMOVE EGR earlier in

this group.
4. Carefully remove manifold assembly from cylinder

head mounting face.
5. Separate front (D) and rear (F) manifold sections.
Remove and discard the two sealing rings (C).
Exhaust Manifold Assembly Components
UN24JAN05
NOTE: Exhaust manifold has port liners (A) and metal

gaskets (B). These can be removed with manifold
or left in head and removed separately.
RG13913
3. Loosen 11 cap screws (G) with spacers, and one long

bolt (H) from thick section of manifold.
6. Remove all residue from gasket surfaces.
Install Exhaust Manifold

1. Install 6 port liners (A) to cylinder head.
Exhaust Manifold Assembly
P R O O F
8. Inspect each exhaust manifold for cracks or damage.

Inspect machined mounting surfaces for burrs or other
defects which might prevent gaskets from sealing
properly. Replace parts as needed.
RG13914
7. Thoroughly clean passages in exhaust manifold.
NOTE: Guide pins and port liners will keep gaskets from
rotating during assembly.
APort Liner
BExhaust Manifold Gasket
CSealing Rings
DFront Exhaust Manifold
EPressure Port Fitting
FRear Exhaust Manifold
GExhaust Manifold to Cylinder Head Cap
Screws
HLong Bolt - Manifold to Cylinder Head
2. Install 6 guide pins to cylinder head in top cap screw

hole of each port.
3. Install gaskets (B), with tab pointing down, over guide

pins and port liners.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004C 1924JAN051/3
02-080-33
082005
PN=295
P R O O F

NOTE: Position one sealing ring joint at 3:00 position and
the other at 9:00 position as viewed when
mounted on engine.
02
080
34
4. Install two new sealing rings (C) to front manifold. (D)

5. If necessary, install pressure port fitting (E) into front
manifold.
Specification
Pressure Port Fitting to Front
Exhaust ManifoldTorque .............................................. 20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
6. Install rear exhaust manifold (F) to front exhaust

manifold (D).
7. Install exhaust manifold assembly over guide pins and

port liners in cylinder head.
NOTE: It is not necessary to use an anti-seize compound

on stainless steel exhaust manifold cap screws.
8. Apply PT569 NEVER-SEEZ Compound, only to cap
screws being reused. Install 6 cap screws (G)
through spacers and into bottom holes of exhaust
manifold and into cylinder head. Tighten finger tight.
9. Remove guide pins. Install 5 cap screws through
spacers and into top holes finger tight in exhaust
manifold and cylinder head.
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: The long bolt (H) on the exhaust

manifold assembly CAN NOT be reused.
This bolt is not stainless steel and is
thus affected by the exhaust heat.
10. Install one long bolt (H) into hole through thick portion
of exhaust manifold into cylinder head finger tight.
NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004C 1924JAN052/3
02-080-34
082005
PN=296
P R O O F
UN28MAY05
NOTE: Be certain exhaust manifold gasket tab is facing

down, under bottom cap screws, as shown.
Specification
Exhaust Manifold to Cylinder
Head Cap ScrewsTorque ............................................ 70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
RG13915
11. Tighten 12 exhaust manifold capscrews in the order

shown to specification.
02
080
35
Exhaust Manifold Torque Sequence
RE38635,000004C 1924JAN053/3
Remove and Inspect Intake Manifold

1. Remove turbocharger. See REMOVE
TURBOCHARGER earlier in this group.
UN07JAN05
Remove, Inspect, and Install Intake Manifold
2. Remove EGR assembly. See REMOVE EGR earlier in

this group.
RG13843
3. Remove air intake connections from intake manifold

(A) as detailed in machine Technical Manual.
4. Remove air heater from manifold, if equipped.
P R O O F
5. Remove rocker arm cover and gasket.

CIntake Manifold
Washer
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004D 1924JAN051/4
02-080-35
082005
PN=297
P R O O F
6. Loosen wiring harness carrier screws (A).
7. Loosen wiring harness to fuel injector terminal nuts (B).
10. Remove and discard intake manifold gasket.
11. Inspect the machined mating surfaces of cylinder

head and intake manifold. Clean, as required, by
using a scraper and/or wire brush, and compressed
air.
RG13916
9. Carefully lift intake manifold from cylinder head.
UN19MAR05
8. Loosen and remove 7 short flange head cap screws on

right side of manifold, and 7 long flange head cap
screws with sealing washers on left side of manifold.
Wiring Harness Carrier
P R O O F
UN19MAR05
AWiring Harness Carrier Screw Locations

BWiring Harness Leads to Injectors
RG13917
02
080
36
NOTE: The intake manifold can be removed from cylinder

head without removing wiring harness from
manifold. When reinstalling wiring harness, a low
strength thread locking compound is
recommended to be added to terminal threads.
Wiring Harness Leads to Injectors
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004D 1924JAN052/4
02-080-36
082005
PN=298
P R O O F

Install Intake Manifold
IMPORTANT: All intake manifold connections must be

tight to prevent loss of power resulting
from lack of intake manifold pressure.
1. Install 2 guide pins in cylinder head (A) to align intake

manifold gasket.
2. Install new intake manifold gasket (B) over guide pins
RG13843
Whenever a tune-up has been performed on the engine,

or whenever it is suspected that the horsepower output
might be low, the intake manifold pressure (turbo-boost)
should be checked. See MEASURE INTAKE MANIFOLD
PRESSURE in Group 150.
UN07JAN05
Intake manifold hose and cap screw connections should

be inspected periodically for tightness.
02
080
37

CIntake Manifold
Washer
3. Install intake manifold (C) over guide pins and place on

gasket and cylinder head.
4. Remove guide pins.
5. Install 7 short flange head cap screws (D) in right side
of intake manifold to cylinder head.
P R O O F
6. Lubricate 7 sealing washers with SAE 30 diesel engine

oil and install on 7 long flange head cap screws (E).
7. Install 7 long flange head cap screws with lubricated
washers in left side of intake manifold to cylinder head.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004D 1924JAN053/4
02-080-37
082005
PN=299
P R O O F
RG13844
02
080
38
UN07JAN05
Intake Manifold Torque Sequence
10. Connect all air intake and exhaust piping. (For

vehicle engines, refer to machine Technical
Manual.)
8. Torque all intake manifold to cylinder head cap

screws to specification in the sequence shown.
Specification
Intake Manifold to Cylinder
HeadTorque .......................................................... 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
9. Install exhaust manifold assembly and turbocharger

as detailed earlier in this group.
RE38635,000004D 1924JAN054/4
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
02-080-38
082005
PN=300
P R O O F
Install EGR
1. Install EGR cooler assembly to intake manifold by

starting 2 cap screws (H) finger tight. Do not tighten.
UN26MAY05
3. Install shoulder bolts through holes in rear of EGR

cooler and into exhaust manifold (I).
02
080
39
RG14201
2. Assemble spring washers to shoulder bolts.
EGR Cooler
Specification
EGR Cooler to Intake Manifold
Torque ............................................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
EGR Cooler to Exhaust Manifold
Shoulder BoltsTorque .................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
B
D
UN26MAY05
5. Install EGR coolant return line (E) to EGR cooler

assembly. Tighten screw (D) securing line to cooler to
specification.
RG14182
Specification
EGR Coolant Return Line to
Cooler Cap ScrewTorque .............................................. 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
6. Install constant tension hose clamp to end of EGR

coolant return line. Install hose end of coolant return
line (C) over fitting on coolant pump.
EGR Coolant Return Line & EGR Tube
UN26MAY05
8. Install P clamp support for EGR coolant return line with

loop toward engine. Tighten cap screw to specification.
Specification
9. Install EGR tube (B) and 2 new gaskets to exhaust

manifold and EGR cooler. Tighten cap screws to
specification.
Specification
EGR Tube to Exhaust Manifold &
EGR Cooler Cap Screws
Torque ............................................................................. 34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
10. Install EGR coolant supply line (short end) into

coolant manifold (G).
EGR Coolant Supply Line

AEGR Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
BEGR Tube
CEGR Coolant Return Line to Coolant Pump
DCoolant Return Line to Cooler
EEGR Coolant Return Line
FEGR Coolant Supply Line to Cooler
GCoolant Supply Line to Coolant Manifold
HEGR Cooler to Intake Manifold
ICooler Shoulder Bolts
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG14200
P R O O F
7. Reposition constant tension clamp to secure hose to

RE38635,0000054 1905FEB051/2
02-080-39
082005
PN=301
P R O O F

11. Orient opposite end of coolant supply line into EGR
cooler (F). Install cap screw and tighten to
specification.
Specification
Cooler & Coolant Manifold
Torque ............................................................................... 11 Nm (8 lb-ft)
Remove and Install Air Inlet/Heater
RE38635,0000054 1905FEB052/2
2. Remove air intake and gasket. Discard gasket.
UN19MAR05
1. Loosen and remove 4 cap screws securing air inlet (A)

to intake manifold.
3. Install new gasket and air intake. Tighten cap screws

to specification.
Specification
Air Intake to Intake Manifold
Torque ............................................................................. 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
RG13918
02
080
40
Air Inlet with Heater
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000004E 1925JAN051/1
02-080-40
082005
PN=302
P R O O F
Group 100
OEM Starting and Charging Systems Repair and Adjustment

Remove and Install Alternator (OEM Engines)
IMPORTANT: The alternator is designed with a

Transient Voltage Protector (TVP) to
protect the engine electronics. A regular
alternator without the TVP could cause
extensive damage to the electronics.
02
100
1
1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable.

2. Disconnect positive (+) red wire and regulator
connector.
UN27MAY05
NOTE: For test and repair of alternator, refer to CTM 77.
4. Remove mounting cap screws from alternator strap,

front and rear mounts, and remove alternator.
Install Alternator
1. Position alternator between front (A) and rear (B)
alternator mounts.
3. Adjust alternator to alternator strap (E). Install cap

screw (F) through alternator strap, spacer, and into
alternator ear. Tighten cap screw finger tight.
4. Tighten hardware to specification.
P R O O F
2. Install alternator mounting cap screw (C) through front

alternator mount, spacer (D), alternator foot, and rear
alternator mount. Install hex flange nut to alternator
mount cap screw finger tight.
RG14231
3. Remove alternator belt using a 1/2 in. drive ratchet on

the belt tensioner.
Alternator
AFront Alternator Mount
BRear Alternator Mount
CAlternator Mounting Screw
DSpacer
EAlternator Strap
FAlternator Strap to Alternator Cap screw
Specification
Alternator Mounting Cap Screw
(lower cap screw)Torque ............................................. 50 Nm (37 lb-ft)
Specification
Alternator Strap to Alternator
(upper cap screw)Torque............................................. 25 Nm (19 lb-ft)
Alternator Strap to Fan Drive
Plate Cap Screw (if needed)
Torque ............................................................................. 35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
5. Inspect alternator belt for cracks and wear.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000013 1927MAY051/1
02-100-1
082005
PN=303
P R O O F
OEM Starting and Charging Systems Repair and Adjustment
Remove and Install Starter Motor (OEM

Engines)
UN28MAY05
1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable.
4. Using JDG2047 Special Wrench (E), loosen and

remove flange nut (C) on inside of starter motor.
5. Remove starter motor and discard gasket.
Install Starter Motor
Starter Assembly
UN28MAY05
3. Loosen 2 cap screws on outside of motor.
RG14229
2. Disconnect all cables and wires from starter solenoid.
1. Install new gasket (A) onto starter. Be certain holes in

gasket align with holes in starter.
NOTE: Threads of cap screws and mating surface must

be free of any oil film to ensure an effective seal.
RG14230
2. Locate starter to engine block starter stud (B). Finger

start one flange nut (C) to starter stud.
Starter Stud & Flange Nut
P R O O F
3. Coat threads of 2 starting motor cap screws (D) with

DT5037 thread sealant.
UN28MAY05
4. Start 2 cap screws through starter into cylinder block.

Tighten to specification.
Specification
Starter Motor Mounting
HardwareTorque ....................................................... 47.5 Nm (35 lb-ft)
RG14228
02
100
2
NOTE: For test and repair of starter motor, refer to CTM

77.
5. Use JDG2047 Special Wrench (E) to tighten flange nut

(C) on inside of starter.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Special Wrench
AStarter Gasket
BStarter Stud
CFlange Nut - Starter Stud
DStarter Mounting Cap Screws
ESpecial 15 mm Wrench
RE38635,0000089 1919MAR051/1
02-100-2
082005
PN=304
P R O O F
Section 03
Theory of Operation
Contents
Page
Group 120Base Engine Operation

Engine Sectional View Serial Number . . . . . . .03-120-1
General Engine Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-2
Lubrication System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-4
Cooling System Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-7
Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR) and
Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) . .03-120-10
Head Gasket Joint Construction and
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-13
Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . . .03-120-14
Turbocharger Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-15
How the Turbocharger is Lubricated . . . . . . .03-120-16
03
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
03
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=2
Base Engine Operation
P R O O F
UN14MAR05
03
120
1
RG13938
P R O O F
Engine Sectional View Serial Number
Group 120
6090 Engine Sectional View

AVariable Geometry
Turbocharger (VGT)
BTurbocharger Actuator
CExhaust Gas Recirculator
(EGR) Valve
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DActuator Coolant Supply

Line
EActuator Coolant Return
Line
FEGR Tube - Exhaust

Manifold to EGR Cooler
GFour Valve Head Design
HRoller Followers
IOil Pump
JHigh Pressure Fuel Pump
KTop Load Oil Filter
RE38635,000006A 1921FEB051/1
03-120-1
082005
PN=307
P R O O F
General Engine Operation

In introducing the new Tier 3 / Stage IIIA, 9.0 L engine,
John Deere meets new performance and emissions
requirements along with maintaining the exceptional
durability, reliability, and fuel economy for which Deere
is known. The 9.0 L engine is a component in a new
line of engines marketed as: John Deere PowerTech
Plus Engines. PowerTech Plus engines feature:
03
120
2
Four-valve cylinder head

Common length cylinder head bolts
Common size intake & exhaust valves
Larger bore (thinner wall liners) and longer stroke
(crankshaft/rod/piston revisions) to achieve 9.0 L
displacement
Coolant cooled exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
Variable geometry turbocharger (VGT)
Higher pressure fuel system
Full-authority electronic controls
New engine control unit (ECU)
Targeted spray oil cooled pistons
Roller camshaft followers
Metric hardware (except cylinder head bolts, bearing
cap bolts, auxiliary drive hardware, and oil filter base
mounting hardware
All 6090 Engines are vertical stroke, in-line, 4

valve-in-head, turbocharged and air to air intercooled
6-cylinder diesel engines.
Direct fuel injection is provided by a high pressure fuel
pump and high pressure common rail. The pump for
the 9.0 L engine delivers fuel at a higher pressure than
the 8.1 L (23,000 psi versus 18,000 psi), and the
common rail on the 9.0 L is a welded rail design. The
pump is driven by an intermediate gear in the timing
gear train meshing with the camshaft gear. Roller cam
The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) and variable

geometry turbocharger (VGT) are both performance
and emissions control features. The EGR is
operational only under high engine loads and when the
engine is a operating temperature. In cold start and
low load conditions, the EGR valve is in a closed
position. The VG turbocharger has adjustable vanes in
the exhaust turbine housing. These vanes, controlled
by a water-cooled electronic actuator, open or close to
direct and recirculate exhaust gases depending on
engine load demand. The gases pass through a cooler
which is bolted to the exhaust and intake manifold.
Coolant is routed through the cooler, similar to a
radiator, to cool the exhaust gases. After cooling, the
exhaust gases are mixed with intake air by the EGR
valve, located on the intake manifold. The engine
control unit (ECU) controls the quantity of exhaust gas
to be mixed with intake air for additional boost and
combustion. Under full load conditions, as much as
10-12% of the intake air entering the combustion
chamber is recirculated exhaust gases. The
recirculating of cooled exhaust gases allows the 9.0 L
engine to run with higher boost pressures. This
increases power output of the engine and reduces
emissions released to the atmosphere.
P R O O F
The PowerTech Plus engines will deliver horsepower

and performance ratings, peak torque levels, fuel
economy, and cold weather starting that are
comparable, or better than, the Tier II 8.1 L engine.
followers, which ride on the camshaft lobes, drive push

rods to the 4 valve actuation. Valve bridges similar to
those used on the 12.5 L engine are used to actuate
the valves. New to the 9 L engine design are
identically sized intake and exhaust valves. Vertically
mounted electronic injectors deliver fuel monitored by
the engine control unit at pressures exceeding those
on current Tier II 8.1 L engines.
The turbocharger compressor (intake) discharge air is

cooled by routing it through a heat exchanger before it
enters the intake manifold. This heat exchanger uses
no liquid coolant, but relies on air flow from the
radiator fan blast to cool the charge air.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000002F 1922DEC041/2
03-120-2
082005
PN=308
P R O O F

The camshaft is machined from chilled iron. The cam
lobes are individually flame hardened to provide
excellent wear characteristics. Additional journals are
included on the 9 L camshaft for increased strength.
Roller followers are adopted for 9 L for improved valve
events with the four valve design. The front timing gear
train consists of high contact ratio spur gears, allowing
for two gear teeth contact at all times. The camshaft
gear features raised ridges for speed sensor operation.
Roller cam followers, push rods, and rocker arm
assembly operate the intake and exhaust valves. Valve
bridges enable simultaneous valve actuation. The
rocker arm shaft for 9 L is a one piece design, as
opposed to two pieces for the 8.1 L engine. The four
valves are identical size on the 9 L engine. Stainless
steel exhaust valves withstand increased exhaust
temperatures. Intake and exhaust valves are marked
for visual identification. Intake and exhaust valve stem
seals are part of the valve assembly.
The crankshaft is a one-piece, heat treated,
dynamically balanced steel forging which rotates in
replaceable two-piece main bearings. Larger
connecting rod journals aid in withstanding higher firing
pressures. The main thrust bearing is a two piece
design and has a flange on each side to reduce
crankshaft deflection and to limit end play during high
load operation.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
The highly polished, hardened piston pins are

fully-floating and held in position by means of snap
rings. New piston spray jets (piston cooling orifices) in
cylinder block direct pressured oil to a galley in the
undercrown of the piston, providing directed cooling to
the piston, necessary to withstand the higher firing
pressures.
Connecting rods are of forged steel and have
replaceable bushing and bearing inserts. They are
weight controlled (by machining) on both ends to
minimize engine vibration. The rods have the
non-machined, Precision Joint rod and cap.
The engine is supplied with lubricating oil by a spur

gear pump driven off the rear of the crankshaft. Oil is
conditioned by a top load full-flow filter located on the
right side of the engine. Oil temperature is limited by
an oil cooler located on left side of engine. Individual
oil cooler and oil filter bypass valves protect the
system and insure engine lubrication during times of
high restriction; such as cold starts. Oil pressure is
controlled by a pressure regulating valve located
before the main oil gallery.
P R O O F
Cylinder liners are of a wet sleeve, flanged, and

centrifugally cast design. O-ring type packings are
used to seal the connection between cylinder block
and liners. Liners are induction hardened and can be
individually replaced (as a matched piston and liner
set).
Pistons are cast with high-silicone aluminum alloy and

have a three-ring configuration. The top two rings are
compression rings, and the lower ring is an oil control
ring. A double Ni-Resist ring carrier is cast integrally in
the piston to greatly improve the life of the
compression ring grooves. A deep Reentrant
combustion chamber design provides maximum
combustion efficiency and lower emissions. Top of
piston is ceramic fiber reinforced to accommodate
higher firing pressures generated from higher
horsepower output.
RE38635,000002F 1922DEC042/2
03-120-3
082005
PN=309
03
120
3
P R O O F
03
120
4
P R O O F
RG13939
Lubrication System Operation
UN14MAR05
6090 Lubrication System

ATop Load Oil Filter
BPressure Regulating Valve
COil Pump
DOil Cooler
EOil Cooler Cover

FMain Engine Oil Galley
GCamshaft Journals
HCrankshaft Main Bearing
Journals
IOil Passage to Cylinder

Head
JOil Passage to Valve
Actuation
CTM400 (02JUN05)
KTurbocharger Oil Drain

LTurbocharger Oil Supply
RE38635,000006B 1921FEB051/3
03-120-4
082005
PN=310
P R O O F

Lubrication System Serial Number
The engine lubrication system consists of a
crank-driven oil pump (C), oil cooler (D), top load oil
filter assembly (A - see more detailed description later
in this section), and oil pressure regulating valve (B).
Oil is drawn up from the sump through the oil pump
and on to the oil cooler by way of the oil cooler cover
which houses the oil cooler bypass valve. Oil proceeds
through the oil cooler where it exchanges heat with the
engine coolant, unless high restriction is sensed in
which case the oil cooler is bypassed. Oil goes to the
top load oil filter (A). Oil passes through the oil filter,
unless high restriction is sensed in which case the oil
filter is bypassed.
The oil pressure regulating valve (B) regulates the
main oil gallery (F) pressure and permits excess oil to
be returned to the sump. After flowing past the
regulating valve, cooled, clean pressurized oil is
supplied to the main oil gallery then distributed to the
crankshaft main bearings (H), and piston cooling
orifices through drilled passages in the cylinder block.
Oil from the front camshaft bushing travels through

drilled passages in the camshaft nose to lubricate the
camshaft thrust washers (not shown) and front gear
drive train.
Oil from the rear camshaft bushing feeds through
drilled passages (I) in the cylinder block and cylinder
head into passages in the rocker arm assemblies (J)
which lubricate the rocker arms, which in turn provide
oil to the other valve train components as well as the
roller camshaft followers.
Clean oil is also routed from the top of the oil filter
base through an external line (L) to the turbocharger,
where the shaft bearing is cooled, and is returned to
the cylinder block crankcase through another external
line and hose (K).
The fuel injection pump is pressure lubricated by way
of an external line (not shown) which taps into the
main oil gallery.
P R O O F
The piston cooling orifices are designed to direct oil

through a cored passage in the underside of the
piston. This oil flow both cools the piston and
lubricates the piston pin. Higher firing pressures on the
9 L require additional piston cooling.
Oil flows from the crankshaft mail bearings to the six

camshaft bushings (G) while passages in the
crankshaft also allow pressurized oil to lubricate the
connecting rod bearings.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000006B 1921FEB052/3
03-120-5
082005
PN=311
03
120
5
P R O O F

Top Load Oil Filter
Pressurized oil from the oil pump opens the inlet valve
(B). This allows dirty, unfiltered oil from the sump to fill the
canister and flow through the filter element. When the
engine is turned off, this valve closes due to pressure
from the oil within the canister, thus keeping the filter full
of oil for the next start.
UN16NOV04
When the filter element is in place and the system thus

"closed", the pressure of the filter element keeps the
return to sump valve (A) pressed downward, and thus
closed. This prevents pressurized oil from being dumped
back to sump prior to being filtered. If this valve is missing
or not closed, low oil pressure will result.
RG13823
03
120
6
The top load oil filter assembly derives its name from the
way the filter element "top loads" into the filter canister.
The design is such that the filter element can be changed
without the typical oil spill resulting from removal of the
filter canister from the filter base. With the top load
design, the filter canister remains on the filter base.
Valves inside the filter canister regulate oil flow into the
filter canister, pressure, and dump to sump when the filter
element is changed.
Top Load Oil Filter Valves

AFill Valve
BDrain Valve
CBypass Valve
P R O O F
The bypass valve (C) protects the engine when the filter
element becomes plugged, allowing unfiltered oil to reach
engine components via the oil galley until the filter
element can be changed.
When the oil filter element is removed for service
replacement, pressure on the dump valve (A) is released,
allowing oil in the canister to drain back to sump.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000006B 1921FEB053/3
03-120-6
082005
PN=312
P R O O F
P R O O F
UN22MAR05
03
120
7
RG13940
Cooling System Operation
9 L Cooling System
ACoolant Return to Radiator
BCoolant Inlet
CCylinder Head
DThermostat Housing
ECoolant Bypass Tube

FEGR Cooler Return Line
GEGR Cooler Supply Line
HTurbocharger Actuator
Coolant Supply Line
The pressurized cooling system consists of a

conventional radiator, coolant pump, thermostats,
ITurbocharger Actuator
Coolant Return Line
JMain Cylinder Block
Coolant Passage
thermostat housing, and cylinder block with coolant

cavities.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
KLow Temperature Coolant

LHigh Temperature Coolant
RE38635,000006C 1921FEB051/2
03-120-7
082005
PN=313
P R O O F

The pump draws coolant from the bottom of the
radiator and discharges it through the lower inlet
manifold on the left-hand side of the engine block. The
inlet directs coolant to the engine oil cooler and
provides the cooling capability from the coolant flow
around it. Coolant passes through the oil cooler cavity
and enters the main cylinder block coolant passage. At
this time, the coolant flow will move in one of several
directions. Each cylinder is unitized and has a
separate flow circuit.
03
120
8
The main coolant passage flows through a rectangular

port and around the cylinder liner, then exits the block
through a vertical passage into the right-hand side of
the cylinder head.
A second circuit involves flowing coolant from the
block coolant passage through a small vertical
passage into the left-hand side of the cylinder head.
The third circuit is called the directed cooling system.
Coolant flows through a small port and into a groove at
the top of the cylinder liner. Coolant passes around
groove in liner, and exits into the vertical passage of
the main circuit, then into the right-hand side of the
cylinder head.
At the left rear (as looking from flywheel) of the

cylinder block, mounted to the main cylinder block
coolant passage, is an external coolant manifold.
Coolant flows from the external manifold to the
exhaust gas recirculator (EGR) cooler, and to the
variable geometry turbocharger (VGT) actuator through
external lines. Return coolant flows from the EGR
cooler to the coolant pump, and VGT actuator return
coolant flows to the thermostat housing, both through
external lines.
Once the coolant is in the cylinder head, all flow is
towards the front. Coolant passes into the thermostat
housing, past the two open thermostats (engine at
normal operating temperature), and then returns to the
radiator.
If the thermostats are closed (as during warm-up
periods), coolant is directed back to the pump through
the bypass tube to be recirculated. This provides a
faster and more uniform warm-up. Some coolant is
passing through the bypass tube even while the
thermostats are open.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000006C 1921FEB052/2
03-120-8
082005
PN=314
P R O O F
03
120
9
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
03-120-9
082005
PN=315
P R O O F
Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR) and Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT)
03
120
10
O
C
B
E
P R O O F
J
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN11APR05
H
I
RG13942
RE38635,0000070 1921FEB051/3
03-120-10
082005
PN=316
P R O O F

AVariable Geometry
Turbocharger (VGT)
BTurbocharger Actuator
Coolant Return Line
CExhaust Gas Recirculator
(EGR) Valve
DTurbocharger Oil Supply
Line
EVGT Electronic Actuator

FEGR Tube - Exhaust
Manifold to Cooler
GEGR Cooler
HExhaust Gas Temperature
Sensor
IEGR Cooler - Coolant
Return Line
Design features new to the air system of Tier 3 / Stage

IIIA PowerTech Plus engine include Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) and the Variable Geometry
Turbocharger (VGT). The EGR and VGT are common
features in all T3 John Deere PowerTech Plus
engines.
The VGT has foils, or vanes, located on pins on the

outside diameter of the turbine wheel. These vanes
are adjustable, which allows exhaust gas pressure to
be increased or decreased based on engine load
demand and speed. The Engine Control Unit (ECU)
controls an electronic actuator that is a part of the
As engine speed and load demands increase, the ECU

signals the VGT actuator to close the vanes on the
turbine wheel. This drives exhaust gas pressures and
velocities upward, which in turn increases engine
boost. The increase in boost pressures limits smoke
and reduces emission particulates released to the
atmosphere.
The exhaust gases are transmitted from the VGT to an
exhaust gas cooler. The cooler is bolted to the exhaust
manifold with a two-bolt flange. This cooler operates
much like a radiator or charge air cooler, in that it has
internal fins, which, using engine coolant routed
directly from the water manifold, cools the exhaust
gases. The cooler is a counterflow design, meaning
engine coolant flows in the opposite direction as the
exhaust gases. After engine coolant flows through the
cooler, it is returned to the engine coolant manifold.
The exhaust gases enter the cooler at approximately
600 C and exit at approximately 200 C.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
NCoolant Manifold
OIntake Air Temperature
Sensor
PVGT Actuator Linkage
turbocharger assembly. The actuator, in turn, adjusts

the vanes to ensure proper exhaust pressures for the
correct amount of EGR/fresh air mixing. The actuator
is cooled by engine coolant, plumbed from the engine
water manifold to the actuator, and returned to the
thermostat housing. The variable output capability of
the VGT provides the ability to increase low speed
torque, provide a quicker transient response, and
increase peak torque while also improving fuel
economy.
P R O O F
The EGR and VGT are both performance and

emissions control features. The VG turbocharger has
adjustable vanes in the exhaust turbine housing.
These vanes, controlled by a water-cooled electronic
actuator, open or close to direct and recirculate
exhaust gases. The gases then pass through a cooler
which is bolted to the exhaust manifold. After cooling,
the exhaust gases are mixed with intake air by the
EGR valve, located in the intake manifold. The engine
control unit (ECU controls the quantity of exhaust gas
to be mixed with intake air for combustion. Under full
load conditions, as much as 10-12% of the intake air is
recirculated exhaust gases. The recirculating of cooled
exhaust gases allows the 9.0 L engine to run with
higher boost pressures. This increases power output of
the engine and reduces emissions released to the
atmosphere.
JExhaust Manifold
KVGT Electronic Actuator
Coolant Supply Line
LTurbocharger Oil Drain
Line
MEGR Cooler - Coolant
Supply Line
RE38635,0000070 1921FEB052/3
03-120-11
082005
PN=317
03
120
11
P R O O F
03
120
12
The cooled exhaust gas passes through an EGR

Valve, which is a part of the intake manifold assembly.
The function of the EGR valve, controlled by the
engine ECU, is to mix given volumes of exhaust gases
with the intake air. This mixture of exhaust gases and
intake air serves two purposes: (1). It was already
noted the VGT increases engine boost as the vanes
close. This, in conjunction with the EGR, allows more
air to be introduced into the combustion chamber. This
in turn allows more fuel to be introduced to the
combustion process, driving power levels upward. (2).
Diluting the intake air with as much as 10-12% exhaust
gases (full load conditions) aids in controlling NOX
emissions released into the atmosphere following
combustion.
The EGR valve is functional only when the engine is
under load and the coolant is at operating temperature.
At startup, when engine coolant is cold, and under
no-to-light load conditions, the valve remains closed,

and exhaust gases exit out the stack. When engine
load and/or speed demands reach a predetermined
level, the ECU signals the EGR valve to open. The
valve then mixes the proper amount of cooled exhaust
gas with the cooled intake air and releases this mixture
to the intake manifold for combustion. Exhaust gases
not mixed with intake air are recirculated and mixed a
second time.
The EGR function, exhaust and intake manifolds, and
VGT are monitored closely by several sensors. The
sensors are monitored by the ECU, and fault codes
will be generated if conditions are outside of design
guidelines. Sensors include: exhaust gas temperature,
charge air temperature, mixed air (intake and exhaust)
temperature, manifold air pressure intake, manifold air
pressure exhaust
RE38635,0000070 1921FEB053/3
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
03-120-12
082005
PN=318
P R O O F
Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation
C
03
120
13
RG13941
UN14MAR05
Cylinder Head Gasket Joint

ACylinder Head
BCylinder Head Cap Screws
head gasket
head
block
liners
head cap screws
Refer to following page for explanation of illustration.

The head gasket must form an air-tight seal between
cylinder liners and cylinder head that can withstand the
temperatures and pressures of the combustion
process. The gasket must also form a liquid-tight seal
between the cylinder head and cylinder block to retain
coolant and oil in their respective passages. The
gasket is constructed of thin, formed sheets of
steel-inserted, non-asbestos material. The surface of
gasket is treated to improve liquid sealing and
anti-stick characteristics. A fire ring combustion seal is
located at each cylinder bore and is held in place by a
U-shaped stainless steel flange.
P R O O F
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
The cylinder liners must protrude evenly from top of

cylinder block the specified amount to provide
adequate clamping force on fire ring of each cylinder.
The cap screws must be proper length, made of
proper material, and be tightened to proper torque in
order to provide an adequate clamp load between
other joint components. All cylinder head bolts are
equal length on the 9 L engine.
Each of the above components contributes to the
integrity of the head gasket joint. If any of these
components do not conform to specifications, gasket
joint may fail resulting in combustion leaks, coolant
leaks, or oil leaks.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPush Rod Openings
The cylinder head and block must be flat to provide an

even clamping pressure over the entire surface of
gasket, and must have the proper surface finish to
keep gasket material from moving in the joint. Dowels
are used to properly locate head gasket and cylinder
head on block.
The head gasket joint consist of:
CHead Gasket
RE38635,000006D 1921FEB051/2
03-120-13
082005
PN=319
P R O O F

Operating conditions such as coolant, oil, and
combustion temperatures, and combustion pressures
can reduce the ability of the head gasket joint to
function properly. Failure of head gasket and mating
Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation

03
120
14
Engine suction draws dust-laden outside air through an

air inlet stack into the air cleaner. Air is filtered through
dry-type primary and secondary (safety) filter elements
in the air cleaner canister. Clean air travels through the
air intake hose to the turbocharger and intake manifold
to the engine.
Exhaust, as it is expelled out the exhaust elbow, drives
the turbocharger to deliver a larger quantity of air to
meet the engine requirements than what could be
delivered under naturally aspirated (non-turbocharged)
conditions.
The 6090 engine features a Variable Geometry
Turbocharger (VGT). An electronically controlled and
liquid cooled actuator is a part of the turbocharger
assembly. The VGT features moveable vanes in the
exhaust turbine housing, which, controlled by the
parts may occur when coolant and oil temperatures

become excessive, or when abnormally high
combustion temperatures and pressures exist.
Engine Control Unit (ECU) through the actuator, routes

exhaust gases through a cooler and Exhaust Gas
Recirculator (EGR). The EGR valve, also controlled by
the ECU, mixes cooled exhaust gas with cooled intake
air as engine load demands increase. This mixing of
exhaust and intake air drives boost pressures upward
(increased power) and reduces emissions released to
the atmosphere. The mix of intake and exhaust gases
is inoperable when the engine is at no or low load
conditions or is not at operating temperatures.
On air-to-air aftercooled engines (6090H), the
turbocharger compressor discharge air is routed
through a heat exchanger (located in front of radiator)
before it enters the engine. The heat exchanger uses
no liquid coolant but relies on air flow to cool the
charge air.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000006D 1921FEB052/2
RE38635,000006E 1921FEB051/1
03-120-14
082005
PN=320
P R O O F
Turbocharger Operation
The turbocharger, which is basically an air pump that is

driven by exhaust gases, allows the engine to produce
added power without increasing displacement.
Turbochargers are precisely matched to meet
performance and emission requirements of each specific
application.
R28273
As the compressor wheel rotates in the compressor

housing (E), an increased volume of (compressed) inlet
air is drawn into the housing and delivered to the intake
manifold (through an aftercooler or heat exchanger, if so
equipped). All rotating components of the turbocharger are
lubricated within the center housing (C).
UN14DEC88
Exhaust gases from the engine pass through the turbine

housing (B) causing the turbine wheel (A) to rotate before
the exhaust gas is discharged to the atmosphere. The
turbine wheels mounted on a shaft (F) to drive the
compressor wheel (D) which is also mounted on the shaft.
ATurbine Wheel
BTurbine Housing
CCenter Housing
DCompressor Wheel
ECompressor Housing
FShaft
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG13766
UN28MAY05
EGR & VGT
RG13765
AVariable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT)

BVGT Actuator
CExhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR) Cooler
DEGR Valve
EVGT Adjustable Vanes
P R O O F
The 6090 engine features a Variable Geometry

Turbocharger (VGT) (A). An electronically controlled and
liquid cooled actuator is a part of the turbocharger
assembly. The VGT features moveable vanes (E) in the
exhaust turbine housing, which, controlled by the Engine
Control Unit (ECU) through the turbocharger actuator (B),
routes exhaust gases through an Exhaust Gas
Recirculator (EGR) cooler (C). The EGR valve (D), also
controlled by the ECU, is located on the intake manifold
and mixes cooled exhaust gas with cooled intake air as
engine load demands increase. This mixing of exhaust
and intake air drives boost pressures upward (increased
power) and reduces emissions released to the
atmosphere. The EGR is inoperable when the engine is at
no or low load conditions or is not at operating
temperatures.
UN28MAY05
RE38635,000006F 1921FEB051/2
VGT Adjustable Vanes
RE38635,000006F 1921FEB052/2
03-120-15
082005
PN=321
03
120
15
P R O O F
How the Turbocharger is Lubricated
Engine oil under pressure from the engine lubrication

system is pumped through a passage in the bearing
housing and directed to the bearing (A), thrust plate (B),
and thrust sleeve (C). Oil is sealed from the compressor
and turbine by a piston ring (D) at both ends of bearing
housing.
UN29AUG94
The turbocharger contains a single floating bearing. This

bearing has clearance between the bearing OD and the
housing wall as well as clearance between the bearing ID
and the shaft OD. These clearances are lubricated by the
oil supply and the bearings are protected by a cushion of
oil. Discharge oil drains by gravity from the bearing
housing to the engine crankcase.
RG4646
03
120
16
ABearing
BThrust Plate
CThrust Sleeve
DPiston Ring
EPressure Oil
FDischarge Oil
RG,CTM61,G110,5 1916SEP941/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
03-120-16
082005
PN=322
P R O O F
Section 04
Diagnostics
Contents
Page
CTM400 (02JUN05)
04
P R O O F
Group Observable Diagnostics and Tests

About This Group of the Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--1
9.0L - L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption . . . . . . . . 04--2
9 L - L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption . . . . . . . . . 04--2
Engine Oil Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--5
9.0L - L2 - Engine Oil Pressure Low . . . . . . . . . . 04--6
9.0L - L3 - Engine Oil Pressure High. . . . . . . . . . 04--8
9.0L - C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Above Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--9
9.0L - C2 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Below Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--10
9.0L - C3 - Coolant In Oil or Oil In Coolant . . . . 04--10
Test Engine Compression Pressure with
Mechanical Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--11
Check Engine Cranking Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--12
Check Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--13
Check for Excessive Engine Crankcase
Pressure (Blow-by) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--14
Check for Turbocharger Oil Seal Leak . . . . . . . 04--15
Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--16
Pressure Test Cooling System and
Radiator Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--17
Pressure Test EGR Cooler for Air Leaks. . . . . . 04--18
Check for Head Gasket Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--19
Measure Intake Manifold Pressure (Turbo
Boost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--22
Check for Intake and Exhaust Restrictions . . . . 04--23
Test for Intake Air Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--24
Check for Exhaust Air Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--25

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
04
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Group
Observable Diagnostics and Tests

About This Group of the Manual
This section of the manual contains necessary
information to diagnose some base engine, all
lubrication system, and all cooling system problems.
This section is divided into two areas: diagnosing
malfunctions and testing procedures. The diagnostic
malfunctions area is further divided into the following
headings, containing the following systems:
(L) Diagnosing Lubrication System Malfunctions:
L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption
L2 - Engine Oil pressure Low
L3 - Engine Oil Pressure High
(C) Diagnosing Cooling System Malfunctions
C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal
C2 - Engine Coolant Temperature Below Normal
C3 - Coolant In Oil or Oil In Coolant
Procedures for diagnosing some of the above
symptoms are formatted such that a test or repair is
recommended, then based on the results another test
or repair is recommended. Other symptoms are
formatted in a symptom - problem - solution format. In
these symptoms, the problems are arranged in the
most likely or easiest to check problems first.
Symptoms arranged in both formats refer to testing
procedures in the second part of this section. The
second part of this section of the manual contains the

following testing procedures:
Base Engine Testing Procedures:
Test Engine Compression Pressure
Check Engine Cranking Speed
Lubrication System Testing Procedures:
Check Engine Oil Pressure
Check For Excessive Crankcase Pressure
(Blow-by)
Check For Turbocharger Oil Seal Leak
Cooling System Testing Procedures:
Inspect Thermostat And Test Opening
Temperature
Pressure Test Cooling System And Radiator Cap
Pressure Test Exhaust Gas Recirculator (EGR)
Cooler
Check For Head Gasket Failures
Air Supply And Exhaust Systems Testing
Procedures:
Measure Intake Manifold Pressure (Turbo Boost)
Check For Intake And Exhaust Restrictions
Test For Intake Air Leaks
Check For Exhaust Air Leaks
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B0 1907APR051/1
04--1PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

082005
PN=325
04
1
P R O O F
9.0L - L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption
9 L - L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption

Before using this diagnostic procedure:
Check for too low or too high engine oil level.
RE38635,000002B 1917DEC041/1
Check for too low viscosity, or coolant or fuel diluted engine oil.
04
Check for excessive external oil leaks.
1 Oil In Coolant Check
Check the coolant for signs of oil.
1/1
No oil found in coolant:

GO TO 2
Oil found in coolant:
See C3 - COOLANT IN
OIL OR OIL IN
COOLANT later in this
Group.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
1/1

082005
PN=326
P R O O F

2 Crankcase Breather
Tube Check
A
RG14156 UN18APR05
Breather tube NOT

restricted: GO TO 3
Restriction found in
breather tube:
Remove restriction or
replace breather tube and
retest.
04
3
A restricted crankcase breather tube (A) can cause excessive pressure to build up and
force oil into the combustion chamber. Check the breather tube to make sure there is
no blockage, no kinks, and no restrictions.
1/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=327
P R O O F

3 Excessive Crankcase
Pressure Check
04
4
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
4 Turbocharger Oil Seal

Leak Check
Check for excessive crankcase pressure. See CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE ENGINE
CRANKCASE PRESSURE (BLOW-BY) later in this Group.
Check for turbocharger oil seal leaks. See CHECK FOR TURBOCHARGER OIL SEAL
LEAK later in this Group.
No fumes and no
dripping oil observed:
GO TO 4
Excessive fumes or
dripping oil observed;
appears to be caused
by boost pressure:
Check the turbocharger,
repair/replace as needed.
See TURBOCHARGER
FAILURE ANALYSIS in
Section 02, Group 080 of
this manual.
Excessive fumes or
dripping oil observed;
does NOT appear to be
caused by boost
pressure:
Excessive blow-by, not
caused by boost pressure
is most likely caused by
faulty piston rings/cylinder
liners not providing an
adequate combustion
seal. Perform a
compression test to verify
this is the case. See
TEST ENGINE
COMPRESSION
PRESSURE later in this
Group.
1/1
NO signs of oil leakage:

GO TO 5
Signs of oil leakage
present:
Investigate problems
associated with oil
leakage as outlined it the
test procedure, perform
necessary repairs, and
retest.
1/1

082005
PN=328
P R O O F

5 Pistons, Rings,
Cylinder Liners Check
At this point, the most likely cause of the excessive oil consumption is one of the
following failures in the pistons, rings, and/or cylinder liners or in the valve guides.
Check the most likely item as needed.
Oil control rings worn or broken

Scored cylinder liners or pistons
Piston ring grooves excessively worn
Piston rings sticking in ring grooves
Insufficient piston ring tension
Piston ring gaps not staggered
Cylinder liners glazed (insufficient load during engine break-in)
Worn valve guides or stems
Engine Oil Consumption

All engines consume some oil. The consumption rate
depends on loading, design of key parts and engine
condition. Since fuel consumption is an indicator of
operating power levels, fuel used versus oil consumed
is a critical factor in analyzing oil consumption. Oil
consumption should be measured over a 100-hour
period.
Long-term oil consumption (three oil drain intervals
after the engine is broken in) with consumption rates
poorer than 400:1 (100 gallons of fuel and 1 quart of
oil) indicates a need to monitor/investigate. Suggested
steps would be:
NOTE: Ring gap alignment does not identify the leak

source.
OILSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere &
Company
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CTM400 (02JUN05)
1/1
04
Intake valves do not have valve stem seals,

and some oil deposits on the valve stem tulip
are normal.
When changing to a premium oil such as

TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50, little oil
consumption change is expected, although a small
percentage of engines may experience a noticeable
change in consumption rates. This may be due to the
following:
The previous oil may have left deposits on internal
components. Use of PLUS-50 oil will cause
different chemical reactions in those deposits. The
time required for the engine to regain the previous
oil consumption rate will vary from one to three
normal drain intervals.
TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50 contains a
high-performance anti-oxidant along with other
additives resulting in the oil remaining in the
specified viscosity grade throughout the
recommended drain interval. API oil grades CD, CE,
and CF-4 universal engine oils do not provide this
oxidation resistance which results in more rapid
thickening. Increased oil viscosity can reduce oil
consumption.
P R O O F
Check for signs of ingested dust or perform an

OILSCAN test to check for silicon.
Check for proper crankcase oil fill level.
Perform compression test to find low compression
cylinders.
Remove head and inspect for glazed or worn liners.
Inspect pistons for carbon deposits in the ring land
grooves.
Measure valve stem OD and valve guide ID to
determine clearance.
Problem found with

pistons, rings, and/or
liners or valve guides:
Repair problem as
necessary.
DPSG,OUO1004,114 1923MAY001/1

082005
PN=329
P R O O F
9.0L - L2 - Engine Oil Pressure Low

Symptom
Problem
8.1L - L2 - Engine Oil Pressure

Low
Fill crankcase to proper level.
Incorrect oil
Drain crankcase and refill with

proper grade and viscosity oil. See
DIESEL ENGINE OIL in Section 01,
Group 002 of this manual.
Plugged oil filter
04
Change oil and oil filter

Measure engine oil pressure with a
mechanical gauge to verify pressure
is low. See CHECK ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE later in this Group.
Excessive oil temperature
Remove and inspect engine oil

cooler. See REMOVE, INSPECT,
AND INSTALL ENGINE OIL
COOLER in Section 02, Group 060
of this manual.
Faulty oil pressure regulating valve

pressure regulating valve. See
REMOVE, INSPECT, AND INSTALL
OIL PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE in Section 02, Group 060 of
this manual.
P R O O F
Faulty oil pressure switch/sensor or

oil pressure indicator light/gauge
Plugged oil pump screen or cracked

pick-up tube
Remove oil pan and clean screen.

Replace oil intake (pick-up) tube.
See REMOVE, INSPECT, AND
INSTALL OIL PUMP PICKUP TUBE
in Section 02, Group 060 of this
manual.
Faulty oil pump

pump. See REMOVE ENGINE OIL
PUMP and INSPECT AND CLEAN
OIL PUMP in Section 02, Group 060
of this manual.
Faulty or missing piston cooling

orifice
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Solution
Check piston cooling orifices.
DPSG,RG40854,710 1916NOV041/2

082005
PN=330
P R O O F

Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive main or connecting rod

bearing clearance
Determine bearing clearance. See

CHECK MAIN BEARING OIL
CLEARANCE in Section 02, Group
050 of this manual.
Drain back valve in top load oil filter

canister is out of position.
Remove top load oil filter element

and check that the drain back valve
is in proper position. See TOP LOAD
OIL FILTER theory of operation in
Section 03, Group 120 of this
manual.
04
7
DPSG,RG40854,710 1916NOV042/2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=331
P R O O F
9.0L - L3 - Engine Oil Pressure High

Symptom
Problem
8.1L - L3 - Engine Oil Pressure

High
Incorrect oil
04
8
Drain crankcase and refill with

proper grade and viscosity oil. See
DIESEL ENGINE OIL in Section 01,
Measure engine oil pressure with a
mechanical gauge to verify pressure
is high. See CHECK ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE later in this Group.
Faulty oil pressure regulating valve

pressure regulating valve. See
REMOVE, INSPECT, AND INSTALL
OIL PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE, OIL FILTER BYPASS
VALVE, AND OIL COOLER
BYPASS VALVE in Section 02,
Stuck oil filter bypass valve
Remove and inspect engine oil filter

bypass valve. See REMOVE,
INSPECT, AND INSTALL OIL
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE,
OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE, AND
OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE in
manual.
P R O O F
Faulty oil pressure sensor or gauge
Stuck oil cooler bypass valve
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Solution

cooler bypass valve. See REMOVE,
INSPECT, AND INSTALL OIL
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE,
OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE, AND
OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE in
manual.
RE38635,0000093 1929MAR051/1

082005
PN=332
P R O O F
9.0L - C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal

Problem
8.1L - C1 - Engine Coolant

Temperature Above Normal
Low coolant level
Add coolant to proper level.
Plugged radiator core and/or side

shields
Clean radiator and/or side shields as

required.
Engine overloaded
Reduce engine load.
Fill crankcase to proper level.
Loose or faulty fan belt
Replace/tighten fan belt as required.
Faulty coolant temperature

switch/sensor or coolant temperature
indicator light/gauge
Measure coolant temperature with a

gauge of known accuracy to
determine if coolant temperature is
above normal.
Faulty radiator cap
Test radiator cap. See PRESSURE

TEST COOLING SYSTEM AND
RADIATOR CAP later in this Group.
Faulty thermostats
Test thermostat opening

temperature. See INSPECT
THERMOSTAT AND TEST
OPENING TEMPERATURE later in
this Group.
P R O O F
Symptom
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Solution
Faulty cylinder head gasket
Look for signs of a head gasket

failure. See CHECK FOR HEAD
GASKET FAILURES later in this
Group.
Faulty coolant pump
Remove and inspect coolant pump.

See VISUALLY INSPECT
COOLANT PUMP and REMOVE
COOLANT PUMP ASSEMBLY in
manual.
RE38635,0000094 1929MAR051/1

082005
PN=333
04
9
P R O O F
9.0L - C2 - Engine Coolant Temperature Below Normal

Symptom
Problem
8.1L - C2 - Engine Coolant

Temperature Below Normal
Faulty coolant temperature

switch/sensor or coolant temperature
indicator light/gauge
Measure coolant temperature with a

gauge of known accuracy to
determine if coolant temperature is
below normal.
Faulty thermostats
Test thermostat opening

temperature. See INSPECT
THERMOSTAT AND TEST
OPENING TEMPERATURE later in
this Group.
04
10
9.0L - C3 - Coolant In Oil or Oil In Coolant
Solution
RE38635,0000095 1929MAR051/1
Symptom
Problem
Solution
8.1L - C3 - Coolant In Oil or Oil In

Coolant
Faulty cylinder head gasket
Look for signs of a head gasket

failure. See CHECK FOR HEAD
GASKET FAILURES later in this
Group.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Faulty oil cooler

cooler. See REMOVE, INSPECT,
AND INSTALL ENGINE OIL
COOLER in Section 02, Group 060
of this manual.
Leaking cylinder liner seals
Remove and inspect cylinder liners.

See REMOVE CYLINDER LINERS
in Section 02, Group 030 of this
manual.
Cracked cylinder head or block
Locate crack, repair/replace

components as required.
RE38635,0000096 1929MAR051/1

082005
PN=334
P R O O F
Test Engine Compression Pressure with Mechanical Gauge

IMPORTANT: Compression pressures are affected
by the cranking speed of the engine.
Before beginning the test, ensure
that batteries are fully charged and
injection nozzle area is thoroughly
cleaned.
7. If pressure difference between cylinders is

excessive, remove gauge and apply oil to ring area
of piston through injection nozzle bore. Do not use
too much oil and do not get oil on valves.
1. Start engine and run at rated speed until it warms

up to normal operating temperature. (From a cold
start, operate engine 10-15 minutes at slow idle.)
2. Remove injection lines, leak-off lines, inlet
connectors, and injection nozzles. SeeREMOVE
FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES CTM385.
8. Crank engine over and record compression reading

again.
3. Install the JTG2047 Nozzle adapter into injection

nozzle bore. Install injector clamp and tighten cap
screw to 47 Nm (35 lb-ft).
4. Connect JT01682 Gauge and Hose Assembly to
nozzle adapter.
5. Remove battery power supply to the Engine Control
Unit (ECU) by removing the ECU power supply
fuse, or by disconnecting the ECU from the wiring
harness.
All cylinders within an engine should have

approximately the same pressure. There
should be less than 340 kPa (3.4 bar) (50 psi)
difference between cylinders.
If pressure is significantly higher than the first

compression reading taken, worn or stuck rings
are indicated. Either replace piston rings or install
new piston and liner set as needed. See
INSTALL CYLINDER LINER IN BLOCK and
INSTALL PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD and
Section 02, Group 030 of this manual.
If pressure remains much lower than the
specification, it is possible that valve lash is
incorrect or valves are worn or sticking. Measure
valve lash to specifications or recondition cylinder
as needed. See in Section 02, Group 020 of this
manualCHECK VALVE CLEARANCE.
P R O O F
NOTE: A 3.6% reduction in gauge pressure will result

for each additional 300 m (1000 ft) of altitude.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
6. Crank engine over with starting motor for

approximately 10 seconds and record compression
readings. Compare readings with adjacent
cylinders. There should be less than 340 kPa (3.4
bar) (50 psi) difference between cylinders.
9. Measure compression pressure in all remaining

cylinders and compare readings. Recondition power
cylinders and cylinder head as required.
RE38635,000002C 1917DEC041/1

082005
PN=335
04
11
P R O O F
Check Engine Cranking Speed
04
1. Disable the fuel supply system at the injection

pump so fuel delivery is in the OFF position.
2. If not using the machine tachometer, install a photo
tachometer.
3. Crank engine for 15 seconds and record engine
speed.
4. Compare recorded engine speed to chart above.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
IMPORTANT: Make sure that batteries are fully

charged before performing this test.
RG9444
UN23JUL98
12
Cranking speed should meet or exceed specified

engine rpm for a given ambient air temperature. For
example, at 85F (29C) ambient temperature,
cranking speed should be at least 200 rpm.
If cranking speed is below specifications, check the
following:
Starting system problems (low battery, loose or
defective wiring, defective starter, etc.)
Excessive engine loads (hydraulic pumps/thick oil,
thick engine oil, etc.).
DPSG,RG40854,4 1924NOV981/1

082005
PN=336
P R O O F
Check Engine Oil Pressure
1. Check engine crankcase oil level. Adjust as necessary.
4. Attach pressure gauge to oil galley.

IMPORTANT: To achieve an accurate oil pressure
reading, warm up engine to 105C
(220F).
RG7067
3. Remove pipe plug from main oil gallery using JDG782

Oil Gallery Plug Tool.
UN20AUG98
2. Check overall condition of oil (viscosity, presence of

coolant, etc.). Change engine oil and replace oil filter if
necessary.
04
5. Start engine, run at speeds given below, measure oil

pressure, and compare readings.
13
Specification
OIL PRESSURE
SPECIFICATIONSMinimum No
Load at 800 rpm (Slow Idle) .......................... 170 kPa (1.70 bar) (25 psi)
Maximum Full Load at 2200 rpm
(Rated Speed) .................................................. 290 kPa (2.9 bar) (42 psi)
P R O O F
6. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure Low and/or Engine Oil

Pressure High as detailed under DIAGNOSING
ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS, earlier in this group if oil
pressure is not within specification.
NOTE: The oil pressure regulating valve is designed so

that adjustment of oil pressure should not be
required using shims.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000B1 1907APR051/1

082005
PN=337
P R O O F
Check for Excessive Engine Crankcase

Pressure (Blow-by)
Excessive blow-by coming out of the crankcase breather

tube (A) indicates that either the turbocharger seals are
faulty or the piston rings and cylinder liners are not
adequately sealing off the combustion chamber. This is a
comparative check that requires some experience to
determine when blow-by is excessive.
14
1. Remove the turbocharger oil drain line where it

connects to the engine block and run the line into a
bucket.
RG14156
04
If excessive blow-by is observed, perform the following to

determine if the turbocharger is causing the blow-by:
UN18APR05
Run engine at high idle and check crankcase breather

tube. Look for significant fumes and/or dripping oil coming
out of the breather tube at fast idle, with no load.
2. Run engine at high idle, slightly loaded and determine

if boost pressure is forcing oil through the drain line,
and check crankcase breather tube to determine if
blow-by has decreased.
P R O O F
3. If it appears that boost pressure is forcing oil through

the drain line, and/or blow-by decreases with the drain
line disconnected from the block, replace the
turbocharger and retest.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,RG40854,7 1924NOV981/1

082005
PN=338
P R O O F
Check for Turbocharger Oil Seal Leak

Seals are used on both sides of the turbocharger rotor
assembly. The seals are used to prevent exhaust
gases and air from entering the turbocharger housing.
Oil leakage past the seals is uncommon but can occur.
A restricted or damaged turbocharger oil return line
can cause the housing to pressurize causing oil to leak
by the seals. Additionally, intake or exhaust restrictions
can cause a vacuum between the compressor and
turbocharger housing causing oil to leak by the seals.
1. Remove intake tube and exhaust pipe.
2. Inspect the intake tube and turbocharger turbine

casing for evidence of oil leakage.
If oil leakage is present, perform the following:
Inspect turbocharger oil return line for kinks or
damage. Replace if necessary.
Check the air intake filter and hoses for
restrictions.
Check the exhaust system for restrictions to
include position of exhaust outlet.
3. Perform necessary repairs and retest.
NOTE: The intake tube from the air cleaner would not
have to be removed for this test.
04
15
RE38635,00000B2 1907APR051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=339
P R O O F
Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening

Temperature
Visually inspect thermostat for corrosion or damage.
Replace as necessary.
Test thermostat as follows:
04
16
2. Stir the water as it heats. Observe opening action of

thermostats and compare temperatures with
specification given in chart below.
NOTE: Due to varying tolerances of different suppliers,

initial opening and full open temperatures may
vary slightly from specified temperatures.
Rating
(160F)
(170F)
(180F)
(192F)
(195F)
(197F)
(205F)
(210F)
P R O O F
71C
77C
82C
89C
90C
92C
96C
99C
THERMOSTAT TEST SPECIFICATIONS

Initial Opening (Range)
Full Open
(Nominal)
6972C (156162F)
84C (182F)
7478C (166172F)
89C (192F)
8084C (175182F)
94C (202F)
8690C (187194F)
101C (214F)
8993C (192199F)
103C (218F)
8993C (193200F)
105C (221F)
9497C (201207F)
100C (213F)
96100C (205212F)
111C (232F)
RG5971
1. Suspend thermostat and a thermometer in a container

of water.
UN23NOV97
CAUTION: DO NOT allow thermostat or

thermometer to rest against the side or bottom
of container when heating water. Either may
rupture if overheated.
3. Remove thermostat and observe its closing action as it

cools. In ambient air the thermostat should close
completely. Closing action should be smooth and slow.
4. If any thermostat is defective on a multiple thermostat
engine, replace all thermostats.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,RG40854,10 1925NOV981/1

082005
PN=340
P R O O F
Test Radiator Cap Pressure:
1. Remove radiator cap and attach to D05104ST Tester

as shown.
2. Pressurize cap to 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi)1 . Gauge
should hold pressure for 10 seconds within normal
range if cap is acceptable.
RG6557
UN20JAN93
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when

cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
RG6558

burns.
UN20JAN93
Pressure Test Cooling System and Radiator

Cap
3. Remove the cap from gauge, turn it 180, and retest

cap. This will verify that the first measurement was
accurate.
Test Cooling System for Leaks:
NOTE: Engine should be warmed up to test overall

cooling system.
P R O O F
1. Allow engine to cool, then carefully remove radiator

cap.
2. Fill radiator with coolant to the normal operating level.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT apply excessive pressure to
cooling system, doing so may damage
radiator and hoses.
3. Connect gauge and adapter to radiator filler neck.

Pressurize cooling system to 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi)2.
If gauge does not hold pressure, replace radiator cap.
Test pressures recommended are for all Deere OEM cooling systems.
On specific vehicle applications, test cooling system and pressure cap
according to the recommended pressure for that vehicle.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,RG40854,11 1925NOV981/2

082005
PN=341
04
17
P R O O F

4. With pressure applied, check all cooling system hose
connections, radiator, and overall engine for leaks.
If leakage is detected, correct as necessary and pressure

test system again.
If no leakage is detected, but the gauge indicated a drop
in pressure, coolant may be leaking internally within the
system or at the block-to head gasket. See CHECK FOR
HEAD GASKET FAILURES later in this Group.
Pressure Test EGR Cooler for Air Leaks

04
18
NOTE: The EGR cooler can be pressure checked for

leaks at a radiator shop.
1. Remove EGR cooler from engine.
2. Block off cooler openings.
DPSG,RG40854,11 1925NOV982/2
3. Attach shop air and regulator to cooler and submerse

cooler in water.
4. Apply 36 psi air pressure to cooler and watch for air
bubbles indicating leaks.
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000014 1927MAY051/1

082005
PN=342
P R O O F
Check for Head Gasket Failures
Head gasket failures generally fall into three categories:

Combustion seal failures
Coolant seal failures
Oil seal failures
Combustion seal failures occur when combustion gases

escape between cylinder head and head gasket
combustion flange, or between combustion flange and
cylinder liner. Leaking combustion gases may vent to an
adjacent cylinder, to a coolant or oil passage, or
externally.
UN18APR05
ACylinder Head Bolts

BCoolant Passages
COil Passage (supply)
DPush Rod & Oil Drain
P R O O F
White smoke, excessive raw fuel, or moisture in

exhaust system.
Rough, irregular exhaust sound, or misfiring.
Air bubbles, gas trapped in radiator/overflow tank.
Loss of coolant from overflow.
Excessive cooling system pressure.
Coolant overheating.
Low coolant flow.
Loss of cab heating (air lock)
9 L Head Gasket
Follow these diagnostic procedures when a head gasket

joint failure occurs, or is suspected.
1. Start and warm up engine if it can be safely operated.
Examine all potential leakage areas again as outlined
previously. Using appropriate test and measurement
equipment, check the following:
04
RG14155
Coolant or oil seal failures occur when oil or coolant

escapes between cylinder head and gasket body, or
between cylinder block and gasket body. The oil or
coolant may leak to an adjacent coolant or oil passage, or
externally. Since oil and coolant passages are primarily on
right hand (camshaft) side of the engine, fluid leaks are
most likely to occur in that area.
2. Shut engine down. Recheck crankcase, radiator, and

overflow tank for any significant differences in fluid
levels, viscosity, or appearance.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000BA 1918APR051/4

082005
PN=343
19
P R O O F

3. Compare your observations from above steps with the
diagnostic charts on the following pages. If diagnostic
evaluations provide conclusive evidence of combustion
gas, coolant, or oil leakage from head gasket joint, the
cylinder head must be removed for inspection and
repair of gasket joint components.
COMBUSTION SEAL LEAKAGE
Symptoms:
04
20
Exhaust from head gasket crevice.

Air bubbles in radiator/overflow tank.
Coolant discharge from overflow tube.
Engine overheating.
Power loss.
Engine runs rough.
White exhaust smoke.
Loss of cab heat.
Gasket section dislodged, missing (blown).
Coolant in cylinder.
Coolant in crankcase oil.
Low coolant level.
Possible Causes:
Insufficient liner standout.
Excessive liner standout differential between cylinders.
Low head bolt clamping loads.
Rough/damaged liner flange surface.
Cracked/deformed gasket combustion flange.
Out-of-flat/damaged/rough cylinder head surface.
Missing/mislocated gasket firing ring.
Block cracked in liner support area.
Excessive fuel delivery.
Advanced injection pump timing.
Hydraulic or mechanical disturbance or combustion
seal.
NOTE: Cracked cylinder head or liners may also allow

combustion gas leakage into coolant.
P R O O F
If above symptoms are found, see HEAD GASKET

INSPECTION AND REPAIR SEQUENCE in Section 02,
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000BA 1918APR052/4

082005
PN=344
P R O O F

COOLANT SEAL LEAKAGE
Symptoms:
Coolant discharge from head gasket crevice.

Coolant in crankcase oil.
Low coolant level.
High oil level.
Coolant discharge form crankcase vent.
Possible Causes:
Excessive liner standout.

Low head bolt clamping loads.
Out-of-flat/damaged/rough block surface.
Oil or coolant overheating.
Cracks/creases in gasket body surfaces.
Damage/voids in elastomer beading.
04
21

OIL SEAL LEAKAGE
Symptoms:
Oil discharge from head gasket crevice.
Oil in coolant.
Low crankcase oil level.
Reduced oil to rocker arms (noisy).
Possible Causes:
P R O O F

Out-of-flat/damaged/rough block surface.
Oil or coolant overheating.
Cracks/creases in gasket body surfaces.
Damage/voids in elastomer beading.
Damaged/missing O-ring seal at oil port to rocker arms.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000BA 1918APR053/4

082005
PN=345
P R O O F

NOTE: Defective oil cooler may also allow oil leakage into
coolant.
RE38635,00000BA 1918APR054/4
Measure Intake Manifold Pressure (Turbo Boost)

04
22
With the addition of the exhaust gas recirculator (EGR)

and variable geometry turbocharger (VGT) to the 9 L
engine design, turbocharger boost values cannot be
accurately predicted.
The engine has a Manifold Air Pressure Sensor that

provides values to the ECU. Diagnostic procedures
CTM400 (02JUN05)
If boost pressure is suspected to be too low, check for

the following:
Restriction in air cleaner.
Leak in air intake between turbocharger and cylinder
head.
Leak in exhaust manifold gasket.
Restricted exhaust.
Leak in fuel system piping.
Restricted fuel filter elements.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Low fuel injection pump delivery.
Faulty fuel supply pump.
Low cylinder compression pressure.
Faulty fuel injection nozzles.
Carbon build-up in turbocharger.
Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing
housing.
P R O O F
The engine controls system is targeting a given EGR

percentage. Exhaust restrictions and charge air cooler
temperature differential in turn affect the engines
temperature differential between the intake and
exhaust manifolds. In a vehicle, if operating conditions
do not match exactly conditions measured in the
engine lab (intake restriction, pressure difference on
charge air cooler, and exhaust restriction), then the
engine will adjust the VGT to get the correct EGR
percentage. Boost pressures vary depending on
operating conditions of the engine. They may be
higher or lower. Therefore, accurate boost pressure
values cannot be predicted when the engine is in the
field.
with Service Advisor can provide an accurate

measurement of how well the engine is performing.
RE38635,00000B3 1907APR051/1

082005
PN=346
P R O O F
CRain Cap
DIntake Piping
EElbows
Low power, low boost pressure, and excessive black

exhaust smoke can be caused by an intake air or
exhaust restriction.
UN15JAN99
23
FConnections
2. Inspect the intake piping (D), any elbows (E), and

any connections (F). Look for collapsed pipes,
dented pipes and loose connections. Replace
components as needed.
1. Inspect the exhaust piping (A), the muffler (B), and

the rain cap (C) for damage or any possible
restrictions.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
AExhaust Piping
BMuffler
04
RG9721
Check for Intake and Exhaust Restrictions
DPSG,RG40854,14 1925NOV981/1

082005
PN=347
P R O O F
Loose connections or cracks in the suction side of the air

intake pipe can allow debris to be ingested into the engine
causing rapid wear in the cylinders. Additionally, on
turbocharged engines, compressor damage may occur
and cause an imbalance resulting in bearing failure. Air
leaking from loose connections or cracks on the pressure
side of the turbocharger can cause excessive smoke and
low power.
NOTE: The following test procedure requires that the air

intake be sealed off to pressurize the system.
Using a plastic bag to seal the air intake filter is
used as an example.
04
24
T5906AP
Test for Intake Air Leaks
UN23FEB89
CAUTION: Do not start engine during this test

procedure. Plastic bag (or whatever
material/object used to seal intake) can be
sucked into the engine.
1. Remove air cleaner cover and main filter element.
2. Put a plastic bag over secondary filter element and
install main element cover.
3. Remove plug (A) from manifold and using a suitable
adapter, connect a regulated air source.
P R O O F
4. Pressurize air intake system to 13.8-20.7 kPa

(0.13-0.21 bar) (2-3 psi).
5. Spray soap and water solution over all connections

from the air cleaner to the turbocharger or air inlet to
check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
6. Remove plastic bag from filter element and reinstall
element and cover.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,RG40854,15 1925NOV981/1

082005
PN=348
P R O O F
Check for Exhaust Air Leaks
B
A
04
25
RG14157
P R O O F
UN18APR05
Checking Exhaust Air Leaks

AExhaust Manifold Gasket
BExhaust Manifold
Exhaust leaks, upstream of the turbocharger will cause

the turbocharger turbine to rotate at a reduced speed
resulting in low boost pressure, low power, and
excessive black smoke.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
CTurbocharger Gasket
Inspect the exhaust manifold gasket (A), the exhaust

manifold (B), and the turbocharger gasket (C) for
damage and any signs of leakage. Replace
components as needed.
RE38635,0000097 1929MAR051/1

082005
PN=349
P R O O F
04
26
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=350
P R O O F
Section 05
Tools and Other Materials

Contents
Page
Group 180Diagnostic Service Tools

Base Engine Diagnostic Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . .05-180-1
Group 190Dealer Fabricated Service Tools
How to Make Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-190-1
DFRG3Cylinder Liner Holding Fixture . . . . .05-190-1
CTM400 (02JUN05)
05
P R O O F
Group 170Repair Tools and Other Materials

Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-1
Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-4
Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-5
Group 030 Cylinder Block, Liners,
Pistons, and Rods Essential Tools. . . . . . . .05-170-5
Pistons, and Rods Other Materials . . . . . .05-170-10
Group 040 Crankshaft, Main Bearings
and Flywheel Essential Tools. . . . . . . . . . .05-170-10
and Flywheel Service Equipment and
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-16
and Flywheel Other Materials . . . . . . . . . .05-170-17
Group 050 Camshaft and Timing Gear
Train Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-17
Train Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-21
Group 060 Lubrication System Other
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-22
Group 070 Cooling System Other
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-22
Group 080 Air Intake and Exhaust System
Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-23
Group 100 Starting and Charging Systems
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-170-23

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
05
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Group 170
Repair Tools and Other Materials
Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN051/11
RG7056 UN05DEC97
RG5068
UN17JUN05
Flywheel Turning Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG820

Used to rotate engine to check damper radial runout and
time engine. JDE81-1 may be used also if JDG820 is not
available.
JDG820
Timing Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE81-4
05
170
1
Lock engine at TDC when timing valve train, adjusting

valve clearance, and installing fuel injection pump. Use
with JDG820, JDE81-1 Flywheel Turning Tools.
JDE81-4
P R O O F
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN052/11
RG6246 UN05DEC97
Dial Indicator . . . (English, in.) D17526CI or (Metric, mm)

D17527CI
Use with JDG451 to measure valve recess and cylinder
liner height-to-cylinder block top deck.
D17526CI or D17527CI
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN053/11
05-170-1
082005
PN=353
P R O O F

RG5061 UN05DEC97
Spring Compression Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01168AA

Test valve spring compression.
D01168AA
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN054/11
RG5062 UN05DEC97
Valve Inspection Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D05058ST

Check valves for out-of-round.
05
170
2
D05058ST
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN055/11
RG5063 UN05DEC97
End Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D17024BR
P R O O F
Clean valve seat and bores.
D172024BR
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN056/11
RG5064 UN05DEC97
Valve Guide Knurler Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05949

Knurl valve guides.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JT05949
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN057/11
05-170-2
082005
PN=354
P R O O F

RG5071 UN05DEC97
Valve Seat Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDE41296

Remove valve seats.
JDE41296
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN058/11
RG5065 UN05DEC97
Valve Seat Pilot Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE7

Install replacement valve seat inserts. Use with JDG605.
Valve Seat Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG605
JDE7
P R O O F
UN05DEC97
05
170
3
RG5240
Install intake and exhaust valve seat inserts. Use with

JDE7.
JDG10057
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN059/11
RG5099 UN23AUG88
Nozzle Threads Cleaning Brush . . . . . . . . . . D17030BR

Used to clean electronic injector bore.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
D17030BR
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN0510/11
05-170-3
082005
PN=355
P R O O F

RG5100 UN05DEC97
Tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG681A
Used to restore threaded holes in cylinder block for
cylinder head cap screws.
Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Service Equipment and Tools
05
170
4
JDG681A
RE38635,000001D 1901JUN0511/11

European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
RE38635,000001C 1901JUN051/5
Valve Spring Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE138
P R O O F
Compress valve springs when removing and installing

valves.
RE38635,000001C 1901JUN052/5
Precision Bevelled Edge Straightedge . . . . . D05012ST

Check cylinder head flatness.
RE38635,000001C 1901JUN053/5
Eccentrimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D11010KW
Measure valve seat-to-stem runout.
RE38635,000001C 1901JUN054/5
Heavy-Duty Seat Grinder Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05893

Grind valve seats.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000001C 1901JUN055/5
05-170-4
082005
PN=356
P R O O F
Group 021 Cylinder Head and Valves Other Materials

Number
Name
AR44402 (U.S.)
Valve Stem Lubricant
Lubricate valve stems.
PT569 (U.S.)
NEVER-SEEZ Compound
Turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold
cap screws.
Use
RE38635,000001B 1901JUN051/1
Group 030 Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons,

and Rods Essential Tools
05
170
5
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY051/14
RG6246 UN05DEC97
P R O O F
Dial Indicator . . . (English, in.) D17526CI or (Metric, mm)

D17527CI
Use with JDG451 to measure valve recess and cylinder
liner height-to-cylinder block top deck.
D17526CI or D17527CI
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY052/14
RG7029 UN05DEC97
Piston and Liner Height Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG451

Use with dial indicator to measure piston and liner heights
above cylinder block.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JDG451
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY053/14
05-170-5
082005
PN=357
P R O O F

RG5019 UN05DEC97
Cylinder Liner Puller . . . . . . . . D01062AA orD01073AA.

Remove cylinder liners.
D01062AA or D01073AA.
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY054/14
RG5074 UN07NOV97
Flexible Cylinder Hone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D17005BR

Hone cylinder liners.
05
170
6
D17005BR
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY055/14
RG5077 UN07NOV97
Piston Ring Expander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE93
P R O O F
Remove and install piston rings.
JDE93
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY056/14
RG5076 UN23AUG88
No. 1 Ring Groove Wear Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE55

Check upper compression ring groove wear.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JDE55
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY057/14
05-170-6
082005
PN=358
P R O O F

RG5076 UN23AUG88
No. 2 Ring Groove Wear Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . JDG852
JDG852
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY058/14
Connecting Rod Bushing Service Set . . . . . . . . JDE98A
5
36104
7
1
3
4
10
8
UN25APR02
Remove and install connecting rod bushings. Set consists

of JDE98-1 Cup (1), JDE98-2 Driver (2), JDE98-3 Pilot
(3), JDE98-4 Driver (4), JDE98-5 Driver (5), JDE98-6 Pilot
(6), JDE98-7 Driver (7), JDE98-8 Cup (8), JDE98-9 Pilot
(9), JDE98-10 Bushing Remover (10) and STD36104
Forcing Screw.
05
170
7
RG5078
Check lower compression ring groove wear.
JDE98A
P R O O F
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY059/14
RG5079 UN07NOV97
Connecting Rod Bushing Service Set . . . . . . . . JDG337

Use with JDE98A Bushing Service Set to remove and
install connecting rod bushings.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JDG337
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY0510/14
05-170-7
082005
PN=359
P R O O F
RG5075
Clean cylinder liner O-ring groove in block.
UN07NOV97
O-Ring Groove Cleaning Brush . . . . . . . . . . D17015BR
D17015BR
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY0511/14
RG5100 UN05DEC97
05
170
8
Tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG681
Used to restore threaded holes in cylinder block for
cylinder head cap screws.
JDG681
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY0512/14
05-170-8
082005
PN=360
P R O O F

Piston Spray Jet Installation Tool . . . . . . . . . . JDG1948
Install piston spray jet into main bearing web of cylinder
block
RG14225
Piston Spray Jet Installer
P R O O F
UN31MAY05
05
170
9
RG14233
Compress rings while installing pistons.
UN31MAY05
Piston Ring Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1963
Piston Ring Compressor
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY0513/14
05-170-9
082005
PN=361
P R O O F

Torque Angle Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05993
05
170
10
RG5698
UN05DEC97
Used to TORQUE-TURN flanged-head cylinder head and

connecting rod cap screws.
JT05993
RE38635,0000019 1931MAY0514/14
Group 030 Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons,

and Rods Other Materials
Number
Use
PLASTIGAGE
Determine connecting rod

bearing-to-journal oil clearance.
Soap Lubricant
P R O O F
AR54749 (U.S.)
Name
Coat O-rings on cylinder liners.
RG41183,000000C 1903JAN011/1
Group 040 Crankshaft, Main Bearings and

Flywheel Essential Tools
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY051/12
05-170-10
082005
PN=362
P R O O F

RG6214 UN05DEC97
Seal Puller Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG719

Used with a standout metal screw, JDE38-2 Shank, and
JDE38-3 Slide Handle to remove front crankshaft oil seal
with timing gear cover installed. Also used to remove rear
crankshaft oil seal with seal housing installed.
JDG719
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY052/12
05
170
11
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
05-170-11
082005
PN=363
P R O O F

Seal and Wear Sleeve Installer . . . . JDG1952, JDG1953,
JDG1954
RG14223
UN31MAY05
Used to simultaneously install the new teflon unitized oil

seal and wear sleeve on the rear crankshaft flange. Also
use with JDG1953 & JDG1954 Alignment Tools to align
and install rear oil seal housing, eliminating need for dial
indicator to measure runout.
RG14222
UN31MAY05
P R O O F
Rear Seal Housing Alignment Tool
RG14221
05
170
12
UN31MAY05
Rear Crank Seal - Housing to Pan Rail Alignment
Rear Seal & Wear Sleeve Installation Tool
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY053/12
05-170-12
082005
PN=364
P R O O F

RG7056 UN17JUN05

available.
JDG820
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY054/12
Thread Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG787
UN05DEC97
Used with JDG721 Hub Puller Kit to remove vibration

damper puller assembly. Tool may be used with any puller
set where limited space makes it difficult to use puller
without a thread protector.
RG6429
05
170
13
JDG787
P R O O F
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY055/12
Hub Puller Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG721
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5763
UN05DEC97
Used with JDG787 Thread Protector to remove vibration

damper pulley assembly.
JDG721
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY056/12
05-170-13
082005
PN=365
P R O O F

Front Wear Sleeve Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG786
RG6428
UN05DEC97
Used to remove front crankshaft wear sleeve with timing

gear cover installed.
JDG786
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY057/12
RG5508 UN05DEC97
Front Wear Sleeve Installer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE3

Install front crankshaft wear sleeve.
JDE3
P R O O F
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY058/12
Seal Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG720A
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Used to install front crankshaft oil seal with timing gear

cover installed. Set consists of JDG10023 Forcing Screw,
JDG720-2 Seal Protector, JDG720-5 Seal Installer and
JDG720-4 Ring.
RG6215
05
170
14
JDG720A
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY059/12
05-170-14
082005
PN=366
P R O O F
RG8513
Used to remove rear wear sleeve with oil seal housing

installed on Series 400, 450, and 500 Engines. Set
consists of JDG1020-1 Collet Halves, 24833 Forcing
Screw, JDG1020-2 Pulling Plate, JDG1020-3 Hose
Clamp.
UN13AUG99
Rear Wear Sleeve Puller Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1020
Rear Crankshaft Seal & Wear Sleeve Puller
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY0510/12
Main Bearing Cap Puller/Installer . . . . . . . . . . JDG1069
UN20MAY98
Use to remove and install the main bearing caps. Due to

wider bearing surface, these caps are installed with an
increased interference fit.
RG8521
05
170
15
JDG1069
P R O O F
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY0511/12
RG5108 UN05DEC97
Gear Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDH7

Install crankshaft drive gear.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
JDH7
RE38635,000001A 1931MAY0512/12
05-170-15
082005
PN=367
P R O O F

Flywheel Service Equipment and Tools
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
RG41183,000000E 1903JAN011/3
Slide Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01300AA

Use with JDG1069 to remove main bearing caps.
05
170
16
RG41183,000000E 1903JAN012/3
Puller1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01251AA
Remove crankshaft gear.
Part of D01047AA 17-1/2 and 30 Ton Puller Set
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
RG41183,000000E 1903JAN013/3
05-170-16
082005
PN=368
P R O O F

Flywheel Other Materials
Number
Name
Use
TY15969 (U.S.)
TY9479 (Canadian)
680 (LOCTITE)
Retaining Compound (Maximum

Strength)
Used to coat ID of new wear sleeve.
PLASTIGAGE
Check main bearing-to-crankshaft

journal oil clearance during engine
disassembly.
T43512 (U.S.)
TY9473 (Canadian)
242 (LOCTITE)
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium

Strength)
Coat threads of flywheel mounting

cap screws.
TY6333 or TY6347 (U.S.)
High Temperature Grease
Used to install timing gear cover

tabs.
Brake Kleen or Ignition Cleaner
Remove sealant from crankshaft

flange.

Train Essential Tools
P R O O F

05
170
17
RG41183,000000F 1903JAN011/1

CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR991/10
05-170-17
082005
PN=369
P R O O F
JDG787
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR992/10
Hub Puller Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG721
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
UN05DEC97
Used with JDG787 Thread Protector to remove vibration

damper pulley assembly on some engine applications.
RG5763
05
170
18
RG6429
Used with JDG721 Hub Puller Kit to remove vibration

damper puller assembly.
UN05DEC97
Thread Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG787
JDG721
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR993/10
05-170-18
082005
PN=370
P R O O F

RG7056 UN05DEC97
RG5068
UN17JUN05

available.
JDG820
Timing Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE81-4

Lock engine at TDC when timing valve train, adjusting
valve clearance, and installing fuel injection pump. Use
with JDG820 and JDE81-1 Flywheel Turning Tools.
JDE81-4
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR994/10
RG10060 UN10JUN99
05
170
19
Slide Hammer and Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . D01209AA

Used to remove auxiliary drive idler bushing/spacer from
timing gear cover.
D01209AA
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR995/10
Camshaft Bushing Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG602
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5336
UN07NOV97
Used with JDE6 Camshaft Bushing Service Set to service

camshaft bushings. JDG602 consists of JDG603 Driver
and JDG604 Receiver Cup.
JDG602
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR996/10
05-170-19
082005
PN=371
P R O O F

R26149N UN04DEC97
Camshaft Bushing Service Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE6

Used with JDG602 Camshaft Bushing Adapter Set to
service camshaft bushings. JDG405 Service Set may be
used along with JDG606 Adapter Set if JDE6 is not
available.
JDE6
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR997/10
Camshaft Bushing Service Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG405
RG4228
05
170
20
UN05DEC97
Used with JDG606 Camshaft Bushing Adapter Set and

D102999AA Slide Hammer to service camshaft bushings.
JDE6 Service Set may be used along with JDG602
Adapter Set if JDG405 in not available.
JDG405
P R O O F
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR998/10
Camshaft Bushing Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG606
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RG5337
UN07NOV97
Used with JDG405 Camshaft Bushing Service Set and

D01299AA Slide Hammer to service camshaft bushings.
JDG606 consists of JDG607 Driver and JDG608 Pilot.
JDG606
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR999/10
05-170-20
082005
PN=372
P R O O F

Train Other Materials
Number
Name
51048 (LOCTITE)
Moly Paste
RG78104H1
Used with JDG405 Camshaft Bushing Service Set and

JDG606 Camshaft Bushing Adapter Set to service
camshaft bushings.
UN15DEC88
Slide Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01299AA
D01299AA
DPSG,OUO1004,838 1927APR9910/10
Use
Lubricate camshaft nose to provide

lubrication to aid in camshaft gear
installation.
05
170
21
TY6299 (U.S.)
PERMATEX AVIATION
(Form-A-Gasket No. 3)
Apply to camshaft bore steel cap

plug.
TY6333 or TY6347 (U.S.)
High Temperature Grease
Used to lubricate camshaft lobes and

thrust washer when installing
camshaft.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F

DPSG,OUO1004,840 1927APR991/1
05-170-21
082005
PN=373
P R O O F
Group 060 Lubrication System Other

Materials
Number
Name
T43512 (U.S.)
TY9473 (Canadian)
242 (LOCTITE)

Strength)
Coat threads of oil filter adapter.
Form-A-Gasket No. 3
Oil pan gasket surfaces.
Pipe Sealant with TEFLON
To seal oil pan elbow drain fitting.
AVIATION (TY6299) (U.S.)

TY9375 (U.S.)
TY9480 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)

05
170
22
Group 070 Cooling System Other

Materials
Use
DPSG,OUO1004,846 1927APR991/1
Name
Use
TY6333 or TY6345 (U.S.)
High-Temperature Grease
Fan drive bearings.
TY9375 (U.S.)
TY9480 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)
Pipe Sealant with TEFLON
Coolant pump and block drain valves

and coolant temperature switch.
T43512 (U.S.)
TY9473 (Canadian)
242 (LOCTITE)

Strength)

CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Number
Thermostat Housing-to-cylinder head

cap screws.
DPSG,OUO1004,849 1927APR991/1
05-170-22
082005
PN=374
P R O O F

Other Materials
Number
Name
PT569 (U.S.)
NEVER-SEEZ Compound
Use
Turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold
cap screws. Also apply to special
flange head exhaust manifold cap
screws when being reused.1
1
Special flange head cap screws used on exhaust manifold have
pre-applied anti-sieze compound. Reapply compound only when reusing
cap screws.
DPSG,OUO1004,819 1921APR991/1
05
170
23
Group 100 Starting and Charging Systems

Essential Tools
P R O O F
RE38635,0000017 1931MAY051/2
RG14234
Remove and install starter motor.
UN31MAY05
Starter Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG2046
Special Wrench - Starter Removal & Installation
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,0000017 1931MAY052/2
05-170-23
082005
PN=375
P R O O F
05
170
24
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
05-170-24
082005
PN=376
P R O O F
Base Engine Diagnostic Tools
Group 180
Diagnostic Service Tools

DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL981/7
RG5161 UN23AUG88
Compression Test Set . . JT01674 (formerly D14546BA or

FKM10021)
Used to check cylinder compression pressure. Use
adapter and gauge/hose assembly from set.
05
180
1
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL982/7
RG6612
P R O O F
Used to remove and install oil galley plug when measuring

engine oil pressure.
UN29JAN93
Oil Galley Plug Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG782
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL983/7
RG5162 UN23AUG88
Universal Pressure Test Kit . . . . . . . . JT05470 (formerly

D15027NU or FKM10002)
Used for testing engine oil pressure, intake manifold
pressure (turbo boost), and fuel supply pump pressure.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL984/7
05-180-1
082005
PN=377
P R O O F
Diagnostic Service Tools
R26406N
Used to pressure test radiator cap and cooling system.
UN29NOV88
Cooling System Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . D05104ST
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL985/7
RG7056 UN17JUN05
05
180
2

Used to rotate engine flywheel to lock engine at TDC to
check fuel injection pump timing. Use with JDE81-4
Timing Pin.
P R O O F
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL986/7
RG5068 UN05DEC97
Timing Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDE81-4

Used to lock engine at TDC. Use with JDG820 Flywheel
Turning Tool.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DPSG,OUO1004,201 1907JUL987/7
05-180-2
082005
PN=378
P R O O F
Group 190
Dealer Fabricated Service Tools
How to Make Tools
This tool can be made in a service shop using common

shop tools and locally obtained materials.
P R O O F
UN24OCT88
05
190
1
T36748N
DFRG3Cylinder Liner Holding Fixture
RG,RG34710,1338 1923OCT971/1
Cylinder Liner Holding Fixture

1254.0 mm (10 in.)
2127.0 mm (5 in.)
338.1 mm (1.5 in.)
4405.4 mm (16 in.)
5330.2 mm (13 in.)
69.52 mm (0.38 in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
712.7 mm (0.5 in.)

831.8 mm (1.25 in.)
963.5 mm (2.5 in.)
1025.4 mm (1 in.)
116.35 mm (0.25 in.)
12152.4 mm (6 in.)
130.328 in. Drill Through

145/16 in.18 Tap
152 used
16304.8 mm (12 in.)
175/16 in.18 Tap
1869.85 mm (2.75 in.) Radius
19101.6 mm (4 in.)
20111.25 mm (4.38 in.)
2160.45 mm (2.38 in.)
225/16 in. x 1 in. Cap Screw
2338.1 mm (1.5 in.) Angle
Iron
RG,RG34710,1339 1923OCT971/1
05-190-1
082005
PN=379
P R O O F
Dealer Fabricated Service Tools
05
190
2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
05-190-2
082005
PN=380
P R O O F
Section 06
Specifications
Contents
Page
Group 210Diagnostic Specifications

Group 150 Base Engine Diagnostic
Specifications (Includes Dynamometer
Specifications (OEM) and Turbocharger Boost
Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-1
Dynamometer Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . .06-210-2
Intake Manifold Pressure (Turbocharger
Boost) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-4
Effects of Altitude and Temperature on
Engine Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-5
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06
P R O O F
Group 200Repair and General OEM

Specifications
General OEM Engine
Specifications--Continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-1
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque
Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-3
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values . . . . . . .06-200-4
Group 020 Cylinder Head and Valves
Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-5
Pistons and Rods Repair Specifications. . . .06-200-8
and Flywheel Repair Specifications . . . . . .06-200-11
Train Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-15
Group 060 Lubrication System Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-17
Group 070 Cooling System Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-20
Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-22
Group 100 OEM Starting and Charging
Systems Repair Specifications. . . . . . . . . .06-200-23

082005
PN=1
P R O O F
Contents
06
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)

082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Group 200
Repair and General OEM Specifications

General OEM Engine Specifications
NOTE: For John Deere vehicle engines, see Machine
Technical Manual.
ITEM
General Data
Engine Type
Aspiration
Number of Cylinders
Bore
Stroke
Displacement
Combustion System
Compression Ratio
Physical Dimensions:
Width
Height
Length
Basic Dry Weight
Performance Data (Industrial Applications)
Low Idle Speed
Fast Idle Speed
Rated Speed
Performance Data (Generator Applications)
Low Idle Speed
Fast Idle Speed
Rated Speed
Cooling System (Liquid, pressurized with centrifugal pump)

Recommended Pressure Cap
Coolant Temperature Operating Range
Coolant Capacity
Valve Actuation
Valve Clearance (cold)
Intake
Exhaust
Fuel System
Injector Opening Pressure
Electrical System
Battery Capacity (minimum) - 12 Volt System
Reserve Capacity - 24 Volt System
ENGINE MODEL 6090HF485
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
L (cu in.)
In-line, 4 cycle diesel

Turbocharged and air-to-air
after cooled
6
1168 (4.70)
136 (5.40)
9.0 (549)
Direct Injection
16:1
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
kg (lb)
630 (24.8)
1113 (43.8)
1210 (47.6)
901 (1986)
rpm
rpm
rpm
800
2180 OR 2380
2000 or 2200
rpm
rpm
rpm
1590 or 1890
1500 or 1800
P R O O F
Lubrication System
Oil Pressure at Rated rpm
Oil Pressure at Low Idle
In-Crankcase Oil Temp at Rated rpm
UNIT OF MEASURE
kPa (bar) (psi)

kPa (bar) (psi)
C (F)
290 (2.9) (42)

170 (1.7) (25)
115C (240F)
kPa (psi)
C (F)
Liters (Qts)
100 (14.5)
82-94C (180-202F)
16 (17)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
0.18 (.007)
0.64 (.025)
kPa (psi)
ECU Programmed
UNIT OF MEASURE
CCA
Minutes

1100
250
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06
200
1
RE38635,00000A6 1904APR051/2
06-200-1
082005
PN=383
P R O O F

ITEM
Battery Capacity (minimum) - 24 Volt System
Air System
Maximum Air Intake Restriction
UNIT OF MEASURE
CCA
Minutes

750
275
in. H2O (kPa) (bar) (psi)
25 (6.25) (0.06) (1.0)
RE38635,00000A6 1904APR052/2
06
200
2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-200-2
082005
PN=384
P R O O F
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1671 UN01MAY03
Bolt or
SAE Grade 2a
SAE Grade 1
b
Screw
Lubricated
Size
1/4
Dry
Lubricated
Dry
SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2
Lubricated
Lubricatedb
Nm
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
3.7
33
4.7
42
53
7.5
66
9.5
84
12
106
5/16
7.7
68
9.8
86
12
106
15.5
137
3/8
13.5
120
17.5
155
22
194
27
240
7/16
22
194
Nm
Nm
lb-ft
Nm
lb-ft
Nm
13.5
Nm
19.5
Nm
1/2
Dry
SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
172
lb-ft
25
Nm
221
lb-in
120
lb-ft
Dryc
Nm
17
Nm
lb-in
150
lb-ft
28
20.5
35
26
lb-ft
35
26
44
32.5
49
36
63
46
lb-ft
28
20.5
35
26
44
32.5
56
41
70
52
80
59
100
74
42
31
53
39
67
49
85
63
110
80
120
88
155
115
lb-ft
34
25
9/16
48
35.5
60
45
76
56
95
70
125
92
155
115
175
130
220
165
5/8
67
49
85
63
105
77
135
100
170
125
215
160
240
175
305
225
3/4
120
88
150
110
190
140
240
175
300
220
380
280
425
315
540
400
7/8
190
140
240
175
190
140
240
175
490
360
615
455
690
510
870
640
285
210
360
265
285
210
360
265
730
540
920
680
1030
760
1300
960
400
300
510
375
400
300
510
375
910
670
1150
850
1450
1075
1850
1350
1-1/4
570
420
725
535
570
420
725
535
1280
945
1630
1200
2050
1500
2600
1920
1-3/8
750
550
950
700
750
550
950
700
1700
1250
2140
1580
2700
2000
3400
2500
1-1/2
990
730
1250
930
990
730
1250
930
2250
1650
2850
2100
3600
2650
4550
3350
P R O O F
1
1-1/8
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the
bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or
crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on
U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear
bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear
bolts with identical grade.
a
Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher

grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
Lubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
c
Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,TORQ1 1924APR031/1
06-200-3
082005
PN=385
06
200
3
P R O O F
Bolt or
Screw
4.8
8.8
9.8
4.8
8.8
9.8
Class 4.8
Lubricateda
Class 8.8 or 9.8

Dryb
Lubricateda
Dryb
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
Nm
lb-in
M6
4.7
42
53
8.9
79
11.3
100
102
14.5
Nm
M10
23
Nm
06
200
4
204
29
128
lb-ft
21
22
Nm
194
lb-ft
43
32
lb-ft
27.5
Nm
55
12.9
10.9
12.9
12.9
Class 10.9
Nm
13
Nm
11.5
12.9
Lubricateda
Size
M8
10.9
TS1670
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values
243
UN01MAY03
lb-in
115
lb-ft
Class 12.9
Dryb
Nm
16.5
Nm
Lubricateda
lb-in
146
lb-ft
Nm
15.5
Nm
lb-in
137
lb-ft
Dryb
Nm
lb-in
19.5
172
Nm
lb-ft
32
23.5
40
29.5
37
27.5
47
35
40
63
46
80
59
75
55
95
70
lb-ft
40
29.5
50
37
75
55
95
70
110
80
140
105
130
95
165
120
M14
63
46
80
59
120
88
150
110
175
130
220
165
205
150
260
190
M16
100
74
125
92
190
140
240
175
275
200
350
255
320
235
400
300
M18
135
100
170
125
265
195
330
245
375
275
475
350
440
325
560
410
M20
190
140
245
180
375
275
475
350
530
390
675
500
625
460
790
580
M22
265
195
330
245
510
375
650
480
725
535
920
680
850
625
1080
800
M24
330
245
425
315
650
480
820
600
920
680
1150
850
1080
800
1350
1000
M27
490
360
625
460
950
700
1200
885
1350
1000
1700
1250
1580
1160
2000
1475
M30
660
490
850
625
1290
950
1630
1200
1850
1350
2300
1700
2140
1580
2700
2000
M33
900
665
1150
850
1750
1300
2200
1625
2500
1850
3150
2325
2900
2150
3700
2730
M36
1150
850
1450
1075
2250
1650
2850
2100
3200
2350
4050
3000
3750
2770
4750
3500
P R O O F
M12
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always

replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
instructions are given for the specific application.
Lubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
DX,TORQ2 1924APR031/1
06-200-4
082005
PN=386
P R O O F
Group 020 Cylinder Head and Valves

Repair Specifications
Item
Measurement
Intake Valve Clearance Check &

Adjust (Rocker Arm-to-Valve Tip
With Engine Cold)
Clearance
Exhaust Valve Clearance Check &

Adjust (Rocker Arm-to-Valve Tip
With Engine Cold)
Clearance
Valve Adjusting Screw Lock Nut
Torque
Solenoid Wire Retaining Nuts
Torque
Rocker Arm Cover Cap Screws
Torque
Intake Valve
Lift
Wear Tolerance
Exhaust Valve
Lift
Intake Valve
Recess
Intake Valve Spring
Height
Height
Exhaust Valve Spring
Height
Height
Intake Valve Stem
OD
P R O O F
Recess
CTM400 (02JUN05)
0.130.23 mm
(0.0050.009 in.)
0.580.69 mm
(0.0230.027 in.)
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
2.25 Nm (1.29 lb-ft)
20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
6.0014.00 mm
(0.2500.550 in.)
at 0.00 mm (in.)
not available
6.0014.00 mm
(0.2500.550 in.)
at 0.00 mm (in.)
not available
Wear Tolerance
Exhaust Valve
Specification
06
200
5
1.201.80 mm (0.0470.071 in.)

below cylinder head
1.201.80 mm (0.0470.071 in.)
below cylinder head
32.91 mm (1.30 in.)@728804 N
(160177 lb-force) with valve open
45.0 mm (1.77 in.)@320353 N
(7078 lb-force) with valve closed
32.91 mm (1.30 in.)@728804 N
(160177 lb-force) with valve open
45.0 mm (1.77 in.)@320353 N
(7078 lb-force) with valve closed
7.9677.993 mm
(0.31340.3145 in.)
RG41165,0000018 1916NOV041/3
06-200-5
082005
PN=387
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Exhaust Valve Stem
OD
Intake Valve Head
OD
Exhaust Valve Head
OD
Valve Face
Runout
Valve Face (Intake and Exhaust)
Angle
Cylinder Head Plugs
Torque
Cylinder Head
Maximum Acceptable Out-of-Flat

Over Entire Length or Width
Straightness Per Any 305 mm (12
in.) Length
0.08 mm (0.003 in.)
Thickness
105 nominal mm
(4.134 in)
not available
1.52.8 micrometers
(60110 micro-in.)
Cylinder Head
Wear Limit
Combustion Face Surface
Finish (Surface Mill Only to AA
Finish)
Maximum Wave Depth
06
200
6
Specification
7.9677.993 mm
(0.31340.3145 in.)
39.8740.13 mm (1.5701.580 in.)
39.8740.13 mm (1.5701.580 in.)
0.05 mm (0.002 in.) maximum
permissible
29.25 0.25
60 Nm (44 lb-ft)
Within 0.025 mm (0.001 in.)
0.012 mm (0.0005 in.)
ID
New Guide-to-Exhaust Valve Stem
Clearance
New Guide-to-Intake Valve Stem
Clearance
Valve Seat
Angle
Maximum Runout
30 0.50
0.065 mm (0.0025 in.)
Exhaust Valve Seat
Width
1.982.61 mm (0.0800.103 in.)
Intake Valve Seat
Width
Valve Seat Grinding
Angle
Exhaust Width
Intake Width
Maximum Seat Runout
P R O O F
Valve Guide
CTM400 (02JUN05)
8.0178.043 mm (0.31560.3167
in.) in new head
0.0500.076 mm (0.0020.003 in.)
0.0500.076 mm (0.0020.003 in.)
1.982.61 (0.0800.103 in.)

30 0.25
1.982.61 mm (0.0800.103 in.)
1.982.61 mm (0.0800.103 in.)
0.051 mm (0.0020 in.)
RG41165,0000018 1916NOV042/3
06-200-6
082005
PN=388
P R O O F
Measurement
Oversize Inserts
not available
Liner
Height Above Block
0.0510.127 mm
(0.0020.005 in.) above block

Washers)
Initial Torque
80 Nm (60 lb-ft)

Washers)
Final Torque
Initial Rocker Arm

Screw
Torque
Final Rocker Arm

Screw
Torque Turn
Rocker Arm Cover-to-Cylinder Head

Cap Screw
Torque
20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
Intake Manifold-to-Cylinder Head
Torque
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
Exhaust Manifold-to-Cylinder Head
Torque
70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
Turbocharger Cap Screws
Torque
Turbocharger Oil Return

Line-to-Turbocharger Cap Screws
Torque
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Item
Specification
na
See Torque-to-Yield Procedure in

this Group for Final Torque
Specifications and Sequence
20 Nm (15 lb-ft)
Back screw out 75% thread

engagement, then torque to 40 Nm
+ additional 75 (30 lb-ft + 75)
06
200
7
40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
RG41165,0000018 1916NOV043/3
06-200-7
082005
PN=389
P R O O F
Group 030 Cylinder Block, Liners, Pistons

and Rods Repair Specifications
06
200
8
Item
Measurement
Specification

Checking Standout)
Torque
Cylinder Liners
Standout (Height Above Block)
0.0510.127 mm (0.0020.005 in.)
Maximum Piston Protrusion Above

Block
Protrusion
0.0510.787 mm (0.0020.031 in.)
End Gap
End Gap
Piston Oil Control Ring-to-Groove
New Part Clearance
68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
0.430.69 mm (0.0170.027 in.)

1.011.27 mm (0.0400.050 in.)
Maximum Serviceable Clearance
0.0640.102 mm (0.00250.0040
in.)
0.165 mm (0.0065 in.)
Cylinder Liner
Thickness
Packing Step Dimension
4.7654.925 mm (0.1880.194 in.)

1.451.55 mm (0.0570.061 in.)
Piston Skirt
OD 15.16 mm (0.597 in.) from

Bottom of Piston
118.320118.35 mm (4.6584.659
in.)
Cylinder Liner
ID
P R O O F
118.39118.47 mm (4.6614.664
in.)
OD (Coolant Jacket Area)
127.94128.24 mm (5.0375.049
in.)
OD (At Upper Bore)
129.08129.14 mm (5.0825.084
in.)
OD (At Lower Bore)
125.044125.120 mm (4.923
4.926 in.)
ID of Upper Bore in Block for Seating 129.155129.205 mm (5.085
Liners
5.087 in.)
ID of Lower Bore in Block for Seating 125.133125.183 mm (4.9265
Liners
4.9285 in.)
Liner-to-Block Clearance at Upper
0.0260.126 mm (0.0010.005 in.)
Bore
Liner-to-Block Clearance at Lower
0.0120.140 mm (0.00050.0055
Bore
in.)
Maximum Out-of-Round
0.051 mm (0.0020 in.)
Maximum Wear or Taper in Ring
0.051 mm (0.0020 in.) maximum
Travel Area
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000AA 1905APR051/3
06-200-8
082005
PN=390
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Piston-to-Liner
New Part Clearance (At Bottom of

Skirt)
Maximum Clearance
0.0760.124 mm (0.00300.0049
in.)
0.152 mm (0.0060 in.)
Cylinder Liner Flange
Thickness
11.98912.039 mm (0.4720.474
in.)
135.10135.16 mm (5.3195.321
in.)
OD
Specification
Torque
Crankshaft Rod Journal
OD
Assembled Connecting Rod Bearing
ID
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal

(New Parts)
Oil Clearance
Connecting Rod Bore (Without

Bearings)
ID
87.48787.513 mm (3.4443.445
in.)
Connecting Rod Bore
Maximum Out-of-Round
0.025 mm (0.0010 in.)
Centerline of Piston Pin

Bore-to-Crankshaft Bore
Dimension
217.95218.05 mm (8.5818.585
in.)
Piston Pin
OD
Piston Pin Bore in Piston
ID
Connecting Rod Pin-to-Bushing
Oil Clearance
Wear Limit
P R O O F

Cap Screw
95 Nm (71 lb-ft) plus 90100 turn

clockwise
76.15076.180 mm (2.9980
2.9992 in.)
76.21076.260 mm (3.0004
3.0024 in.)
0.0300.110 mm (0.00120.0044
in.)
47.60247.608 mm (1.8740
1.8743 in.)
47.65547.675 mm (1.8760
1.8770 in.)
0.0420.084 mm (0.00170.0033
in.)
0.102 mm (0.0040 in.)
Connecting Rod Pin Bore
Diameter without Bushing
52.35452.380 mm (2.0612
2.0622 in.)
Connecting Rod Pin Bore-to-Bushing
Press Fit
0.0840.135 mm (0.00330.0053
in.)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06
200
9
RE38635,00000AA 1905APR052/3
06-200-9
082005
PN=391
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Installed Service Connecting Rod Pin ID

Bushing (Before Boring)
Installed Service Connecting Rod Pin ID
Bushing (After Boring)
Cylinder Block Flange Counterbore
Depth
Crankshaft Main Bearing
Bore ID without Bearing

Surface Width
Crankshaft Thrust Bearing
Bore ID without Bearing
Surface Width (No. 5 Main)

Overall Cap Width
Camshaft Follower
Bore ID in Block
Follower OD (New)
Follower-to-Bore Clearance
06
200
10
Camshaft Bushing
Installed ID
Bushing Bore in Block
P R O O F
Minimum Runout of Bore in Block

Bushing-to-Journal Clearance
Cylinder Block Top Deck
Maximum Out-of-Flat
Specification
47.5847.63 mm (1.87321.8751
in.)
47.65547.681 mm (1.8762
1.8772 in.)
11.91311.963 mm (0.4690.471
in.)
101.651101.67 mm (4.0020
4.0030 in.)
36.2836.78 mm (1.4281.448 in.)
101.651101.67 mm (4.0020
4.0030 in.)
37.4437.54 mm (1.4741.478 in.)
41.8142.31 mm (1.6461.666 in.)
27.55028.600 mm (1.0846
1.1260 in.)
28.49528.521 mm (1.1212
1.1229 in.)
0.105 mm (0.004 in.)
67.06467.114 mm (2.6402.642
in.)
69.98770.013 mm (2.7554
2.7564 in.)
0.038 mm (0.0015 in.)
0.0630.115 mm (0.00250.0045
in.)
Maximum Wave Depth

Main Bearing Bore Centerline-to-Top
Deck Distance
0.10 mm (0.004 in.) over entire

length or width
0.025 mm (0.001 in.) per any 305
mm (12.0 in) of Length
2.0 micrometers (79 micro-inch)
352.35352.50 mm (13.872
13.878 in.)
Piston Cooling Orifice into Cylinder

Block
Torque
16 Nm (12 lb-ft)
Cylinder Liner Shim
not available
Straightness
CTM400 (02JUN05)
na
RE38635,00000AA 1905APR053/3
06-200-10
082005
PN=392
P R O O F

Flywheel Repair Specifications
Item
Measurement
Vibration Damper
Maximum Radial Runout
1.02 mm (0.040 in.)
Crankshaft
End Play
0.0380.380 mm (0.00150.0150
in.)
Crankshaft Pulley
ID
Crankshaft
OD for Front Pulley
47.65047.676 mm (1.8759
1.8770 in.)
Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Bore in

Timing Gear Cover
Maximum Radial Runout
0.254 mm (0.010 in.) Maximum
Front Oil Seal Installed Below Front

Face of Seal Bore
Distance
8.9 mm (0.35 in.)
Flywheel Housing Face
Runout
0.20 mm (0.008 in.) Maximum

Variation
Flywheel Face
Flatness
0.23 mm (0.009 in.) Maximum

Variation
0.013 mm (0.0005 in.) Maximum
Variation per 25 mm (1.0 in.) of
Travel
Flatness
Concentricity
Crankshaft Dowel Pin
Protrusion
Crankshaft Main Bearing-to-Journal
Oil Clearance
Crankshaft Main Bearing
ID With Bearing
P R O O F
Flywheel Pilot Bearing Bore
ID Without Bearing
Crankshaft Main Journal
OD
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Specification
47.59447.630 mm (1.8738
1.8752 in.)
06
200
11
0.127 mm (0.005 in.) Maximum

Variation
13.514.5 mm (0.530.57 in.)
From Crankshaft Rear Flange
0.0300.107 mm (0.00120.0042
in.)
95.27095.320 mm (3.7508
3.7528 in.)
101.651101.677 mm (4.0020
4.0030 in.)
95.19695.222 mm (3.7479
3.7490 in.)
RE38635,00000AB 1905APR051/4
06-200-11
082005
PN=393
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Crankshaft Main Journal
Taper per 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) length

Out-of-Roundness
0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.)

0.025 mm (0.0010 in.)
Surface Width
36.2836.78 mm (1.4281.448 in.)
Main Bearing Cap Bore
ID Without Bearings (Standard)

Diameter Variation
Diameter Taper
Straightness Variation (Any
Bore-to-Adjacent Bore)
Straightness Variation (5 Center
Bore-to-End Bore
Centerline of Bore-to-Top Deck
06
200
12
Specification
101.651101.677
4.0030 in.)
0.013 mm (0.0005
0.008 mm (0.0003
0.038 mm (0.0015
mm (4.0020
in.) maximum
in.) maximum
in.) maximum
0.076 mm (0.0030 in.) maximum

352.35352.50 mm (13.872
13.878 in.)
Surface Width
Thrust Bearing Cap
Overall Width
Thrust Bearing Surface
Maximum Runout
0.25 mm (0.0010 in.)
Undersized Main Bearings Available
not available
na
Undersized Rod (Pin) Journal

Bearings Available
not available
NA
Oversize Thrust Washer Available
not available
NA
Crankshaft
End Play
Piston Cooling Orifices into Cylinder

Block
Torque

Screws
Initial Torque

Screws
Final Torque Turn
Additional 120
Oil Pump Drive Gear-to-Crankshaft
Backlash Clearance
0.38 mm (0.015 in.)
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing ID
Maximum Runout
0.100 mm (0.004 in.)
P R O O F
Thrust Bearing Cap
CTM400 (02JUN05)
37.4437.54 mm (1.4741.478 in.)

41.8142.31 mm (1.6461.666 in.)
0.0380.380 mm (0.00150.0150
in.)
16 Nm (12 lb-ft.)
122 Nm (90 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000AB 1905APR052/4
06-200-12
082005
PN=394
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Rear Oil Seal Housing-to-Oil Pan

Rail
Recess
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Housing
Torque
Rear Oil Seal & Wear Sleeve

Assembly
Torque
Timing Gear Cover-to-Cylinder Block

Cap Screws1
Torque M8 Cap Screws

Torque M10 Cap Screws
Injection Pump Gear Cover-to-Timing Torque

Gear Cover
Coolant Pump Cover-to-Timing Gear
Cover
M8 Cap Screws
Torque
M10 Cap Screws
Torque
Specification
0.0000.050 mm (0.0000.002 in.)

Inside Block Oil Pan Rail
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
2 Nm (1.5 lb-ft)
25 Nm (19 lb-ft)
41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
31 Nm (23 lb-ft)
32 Nm (24 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
Front Oil Seal Installed Below Front

Lip of Seal Bore
Recess
8.9 mm (0.35 in.)
Vibration Damper-to-Crankshaft Cap

Screws
Torque
230 Nm (170 lb-ft)

Torque
Drive Hub-to-Flywheel Cap Screws
Torque
Flywheel-to-Crankshaft Cap Screws

(With Rear PTO)
Torque
SAE 2 (w/o Rear PTO) and SAE 3

Flywheel Housing-to-Cylinder Block
Cap Screws
Torque
P R O O F

Torque
Screws (Single Dampers for Gen-Set
Applications)
06
200
13
61 Nm (45 lb-ft)
70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
115 Nm (85 lb-ft)

162 Nm (120 b-ft)
365 Nm (269 lb-ft)
See INSTALL TIMING GEAR COVER, later in this group, for proper cap
screw tightening sequence.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000AB 1905APR053/4
06-200-13
082005
PN=395
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
SAE 3 Flywheel Housing-to-Oil Pan

M12 Cap Screws
Torque
SAE 3 Flywheel Housing-to-Oil Pan

M10 Cap Screws
Torque
SAE 1 Flywheel Housing-to-Cylinder

Block Cap Screws
Torque
Specification
129 Nm (95 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
365 Nm (269 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000AB 1905APR054/4
06
200
14
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-200-14
082005
PN=396
P R O O F

Train Repair Specifications
Item
Measurement
Intake Valve
Lift
Wear Limit
Exhaust Valve
Lift
Wear Limit
Camshaft
End Play
Wear Limit
Specification
13.5313.71 mm (0.5330.540 in.)

12.65 mm (0.498 in.) at 0.00 mm
(in.) clearance
14.5214.70 mm (0.5720.579 in.)
13.64 mm (0.537 in.) at 0.00 mm
(in.) clearance
0.0130.500 mm (0.00050.0200
in.) new
0.65 mm (0.0260 in.) maximum
allowable
Camshaft Drive Gear-to-Crankshaft

Gear
Backlash
Auxiliary Drive Cover Cap Screws
Torque
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)

Housing-to-Timing Gear Cover (3/8
in.)
Torque
41 Nm (30 lb-ft)

Housing-to-Cylinder Block (3/8 in.)
Torque

Housing-to-Cylinder Block (1/2 in.)
Torque
Auxiliary Drive Idler Shaft Button

Head Cap Screw
Torque
Auxiliary Drive Idler Housing-to-Idler

Bearing (5/16 in.)
Torque

Backlash
Camshaft Gear-to-Injection Pump

Drive Gear Backlash
Backlash
Thrust Washer
Thickness
06
200
15
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
0.076 mm (0.003 in.) min.
41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
127 Nm (94 lb-ft)
150 Nm (110 lb-ft)
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
0.110.7 mm
(0.0040.028 in.)
0.051 mm (0.0020 in.) minimum
2.242.34 mm (0.0880.092 in.)
DPSG,OUO1004,841 1927APR991/2
06-200-15
082005
PN=397
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Camshaft Follower
OD
Camshaft Follower Bore in Block
ID
Camshaft Journal
OD
Camshaft Bushing
I.D.
Intake Camshaft Lobe
Lift
Wear Limit
Exhaust Camshaft Lobe
Lift
Wear Limit
Camshaft Gear Thrust Surfaces
Runout
Camshaft Bushing
ID
Bore in Block
06
200
16
Specification
17.3317.35 mm
(0.6820.683 in.)
17.38417.440 mm
(0.68450.6865 in.)
66.98767.013 mm
(2.63732.6383 in.) new
67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.) new
7.697.79 mm (0.3030.307 in.)
7.19 mm (0.283 in.)
8.258.35 mm (0.3250.329 in.)
7.75 mm (0.305 in.)
0.10 mm (0.004 in.) maximum
67.07667.102 mm
(2.64082.6418 in.)
69.98770.013 mm
(2.75542.7564 in.)
Runout
0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) maximum
Camshaft Journal
OD
66.98767.013 mm
(2.63732.6383 in.)
Camshaft Bushing-to-Journal
Oil Clearance
Timing Gear Cover-to-Cylinder Block

Cap Screws
Torque
Coolant Pump Cover-to-Timing Gear

Cover
5/16-in. Cap Screws
Torque
3/8-in. Cap Screws
Torque
Injection Pump Drive Gear Cover
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Torque
P R O O F
Camshaft Bore
0.0630.115 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
DPSG,OUO1004,841 1927APR992/2
06-200-16
082005
PN=398
P R O O F
Group 060 Lubrication System Repair

Specifications
Measurement
Engine Oil Pressure1
Oil Pressure - Low Idle

Oil Pressure - Rated Speed (2200)
Full Load
170 (1.7 bar) (25 psi)

290 (2.9 bar) (42 psi)
Oil Filter Adapter-to-Cylinder Block
Initial Torque
Final Torque
5 Nm (4 lb-ft)
36 Nm (74 psi)
Oil Filter Bypass Valve Plug
Torque
Oil Pressure Regulating Valve Plug
Torque
Oil Cooler Adapter Cap Screws
Torque
Oil Cooler Cover-to-Cylinder Block

Cap Screws2
Torque
Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
Operating Pressure (Starts to

Operate)
340 kPa (3.4 bar) (49 psi)
Oil Filter Bypass Valve Spring
Compressed Length
Free Length
30.0 mm (1.18 in.) @ 6478 N

(1418 lb-force)
44.0 mm (1.73 in.)
Oil Filter Bypass Valve Plug
Torque
100 Nm (74 lb-ft)
Oil Filter Bypass Valve
Operating Pressure
220 kPa (2.20 bar) (32 psi)
Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Spring
Compressed Length
30.0 mm (1.18 in.) @ 6478 N

(1418 lb-force)
44.0 mm (1.73 in.)
Free Length
P R O O F
Item
Specification
100 Nm (27 lb-ft)

100 Nm (74 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
37 Nm (27 lb-ft)
Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Plug
Torque
Oil Cooler Bypass Valve
Operating Pressure
220 kPa (2.20 bar) (32 psi)
Crankshaft Spur Gear-to-Oil Pump

Drive Gear
Backlash
0.10 mm (0.004 in.) minimum
Oil pressure with oil sump temperature of 105 C (220 F).
06
200
17
100 Nm (74 lb-ft)
2
Refer to REMOVE, INSPECT AND INSTALL ENGINE OIL COOLER,
later in this group for cap screw tightening sequence.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000AD 1906APR051/3
06-200-17
082005
PN=399
P R O O F
06
200
18
Measurement
Oil pump gear-to-crankshaft throw
Clearance
Oil Pump Drive Shaft
Maximum End Play
0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Oil Pump Drive Shaft
Maximum Side Movement
0.17 mm (0.0065 in.)
Oil Pump Drive Gear
Backlash
0.332.00 mm (0.0130.079 in.)
Oil Pump Cover-to-Housing
Torque
Oil Pump Set Screw Lock Nut
Torque
Oil Pump Intake (Pickup)

Tube-to-Cover
Torque
Oil Pump Housing-To-Cylinder Block
Torque
Oil Pump Drive Gear Retaining Nut
Torque
Oil Pump Outlet and Oil Cooler

Cross-Over Tube-to-Cylinder Block
Adapter (Internal)
Torque
Turbo Oil Supply Line Brackets to

Intake Manifold
Torque
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
Oil Supply Line P Clamps
Torque
15 Nm (11 lb-ft)
Oil Supply Line to Oil Filter Adapter
Torque
Oil Pan M12 Cap Screws3
Torque
Oil Pan M10 Cap Screws3
Torque
Oil Pan Drain Plug Aluminum Pans
Torque
Oil Pan Elbow Lock Nut
Torque
Front Frame/Oil Sump (8030

Tractors) M12 Cap Screws4
Torque
3
See INSTALL ENGINE OIL PAN later in this group, for cap screw
tightening sequence.
4
P R O O F
Item
Specification
0.38 mm (0.0015 in.)
41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
8 Nm (6 lb-ft)
41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
73 Nm (54 lb-ft)
54 Nm (40 lb-ft)
54 Nm (40 lb-ft)
24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
130 Nm (96 lb-ft)
73 Nm (54 lb-ft)
101 Nm (75 lb-ft)
81 Nm (60 lb-ft)
133 Nm (98 lb-ft)
See TIGHTEN CAP SCREWS ON FRONT FRAME/OIL SUMP (8000

SERIES TRACTORS) later in this group, for cap screw tightening
sequence.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000AD 1906APR052/3
06-200-18
082005
PN=400
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Front Frame/Oil Sump (8030

Tractors) M10 Cap Screws4
Torque
Oil Pan Drain Plug Cast Iron Pans

(Sumps)
Torque
Specification
58 Nm (43 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
4
See TIGHTEN CAP SCREWS ON FRONT FRAME/OIL SUMP (8000
SERIES TRACTORS) later in this group, for cap screw tightening
sequence.
RE38635,00000AD 1906APR053/3
06
200
19
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-200-19
082005
PN=401
P R O O F
Group 070 Cooling System Repair

Specifications
Item
Measurement
ID
OD
Adjustable Fan Drive Bearing
ID.
OD
06
200
20
Specification
71.99972.025 mm
(2.83462.8356 in.)
35.00135.017 mm
(1.37801.3786 in.)
34.98735.013 mm
(1.37741.3785 in.)
71.98772.013 mm
(2.83412.8351 in.)
End Play
0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Adjustable Fan Drive Housing Seal
Depth
Fan/Hub Pulley-to-Fan Spacer Cap

Screws
Torque
Fan Hub/Pulley-to-Fan Shaft
Torque
80 Nm (60 lb-ft)
M8 Mounting Cap Screws (To

Injection Pump Access Cover)
Torque
24 Nm (18 lb-ft)
M8 Mounting Cap Screws (All

Others)
Torque
M10 Mounting Cap Screws
Torque
M12 Mounting Cap Screws
Torque
Flush-to-0.50 mm (0.020 in.) below

housing face
60 Nm (45 lb-ft)
Fan Drive Support Plate-to-Engine
Fixed Fan Drive Shaft
OD
Fixed Fan Drive Bearing
OD
P R O O F
Thermostat Housing-Mounted Fixed

Fan Drive Specifications
CTM400 (02JUN05)
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
61 Nm (45 lb-ft)
101 Nm (74 lb-ft)
25.38725.400 mm
(0.99951.0000 in.)
47.61247.625 mm
(1.87451.8750 in.)
RE38635,00000AC 1906APR051/3
06-200-20
082005
PN=402
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Specification
Fixed Fan Drive Pulley (Bearing

End)
ID
Fixed Fan Drive Pulley (Fan

Spacer End )1
ID
Fan Spacer1
O.D.
Fixed Fan Drive Manifold
I.D.
Fixed Fan Drive Shaft (Installed)
Dimension From Manifold Mounting

Face to End of Shaft
25.5125.77 mm
(1.0041.015 in.)
Adjustable Fan Drive Housing Seal
Depth
Flush-to-0.50 mm (0.020 in.) below

housing face
Fixed Fan Drive Bearing Shaft
Depth
Fixed Fan Drive (Thermostat

Housing Mounted) Cap Screws
Torque
Belt Tensioner Spring
Tension
Fan-to-Fan Hub/Pulley
Torque
M8 Mounting Cap Screw
Torque
M10 Cap Screws
Torque
49.48549.518 mm
(1.94821.9495 in.)
49.45749.483 mm
(1.94711.9481 in.)
25.33625.362 mm
(0.99750.9985 in.)
33.3133.57 mm
(1.3111.322 in.) below manifold
mounting surface
60 Nm 45 (lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
32 Nm (24 lb-ft)
47 Nm (35 lb-ft)
Thermostat 82C (180F)
Opening Temperature
8084C (175182F)
Aluminum Thermostat
Cover-to-Cylinder Head
Torque
30 Nm (22 lb-ft)
Units with press-fit fan spacer only.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06
200
21
24-28 Nm (17-21 lb-ft)
P R O O F
Coolant Pump Cover Mounting Cap

Screws
47.57647.612 mm
(1.87311.8745 in.)
RE38635,00000AC 1906APR052/3
06-200-21
082005
PN=403
P R O O F
Item
Measurement
Thermostat Housing-to-Cylinder
Head Cap Screws
Torque
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Torque
Specification
61 Nm (45 lb-ft)
40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000AC 1906APR053/3

Repair Specifications
06
200
22
Measurement
Turbocharger Shaft
Radial Bearing Clearance (Allowable

Movement)
0.130.18 mm (0.0050.007 in.)
Turbocharger Shaft
Axial Bearing End Play
0.0640.114 mm
(0.00250.0045 in.)
Cap Screws
Torque
40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Torque
34 Nm (25 lb-ft)
Exhaust Manifold-to-Cylinder Head

Cap Screws
Torque
Intake Manifold-to-Cylinder Head
Torque
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Item
Specification
70 Nm (52 lb-ft)
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000AE 1906APR051/1
06-200-22
082005
PN=404
P R O O F
Group 100 OEM Starting and Charging

Systems Repair Specifications
Item
Measurement
Alternator Strap to Alternator

Mounting Hardware
Torque
Alternator to Fan Drive Plate

Mounting Hardware (Lower)
Torque
Alternator Strap to Fan Drive Plate

Mounting Hardware (Upper)
Torque
Starter Motor to Cylinder Block Cap

Screws (Two outside screws)
Torque
Starter Motor to Cylinder Block

Flange Nut (Inside)
Torque
Specification
25 Nm (19 lb-ft)
50 Nm (37 lb-ft)
35 Nm (26 lb-ft)
48 Nm (36 lb-ft)
48 Nm (36 lb-ft)
RE38635,00000AF 1907APR051/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-200-23
082005
PN=405
06
200
23
P R O O F
06
200
24
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-200-24
082005
PN=406
Engine Compression Pressure
NOTE: Pressure should be checked on a cylinder to

cylinder comparison basis, not as an absolute
value per cylinder as done with older engine
series. Refer to Service Advisor relative
compression test for cylinder to cylinder test
criteria.
Oil Pressure
P R O O F
Group 150 Base Engine Diagnostic

Specifications (Includes Dynamometer
Specifications (OEM) and Turbocharger
Boost Specifications)
Group 210
Diagnostic Specifications
Specification
OIL PRESSURE
SPECIFICATIONSMinimum No
Load at 800 rpm (Slow Idle) .......................... 170 kPa (1.70 bar) (25 psi)
Maximum Full Load at 2200 rpm
(Rated Speed) .................................................. 290 kPa (2.9 bar) (42 psi)
Thermostat
Rating
(160F)
(170F)
(180F)
(192F)
(195F)
(197F)
(205F)
(210F)
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06
210
1
P R O O F
71C
77C
82C
89C
90C
92C
96C
99C
THERMOSTAT TEST SPECIFICATIONS

Initial Opening
Full Open
(Range)
(Nominal)
6972C (156162F)
84C (182F)
7478C (166172F)
89C (192F)
8084C (175182F)
94C (202F)
8690C (187194F)
101C (214F)
8993C (192199F)
103C (218F)
8993C (193200F)
105C (221F)
9497C (201207F)
100C (213F)
96100C (205212F)
111C (232F)
RE38635,00000A8 1904APR051/1
06-210-1
082005
PN=407
P R O O F
Dynamometer Test Specifications
Power ratings for various injection pump options are

provided for OEM applications on the charts that follow.
For Construction Equipment applications, refer to SP458
Specifications Handbook. For North American Agricultural
applications, refer to DB1216 Specifications Handbook.
NOTE: The power specifications shown apply to

Waterloo-built OEM engines. Specifications are
subject to change. Refer to factory DTAC for
assistance.
Engine speeds listed are as preset to factory

specification. In most cases, slow idle speed will
be reset depending upon specific vehicle
application requirements. Refer to your machine
technical manual for engine speeds that are
different from those preset at the factory.
Power ratings specify flywheel power without fan

or accessories such as air compressor.
If specifications are not listed in handbooks, refer to
factory DTAC for assistance.
06
210
2
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A7 1904APR051/2
06-210-2
082005
PN=408
P R O O F
POWER RATINGS ON DYNAMOMETER FOR OEM ENGINES1
Engine Model
Injection Pump
Rated Speed2 (rpm)
Option Code
6090HF485
166L
2000
Industrial Units
166M
2000
166N
2000
166P
2000
166R
2000
166S
2000
166T
2000
166U
2000
Generator Sets
6090HF485 Emission
Non-Certified
Fast Idle3 (rpm)
Slow Idle (rpm)
2180
800
Power Rating kW
(BHP)
168 (225)
2180
2180
2180
2180
2180
2180
2180
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
(225)
(225)
(225)
(225)
(225)
(225)
(225)
2380
2380
2380
2380
800
800
800
800
187
187
187
187
(250)
(250)
(250)
(250)
2180
2380
2180
2380
2180
2380
2180
2380
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
205
205
224
224
242
242
261
261
(275)4
(275)4
(300)4
(300)
(325)4
(325)
(350)4
(350)
2200
2380
800
280 (375)
2200
2380
800
298 (400)
1500
1590
16GA
16GB
16GC
16GD
2200
2200
2200
2200
16JA, 16JB, 16JC,

16JD
2200
2200
2200
2000
2000
2200
2000
2200
1624
1500
1590
257 (345)
06
210
3
288 (386)
P R O O F
6090HF485 Emission
1800
1890
345 (462)
Certified
1
Engine speeds listed are preset to factory specification for application. Therefore, speeds may vary depending upon specific vehicle
application requirements. Refer to your machine operators manual for engine speeds that are different from those preset at the factory.
2
Generator set engines (3-5% governor) usually run at 1500 rpm (50 Hz) or 1800 (60 Hz) when operating under load depending on cycles of
AC current.
3
For engines with standard governor, fast idle is 7-10% above rated speed. For engines with generator set governors, fast idle is 3-5% above
rated speed.
4
These engines have a 7% power bulge which allows for INTERMITTENT operation of 7% above rated power.
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A7 1904APR052/2
06-210-3
082005
PN=409
P R O O F
Intake Manifold Pressure (Turbocharger

Boost) Specifications
With the addition of the exhaust gas recirculator (EGR)
and variable geometry turbocharger (VGT) to the 9 L
engine design, turbocharger boost values cannot be
accurately predicted.
The engine controls system is targeting a given EGR

percentage. Exhaust restrictions and charge air cooler
temperature differential in turn affect the engines
temperature differential between the intake and exhaust
manifolds. In a vehicle, if operating conditions do not
match exactly conditions measured in the engine lab
(intake restriction, pressure difference on charge air
cooler, and exhaust restriction), then the engine will adjust
the VGT to get the correct EGR percentage. Boost
pressures vary depending on operating conditions of the
engine. They may be higher or lower. Therefore, accurate
boost pressure values cannot be predicted when the
engine is in the field.
The engine has a Manifold Air Pressure Sensor that
provides values to the ECU. Diagnostic procedures with
Service Advisor can provide an accurate measurement of
how well the engine is performing.
06
210
4
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
RE38635,00000A9 1904APR051/1
06-210-4
082005
PN=410
P R O O F
Effects of Altitude and Temperature on

Engine Performance
Altitude, fuel temperature, air temperature, and humidity

may affect engine performance. As a general rule,
atmospheric changes will usually cause a decrease in
engine power by the percentages shown in chart below.
UN27MAR98
% POWER
DECREASE
Fuel Temperature Rise of 1C (1.8F) above 40 C (104F) ......... 0.29
Air Temperature Rise of 5.5C (10F) above 25C (77F) ............. 0.50
Naturally Aspirated Engines:
Altitude Rise of 300 m (1000 ft) above 180 m (600 ft) .................. 3.00
Turbocharged Engines:
Altitude Rise of 300 m (1000 ft) above 180 m (600 ft) .................. 0.50
Relative Humidity Rise of 10% above 0% ...................................... 0.07
RG9094
ATMOSPHERIC CHANGE
Turbocharged Engines
RG,RG34710,1064 1908JUN991/1
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-210-5
082005
PN=411
06
210
5
P R O O F
06
210
6
P R O O F
CTM400 (02JUN05)
06-210-6
082005
PN=412
P R O O F
Index
Page
A
Air intake and exhaust system
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-22
Air intake system
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-14
Air intake system, check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-16
Alternator
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-100-1
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-100-1
Altitude, effects on engine performance . . . .06-210-5
Assembly, rocker arm
Inspect (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-14
Auxiliary drive, remove and install . . . . . . . .02-050-3
C
Camshaft
Bushings, service (JDG602) . . . . . . . . . .02-050-14
Bushings, service (JDG606) . . . . . . . . . .02-050-16
Complete final assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-22
End play and backlash, check. . . . . . . . . .02-050-1
Followers, inspect and measure . . . . . . .02-050-11
Gears, install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-13
Gears, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-10
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-11
Install camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-18
Install thrust washer and timing gear
cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-35, 02-050-20
Journals and bushings, measure. . . . . . .02-050-12
Lobe lift, measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-12
Remove camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-8
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-15
Thrust washers, measure . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-10
Check
Engine crankcase pressure (blow-by) . . . . . 04--14
Engine cranking speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--12
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--13

Exhaust air leaks (turbocharged engines) . . 04--25
Exhaust restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--23
Head gasket failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--19
Intake restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--23
Turbocharger oil seal leak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--15
Connecting rods
Bearings, inspect and measure. . . . . . . .02-030-24
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-35
TORQUE-TURN cap screws . . . . . . . . . .02-030-41
Coolant
Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-10
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-8
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-15
Replenishing supplemental additives. . . .01-002-12
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-11
Warm temperature climates . . . . . . . . . .01-002-13
Coolant heater, service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-23
Coolant pump
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-17
Coolant temperature switch, remove and
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-22
Cooling orifices, piston
Remove and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Cooling system
Check and service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-17
Diagnostics
Coolant in oil or oil in coolant . . . . . . . . . 04--10
Engine coolant temperature above
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--9
Engine coolant temperature below
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--10
Flush and service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-14
Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--17
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-20
Theory of operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-7
Crankcase ventilation system, check . . . . .02-010-16
Crankshaft
Complete final assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-43
End play, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-9
Failure analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-1
Front oil seal and wear sleeve,
remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-11
Front oil seal, install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-38
Front sleeve, install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-37
Gear, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-30
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-23
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-31
Journals and bearings, measure . . . . . . .02-040-25
Main bearing cap line bore
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-26
P R O O F
Belt tensioner, inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-10

Bio-Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-2
Block, cylinder
Clean and inspect top deck
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-28
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Blow-by
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--14
Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-4
Page
Index-1
082005
PN=1
Indx
1
P R O O F
Index
Page
D
Damper, vibration, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-050-2
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Dealer fabricated tool

Cylinder liner holding fixture . . . . . . . . . . .05-190-1
Diagnostics
Coolant system malfunctions
Coolant in oil or oil in coolant . . . . . . . . . 04--10
Engine coolant temperature above
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--9
Engine coolant temperature below
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--10
Lubrication system malfunctions
Engine oil pressure high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--8
Engine oil pressure low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--6
Execessive oil consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . 04--2
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-1
Drive, fan
Replace bearings (adjustable). . . . . . . . . .02-070-1
Replace bearings (fixed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-4
Electrical system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-19
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-23
Engine
Assembly sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-12
Break-in guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-13
Break-in, perform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-14
Break-in, perform (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-46
Check for excessive tightness. . . . . . . . .02-030-42
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-4
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-7
Disassembly sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-8
General operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-2
Lifting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-3
Lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-4
Model designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-1
Mount on repair stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-6
Oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--5
Option code label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-3
Overhaul guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-1
Repair stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-1
Repair stand adapters, install . . . . . . . . . .02-010-2
Serial number plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-1
Tune-up recommendations . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-20
Engine compression pressure
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-1
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--11
Engine crankcase pressure (Blow-by)
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--14
P R O O F
Indx
2
Rear oil seal and sleeve, general

information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-2
Rear oil seal and sleeve, handling . . . . . .02-040-4
Rear oil seal and sleeve, install. . . . . . . . .02-040-5
Rear oil seal and sleeve, remove . . . . . . .02-040-3
Rear oil seal housing runout . . . . . . . . . .02-040-34
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-22
Thrust bearing specifications. . . . . . . . . .02-040-28
Crankshaft gear-to-oil pump drive gear
Check backlash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-8
Cylinder block
Clean and inspect top deck
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-28
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-28
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-30
Cylinder block, liners, pistons and rods,
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-8
Cylinder head
Clean (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-21
Complete assembly of manifold side
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-40
Complete assembly of pump side
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-39
Diagnosing gasket failures
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-9
Gasket diagnostic chart
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-11
Inspect (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-21
Install (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-32
Preliminary checks (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . .02-021-16
Remove (S.N. 200,000-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-6
TORQUE-TO-YIELD cap screws
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-34
Cylinder head gasket
Diagnosing failures (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-9
Diagnostic chart (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . .02-021-11
Cylinder liners
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-33
Manufacturing date code. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-16
Measure flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-23
Measure standout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-6
Measure standout (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-29
O-rings and packing, install . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-32
Preliminary checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-1
Recheck standout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-32
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-7
Page
Index-2
082005
PN=2
P R O O F
Index
Page
Engine cranking speed

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--12
Engine oil
Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-4
Engine Oil
Extended Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-5
Engine oil pressure
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--13
Engine operation
General engine information . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-2
Exhaust air leaks (turbocharged engines)
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--25
Exhaust manifold
Remove, inspect and install . . . . . . . . . .02-080-33
Exhaust restrictions
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--23
Exhaust system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-17
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-14
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-22
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Grease
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . .01-002-7
Head gasket
Construction and operation . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-13
Diagnosing failures (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-9
Diagnostic chart (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . .02-021-11
Head gasket failures
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--19
Head, cylinder
Diagnosing gasket failures
(S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-9
Inspect and clean (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-21
Install (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-32
Remove (S.N. 200,000-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-6
Heater, coolant
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-23
Hose, ventilator outlet
P R O O F
Fan assembly
Inspect and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-12
Fan drive assembly
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-6
Replace bearings (adjustable). . . . . . . . . .02-070-1
Replace bearings (fixed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-4
Filter
Oil, changing top-load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-4
Fitler
Oil, top-load assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-2
Flywheel
Check face flatness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-15
Inspect and measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-42
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-16
Ring gear, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-17
Flywheel housing
Check face runout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-14
Install (SAE 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-43
Install (SAE 2 and 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-40
Remove (SAE 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-16
Remove (SAE 2 and 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-17
Front oil seal and wear sleeve, crankshaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-11
Fuel
Bio-Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-2
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-1
Lubricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-3
Page
Intake air leaks

Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--24
Intake manifold
Remove, inspect and install . . . . . . . . . .02-080-35
Intake manifold pressure
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--22
Intake manifold pressure (Turbo boost)
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-4
Intake restrictions
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--23
Liners, cylinder
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-9
Deglaze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-8
Holding fixture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-190-1
Manufacturing date code. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-16
Measure standout (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-29
O-rings and packings, install . . . . . . . . . .02-030-32
Index-3
082005
PN=3
Indx
3
P R O O F
Index
Page
Lubricant
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-6
Lubrication
Turbocharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-16
Lubrication system
Diagnosing malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-1
Diagnostics
Engine oil pressure high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--8
Engine oil pressure low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--6
Excessive oil Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-17
Lubricity of diesel fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-3
M
Main bearings, crankshaft
Check oil clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-31
Remove caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-19
Manifold, water
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-22
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-21
Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-6
Model designation
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-001-1
Oil consumption, excessive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--2

Oil cooler
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-6
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-6
Oil cooler cross-over tube adapter, remove and
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-14
Oil filter
Changing top-load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-4
Top-load assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-2
Oil pan
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-16
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-8
Oil pressure
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--13
Oil pressure high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--8
Oil pressure low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--6
Oil pump
Access (8000 Series tractors) . . . . . . . . . .02-060-7
Check drive gear backlash . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-8
Check drive shaft end play . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-10
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Check pumping gear backlash . . . . . . . .02-060-11

Check shaft side movement . . . . . . . . . .02-060-11
Drive gear, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-29
Inspect drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Outlet tube, remove and install . . . . . . . .02-060-14
Pickup tube, remove and install . . . . . . .02-060-15
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-9
Oil sump, install (8000 Series tractors) . . . .02-060-18
Pilot bearing, check concentricity . . . . . . . .02-040-15

Piston
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-11
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-10
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-12
Inspect pin and bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-14
Inspect pins and bushings. . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-21
Pin bushing, install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-26
Preliminary checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-1
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-2
Remove pin bushing and clean bore. . . .02-030-22
Ring groove, check wear. . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-13
Piston cooling orifices
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-31
Remove and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-27
Piston-to-liner clearance
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-17
Pump, coolant
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-17
Pump, oil
Check drive shaft end play . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-10
Check pumping gear backlash . . . . . . . .02-060-11
Check shaft side movement . . . . . . . . . .02-060-11
Inspect drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-12
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-9
Pump, water
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-13
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-15
Push rods
Clean and inspect (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . .02-021-27
P R O O F
O
Indx
4
Page
Radiator cap
Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--17
Index-4
082005
PN=4
P R O O F
Index
Page
Rear oil seal and sleeve, crankshaft

General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-2
Handling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-5
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-3
Rear oil seal housing
Check runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-34
Remove (with engine removed). . . . . . . .02-040-18
Rocker arm assembly
Assemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Disassemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Inspect (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-14
Install (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-37
Rod, connecting
Bearings, inspect and measure. . . . . . . .02-030-24
Inspect rod and cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-19
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-030-35
T
Temperature, effects on engine
performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-5
CTM400 (02JUN05)
Test
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--17
Engine compression pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 04--11
Intake air leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--24
Radiator cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--17
Thermostat opening temperature . . . . . . . . 04--16
Thermostat
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-1
Test opening temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--16
Thermostats
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-21
Remove and test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-20
Thrust bearings, crankshaft
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-31
Timing gear cover
Install (with engine removed) . . . . . . . . 02-040-35,
02-050-20
Remove (with engine removed). . . . . . . 02-040-13,
02-050-2
Timing gear train specifications . . . . . . . . .06-200-15
Tools
Engine diagnostic and procedure . . . . . . .05-180-1
Top-load oil filter
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-2
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-060-4
Tune-up recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-20
Turbo boost
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--22
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-4
Turbocharger
Axial bearing end play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-13
Disconnect oil inlet line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-010-5
Extending life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-1
Failure analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-15
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-16
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-120-15
Prelube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-14
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-3
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-14
Seven-step inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-080-8
Turbocharger oil seal leak
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04--15
P R O O F
Sealant application guidelines . . . . . . . . . .02-010-10

Service Internals
Extended Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-5
Shaft, rocker arm assembly
Assemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Disassemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . .02-021-15
Specifications
Air intake and exhaust system . . . . . . . .06-200-22
Camshaft and timing gear train . . . . . . . .06-200-15
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-20
Crankshaft, main bearings and
flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-11
Cylinder block, liners, pistons and rods . . .06-200-8
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-23
Engine compression pressure . . . . . . . . . .06-210-1
Engine, general. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-1
Intake manifold pressure (Turbo boost). . .06-210-4
Lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-17
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-1
Timing gear train. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-200-15
Turbo boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-210-4
Starter motor
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-100-2
Supplemental coolant additives
Replenishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-002-12
Page
Valve assembly
Assemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-30
Valve clearance
Check (Serial Numbers 200,000-) . . . . . . .02-021-1
Index-5
082005
PN=5
Indx
5
P R O O F
Index
Page
Valve lift, check (S.N. 200,000-) . . . . . . . . . .02-021-5

Valve spring
Caps and retainers,
inspect (S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-18
Inspect and measure (S.N. 200,000- ) . .02-021-18
Valve, engine
Assemble (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-30
Clean (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-19
Clearance, check, (Serial Numbers
200,000-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-1
Grind (S.N. 200,000- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-20
Inspect (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-19
Lift, check (S.N. 200,000-) . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-5
Measure (S.N. 200,000- ) . . . . . . . . . . . .02-021-19
Ventilation outlet hose
Ventilation system, crankcase, check . . . . .02-010-16
Vibration damper
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-39
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-040-10, 02-050-2
CTM400 (02JUN05)
P R O O F
Indx
6
Water manifold
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-22
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-21
Water pump
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-13
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-17
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-15
Water pump cover bypass tube seal,
replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-070-19
Index-6
082005
PN=6

CTM400 - 19 - 02JUN05 Rep 9 0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CTM400 - 19 - 02JUN05 Rep 9 0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CTM400 - 19 - 02JUN05 Rep 9 0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of this technical manual?

What is the purpose of this technical manual?

What components does this manual cover?

What components does this manual cover?

P R O O F

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L

For complete service information also see:

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines

John Deere Power Systems

Use this component technical manual in conjunction

Before beginning repair on an engine, clean the engine

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this

other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,

Fundamental service information is available from

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

John Deere Dealers

SECTION 03, GROUP 120 (Base Engine Operation)

SECTION 02, GROUP 050 (Camshaft and Timing

SECTION 02, GROUP 080 (Air Intake and Exhaust

All repair, test, and diagnostic specifications listed

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

About this Manual

This component technical manual (CTM) covers the base

Read each procedure completely before performing any

IMPORTANT: For repair, diagnostics, and testing

CTM385 8.1 L Diesel Engines

POWERTECH is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

9.0 L Diesel Engine Left Front View

9.0 L Diesel Engine Right Front View

9.0 L Diesel Engine Front View

Identification Views - 6090 Tier 3 / Stage IIIA Emissions Certified Engines

9.0 L Diesel Engine Rear View

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

SECTION 03Theory of Operation

SECTION 05Tools and Other Materials

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

Group 000Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-000-1

Group 002Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant

01-1 PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

01-2 PowerTech Plus 9.0 L Diesel Engines Base Engine

Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires

Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.

Handle Starting Fluid Safely

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

Starting fluid is highly flammable.

Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.

To prevent accidental discharge when storing the

Handling Batteries Safely

Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first

Never check battery charge by placing a metal

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

1. Flush your skin with water.